Ameron GRE Fabrication Guideline

AMERON CORROSION-RESISTANT FIBERGLASS PIPING SYSTEMS
Ameron International, a worldwide supplier of corrosion-resistant

fiberglass piping systems, provides comprehensive solutions for a broad spectrum of applications.
Bondstrand Industrial, Military and Environmental Systems

Ameron fiberglass pipe can withstand higher temperatures and pressures than ordinary thermoplastic materials. That, together with its corrosion and chemical resistance, makes it particularly well-suited for general industrial service and chemical processing applications. Fiberglass pipe also provides environmental protection benefits. In applications such as secondary containment and waste handling, it can eliminate the ground-water contamination caused by corroded metal piping. Bondstrand LD large-diameter piping is available in diameters through 144 inches (3600 mm).
Oilfield Line Pipe, Tubulars and Well Screens

Together, Ameron and its subsidiary Centron International offer a full line of fiberglass oilfield line pipe, tubing, casing and sand-control well screens. Piping is available in diameters from 1 to 40 inches, with service pressures as high as 4000 psi and operating temperatures up to 302F (150C), depending on specifications. Centron GRE well screens, which cost about half as much as metal screens, come in 11 2 to 8-inch sizes and in single and pre-packed versions. Bondstrand SSL (steel strip Laminate) for demanding oil and gas service, including subsea, provides both high pressure performance and corrosion resistance.
Dualoy Fuel Handling Systems

Ameron fuel handling systems provide piping solutions for service stations, truck stops and terminals. Rigid Dualoy 3000/L single-wall or contained piping and the unique Dualoy 3000/LCX* coaxial design have proven themselves superior in performance and longevity to both metallic and flexible alternatives. Each is Underwriters Laboratories Listed for use in all fuels, including methanol, ethanol and alcohol blends. Dualoy products can be continuously monitored with brine, vacuum or pressure systems. Dualoy 3000/MCX piping is designed for use at marinas.
*U.S. Patent No. 6,026,862, No. 5,725,920
Bondstrand Offshore Systems

Ameron supplies tough, lightweight, corrosionresistant, fiberglass-reinforced piping solutions for a wide range of applications on offshore drilling rigs and production platforms. For fire water systems, new Bondstrand PSX polysiloxane-phenolic resin piping using Amerons patented technology provides exceptional fire protection with very low smoke and toxicity emissions. Other Bondstrand products are used in a vari-ety of platform applications, such as drain lines, process lines and ballast piping. Electrical conductivity available for all services.
U.S. Patent #5,736,619
Bondstrand Marine Systems

The corrosion resistance of Bondstrand fiberglass piping makes it an excellent solution for the problems presented by highly aggressive marine environments. Durable, lightweight Bondstrand marine piping is used on vessels ranging from super tankers to cruise ships to work boats to FPSOs for handling everything from potable water to seawater to steam condensate. Products are Type Approved by ABS, the USCG and other regulatory agencies worldwide.
Bondstrand, Dualoy and PSX are registered trademarks of Ameron International. Centron is a registered trademark of Centron International Inc.
Bondstrand Industrial, Military and Environmental Systems

Rated Pressure Series 2000 2000MP 3000A 3200 3300 4000 5000 7000 Bondstrand II BondstrandCX Bondstrand LD (psig) to 450 125 to 450 200 300 to 450 to 450 150 150 to 150 (bar) Rated Temperature (F) (C) Nominal Diameter Range (in.) (mm) 25400 50250 50400 50400 200300 50400 50400 50400 50300 4503600 Specific Applications Chemicals,foodstuffs, jet fuel (MIL-P-29206A) Condensate return, district heating (MIL-P-28584B) Chilled water, drainage, hot water (AWWA C950) Class 200 fire protection (FM, UL) High-pressure general industrial service Nonoxidizing acids, slurries, solvents Highly corrosive chemicals, oxidizing acids Antistatic piping for refined hydrocarbons Contained lines: pipe within a pipe Integral coaxial containment system Large-diameter general industrial service
to 30 250 120 116 8.5 250 120 210 to 30 210 99 216 14 150 66 216 20 150 66 812 to 30 250 120 216 to 30 200 93 216 10 210 99 216 10 200 93 212 (Physical properties based on piping series used) to 10 to 250 to 120 18144
Bondstrand II and BondstrandCX systems are designed to meet the requirements of governing regulations, such as CERCLA, 40 CFR 264/5 and 40 CFR 280 RCRA.
Dualoy Fuel Handling Systems

Dualoy 3000/L Dualoy 3000/L secondary containment Dualoy 3000/LCX Dualoy 3000/MCX StationWare 3000 to 300 to 100 to 300 to 300 20 to 7 to 20 to 20 150 150 150 150 66 66 66 66 26 34 24 2-4 50150 80100 50100 50-100 Single wall or contained primary pipe Petroleum, alcohol or blends (UL, ULC) Containment system for Dualoy 3000/L - all fuels (UL, ULC) Coaxial design - integral containment (UL, ULC) Fuel piping at marina docks or above ground Layout and costed materials software
Bondstrand Marine/Offshore Systems

2000M 2000M-FP 7000M Bondstrand PSXL3 (C) Bondstrand PSXJF (C) 150/225 150/225 150/225 to 225 to 225 10/15 10/15 10/15 15 15 200 250 210 250 250 93 120 99 120 120 140 116 140 116 116 251000 25400 251000 25400 25400 Ballast, potable, general marine service Intumescent coated for enhanced fire resistance Electrically conductive for hazardous locations Polysiloxane-phenolic piping for wet service Polysiloxane-phenolic piping for normally dry (deluge) service. (C) - conductive available Low-to-medium-pressure line pipe service High-pressure line pipe applications Injection, production, disposal wells Corrosion-resistant casing applications Oil, gas, water wells, cased or open hole Salt water transfer, gas gathering, trunk lines Potable water, crude oil, salt water service Fire protection, crude oil, salt water, pipelines All of the above applications
Oilfield Line Pipe, Tubulars and Well Screens

IJ line pipe to 800 55 SP to 3500 241 Tubing to 4000 276 Casing to 2500 172 Well screen 150/200/300 to 300 20 2400 to 1100 to 75 3400 to 1100 to 75 SSL (Steel Strip Laminate)* to 5769 397.9 * Available for onshore and/or subsea applications to 200 to 200 to 200 to 200 to 210 200 200 to 200 93 93 93 93 99 93 93 93 24 1126 1 12412 4129 58 1126 816 240 240 8-40 50100 40150 40114 114246 40150 200400 501000 501000 200-1000
For further information on specific products, see product data sheets available from Ameron.
FIBERGLASS COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP

Group Headquarters
P.O. Box 801148 Houston, Texas 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 www.ameron.com
Fiberglass Pipe Fiberglass Pipe DivisionAsia/Pacific DivisionEurope

Ameron (Pte) Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 639407 Tel: 65 861 6118 Fax: 65 862 1302 65 861 7834 Ameron B.V. J. F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 587-587 Fax: +31 345 587-561
Fiberglass Pipe DivisionAmericas

P.O. Box 878 1004 Ameron Road Burkburnett, Texas 76354 Tel: (940) 569-1471 Fax: (940) 569-2764
Fiberglass Pipe DivisionAmericas

Centron International Inc. P.O. Box 490 Mineral Wells, Texas 76068 Tel: (800) 535-8017 (940) 325-1341 Fax: (940) 325-9681 www.centrongre.com
Important notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
1998 Ameron Printed in U.S.A.
FP213L (08/03) 7.5M [4/C]
Bondstrand Product Line

Series Resin Temp (F) (C) 250 121 200 93 250 121 210 99 210 99 210 99 210 99 210 99 250 121 200/250 93/121 210 99 250 121 250 121 Size (in) (mm) 1 - 16 25-400 2 - 40 50-1000 2 - 10 50-250 2-6 50-150 8- 16 200-400 2-6 50-150 8- 16 200-400 8 - 12 200-300 1 - 16 25-400 1 - 16 25-400 1 - 16 25-400 18 - 144 450-3600 2-6 50-150 2 - 12 50-300 2 - 72 50-1800 1-16 25-400 Length (ft) (m) 10,20, 30 3.0, 6.1, 9.1 20, 40 6.1, 12.2 20, 30 6.1, 9.1 20, 40 6.1, 12.2 20, 40 6.1, 12.2 20, 40 6.1, 12.2 20, 40 6.1, 12.2 20, 40 6.1, 12.2 10, 20, 30 3.0, 6.1, 9.1 10, 20, 30 3.0, 6.1, 9.1 10, 20, 30 3.0, 6.1, 9.1 20, 40 6.1, 12.2 30 9.1 20, 30 6.1, 9.1 20, 40 6.1, 12.2 10, 20, 30 3.0, 6.1, 9.1 Liner (mil) (mm) 20 0.5 20 0.5 20 0.5 20 0.5 20 0.5 20 0.5 50 1.3 50/100 1.3/2.5 (N/S) 2-6 (N/S) 2-6 Q/L T/T P/L P/L II K/L Flg.
2000
(N/S) 2-6
2400/3400
2000MP
3000A
E E
3200A
E E
3300A
4000
5000/5100
VE
7000
ECE
Bondstrand LD
20 0.5
Bondstrand II CL Bondstrand II QL Bondstrand CX
E/VE E/VE
Bondstrand PSXJF & Bondstrand PSXL3, Key:

Resin: E VE ECE
PSX
= = = =
epoxy vinyl ester electrically conductive epoxy various systems available
Variations: = temperature capability, liner specification and joining system depend on type of primary pipe used = optional
Joining systems: Q/L = Quick-Lock T/T = taper/taper = butt & wrap =taper/taper for 12" -16" for 225 psi rating P/L = Pronto-Lock K/L = Key-Lock Flg = flange
FP 300J (7/00)
Bondstrand Product Series

Series 2000
Quick-Lock adhesive joint Molded and filament-wound fittings and flanges 250F/150 psi system rating 1- through 16-inch (25-400 mm) diameters 20 mil reinforced resin-rich liner 2- through 6-inch does not require shaving Jet fuel Foodstuffs Mild corrosives Brine and waste water Chemical process lines Hot water and steam condensate ASTM-RTRP 11FE USFDA 21 CFR 175.105/177.2280 ASTM D5677 Ameron's standard adhesivebonded piping for chemical process applications to 250F Aromatic amine-cured epoxy construction
Series 2000MP
Quick-Lock adhesive joint Filament-wound fittings and flanges 250F/125 psi system rating 2- through 10-inch diameters 20 mil reinforced resin-rich liner Hot water Chilled water District heating Steam condensate ASTM D5686 Amerons standard adhesive-bonded mil-spec piping for steam condensate and hot water Aromatic amine-cured epoxy construction
Series 2400/3400
Key-Lock mechanical joint 200F/150 - 950 psi system rating 2- through 40-inch diameters 20 mil reinforced resin-rich liner available Drainage Fire protection Oilfield reinjection lines Saltwater and seawater General industrial service Waste water and sewage ASTM-RTRP 11FE Large-diameter, high pressure, mechanically-joined line pipe for oilfield service and fire protection systems; employs amine-cured epoxy resins
Series 3000A
Pronto-Lock mechanical joint Taper/taper adhesive joint 210F/150 - 450 psi system rating 2- through 16-inch diameters Reinforced resin-rich liner in 8- through 16-inch diameters Cooling water Potable water Boiler feedwater Electroplating solutions Steel piping replacement Water mains and water treatment ASTM-RTRP 11AX/FX ASTM D5677 Amerons standard adhesivebonded or mechanically-joined piping for moderate temperatures; employs aromatic amine-cured epoxy resins
Series 3200A
Pronto-Lock mechanical joint Taper/taper adhesive joint 210F/200 psi system rating 2- through 16-inch diameters Resin-rich liner reinforced in 8- through 16-inch diameters Fire mains Municipal waste Class 200 service (2 - 12 inch) Class 175 service (14 - 16 inch) Solutions pH 1 - 12 Steel piping replacement Brine and brackish water ASTM-RTRP 11AE/FE NFPA #24 For underground fire protection systems requiring UL or FM-listed piping Employs aromatic-amine cured epoxy resins
Series 3300A
Pronto-Lock mechanical joint Taper/taper adhesive joint 210F/300 psi system rating 8- through 12-inch diameters 20 mil reinforced resin-rich liner Class 300 service Solutions pH 1 - 12 Steel piping replacement General industrial service Saltwater and brackish water ASTM-RTRP 11FE General 300-psi industrial service Employs aromatic amine-cured epoxy resins
Series 4000
Quick-Lock adhesive joint Filament-wound fittings and flanges 250F/150 psi system rating 1- through 16-inch diameters 50 mil reinforced resin-rich epoxy liner 2- through 6-inch does not require shaving Alkalies Industrial waste Moderate corrosives Nonoxidizing acids Solvents and slurries General industrial service ASTM-RTRP 11FE Extra thick 50-mil liner for corrosive and erosive media Employs aromatic amine-cured epoxy resins
Bondstrand Product Series

Series 5000/5100
Quick-Lock adhesive joint Filament-wound flanges 200F/250F &150 psi system rating 1- through 16-inch diameters 50 mil nexus and C-veil reinforced resin-rich liner (to 100 mil for 5100) 2- through 6-inch does not require shaving Drains Oxidizing acids Strong corrosives Chemical process lines Sewer and waste treatment Bleach and chlorine solutions ASTM-RTRP 12ED USFDA Vinyl ester construction for severely corrosive services; highperformance Novalac-based vinyl ester resins and 100-mil liner on special order
Series 7000
Quick-Lock adhesive joint Filament-wound flanges 210F/150 psi system rating 1- through 16-inch diameters Standard piping constructed without liner for enhanced static control Jet fuel Gasolines Diesel fuel Shipboard service Refined hydrocarbons Primary lines in contained systems ASTM D5677 Meets pending ASTM requirements for conductive piping Includes conductive filament reinforcement to dissipate static charges in refined fuel lines; employs aromatic amine-cured epoxy resins
Bondstrand PSXL3/PSXJF Piping

Quick Lock adhesive joint Filament wound fittings and flanges 250F/225 psi system rating 1- through 16-inch diameters PSXJF piping constructed with integral fire protection jacket Offshore and above ground fire protection Cooling water Brine and seawater Industrial piping at risk to fire exposure ASTM F1173 IMO Level 3 UKOOA jet fire rating for PSXJF pipe PSXJF jacket includes sacrificial thermoplastic tape layers for fire and heat protection Employs proprietary polysiloxane phenolic resin
Bondstrand LD
Gasketed stab joint Butt and wrap joint up to 250F/150 psi system rating 18- through 108-inch diameters Choice of four different resin systems Acid drains Plant effluents Brine and seawater Cooling tower water Chemical waste streams ASTM D 2996 Cycloaliphatic-amine cured epoxy (EPX), High-temperature vinyl ester (HVE), Standard vinyl ester (SVE) or Isophthalic acid polyester (IAP) resins
Secondary Containment Systems Bondstrand II

Epoxy or vinyl ester construction 250F/150 psi primary rating Quick-Lock adhesive primary joint Taper/taper joint option Primary sizes: 2 through 12-inch Secondary sizes: 3 through 16-inch
Bondstrand CX
Available with most Industrial Product Series Low profile, integral coaxial jacket on pipe & fittings Mechanical closure 2-4 diameters Bonded closure 6 and larger sizes
Jet fuel Gasolines Diesel fuel Hazardous waste Chemical processing Heavy-metal effluents Groundwater remediation Environmentally sensitive installations
CERCLA 40 CFR 264/5 40 CFR 280 RCRA Three secondary joining options simplify system design to match project needs: CL: two-piece clam-shell closure and fittings QL: bell x spigot adhesive joint
Bondstrand Joining Systems

Pronto-Lock
A self-restrained threaded mechanical joint employing Acme threads for make-up and thrust restraint and an O-ring seal. ProntoLock offers rapid installation under all weather conditions with the highest reliability. For 2- through 6-inch (50 through 150 mm) piping systems. An adhesive-bonded joint with straight spigot and tapered bell. The integral pipe stop in the Quick-Lock bell insures accurate laying lengths in close-tolerance piping.
Pronto-Lock II
Pronto-Lock II utilizes a threaded collar for make-up and thrust restraint eliminating the need to rotate the pipe during assembly. Pronto-Lock II has a 2 deflection capability. For 8through 16-inch (200 through 400 mm) piping systems.
Quick-Lock
Key-Lock
A self-restrained mechanical joint offering quick assembly by means of locking keys inserted between bell and spigot. Available with single or double locking keys depending on pressure requirements. Key-Lock employs an O-ring seal. For 2- through 40-inch (50 through 1000 mm) piping systems. Bondstrand II CL systems employ clam-shell type fittings in the secondary and Quick-Lock or taper/taper joining in the primary. For 2 through 6-inch (50 through 150 mm) primary systems.
Two-piece flanges
Bondstrand systems offer the convenience of van Stone flanges with movable flange rings in sizes to 24 inches (600 mm).
Bondstrand II CL
One-piece flanges
One-piece flanges are available for Bondstrand systems in all sizes with ANSI, ISO or JIS bolt hole patterns.
Bondstrand II QL
Bondstrand II QL systems employ the Quick-Lock joint in both primary and secondary. For 2through 12-inch (50 through 300 mm) primary systems.
Taper/taper
An adhesive-bonded joint with matching tapered joining surfaces offering a controlled adhesive thickness for both low and high pressure applications.
Bondstrand CX
Bondstrand CX pipe and fittings provide containment in the smallest space possible at an economical price.
Important Notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are subject to change.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP - HEADQUARTERS P .O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
Asia Ameron (Pte) Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 639407 Tel: 65 861 6118 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 info@ameron.com.sg Europe Ameron B.V. J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: +31 345 587 561 info@ameron-fpg.nl Americas P .O. Box 878 Burkburnett, TX 76354 Tel: (940) 569-1471 Fax: (940) 569-2764 Composites P .O. Box 71370 11 McBride Street Newnan, Georgia 30263 Tel: (770) 253-2000 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Centron International P .O. Box 490 600 FM 1195 South Mineral Wells, Texas 76068 Tel: (940) 325-1341 Fax: (940) 325-9681 http://www.centrongre.com
1987 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP300J (7/00) supersedes FP300I (10/98) 5M[3005]
Bondstrand Product Data

FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Bondstrand100 Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings

non-metallic piping for non-pressure, gravity or vent applications in corrosive environments
Uses and applications
Duct Drain lines Waste lines Vent lines
Performance
Bondstrand 100 is designed for use in non-pressure, gravity flow and vent applications. Rigid fiberglass pipe and fittings are resistant to petroleum products, road salts and water. UV exposure will not induce structural embrittlement of fiberglass epoxy piping as it ages. Bondstrand 100 is resistant to temperatures to 150F (65C). Light weight fiberglass piping requires no heavy lifting equipment or special tools to install. Fittings comply with U.S. Department of Commerce NBS PS 15-69 dimensions.
Composition
Pipe: Filament-wound "E" type fiberglass reinforced thermosetting epoxy with exterior UV resistant coating. Pipe is manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2996 and meets cell limits: RTRP 11FQ1-2331. Fittings: Manufactured specifically for bridge drain and duct work applications in accordance with PS 15-69 dimensions. Adhesive: Ameron PSX34 ambient-cure, two-part epoxy for all services. Kits per Bond
Shipping Kit size (oz) 8 Kit Weight (lb./kg) 1.3/.59 4/100 1 6/150 1 8/200 2 Nominal pipe size (in/mm) 10/250 12/300 2 3 14/350 4 16/400 4
Joining system Pipe lengths

ISO-9001
Bondstrand 100 Stick Clip (SC)* adhesive bonded joint and bonded bell x spigot.
Random length 40 feet (34 feet to 42 feet)
CERTIFICATED FIRM
*Patent applied for
FP739A(10/99)
Fittings
Sweep 90 elbows Sweep 45 elbows Tees Laterals Scupper drain Combo Y Nominal Pipe Size ( in.) 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Repair coupling Cross, standard Cross, Reducer Conc. Reducer 1-2 step External sleeve Eccentric Reducer Pipe I.D Total Wall ( in.) 4.33 6.40 8.30 10.41 12.30 14.01 16.01 0.050 0.050 0.105 0.105 0.115 0.115 0.115 Unit Volume (gal/ft ) 0.77 1.67 2.81 4.42 6.17 8.01 10.46
Tee saddles with port Expansion joint Clean-outs Flanges Internal sleeve
Typical pipe dimensions and weights
O.D. 4.43 6.50 8.51 10.62 12.53 14.24 16.24
Pipe Weight (lb/ft) 0.6 0.9 2.2 2.7 3.5 4.0 4.6
Nominal Pipe Size (mm.) 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
O.D. 113 165 216 270 218 362 412
Pipe I.D Total Wall (mm) 110 163 212 264 312 356 407 1.27 1.27 2.67 2.67 2.92 2.92 2.92
Unit Volume (l/m) 9.6 20.7 34.9 54.8 76.5 99.3 129.7
Pipe Weight (kg/m) .9 1.3 3.3 4.0 5.2 6.0 6.9
Typical pipe properties
Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Support Spacings at 0.5"(13 mm) Deflection (ft) (m) 17.6 19.9 23.5 24.6 26.9 27.8 28.8 5.4 6.1 7.2 7.5 8.2 8.5 8.8
Minimum Bending Radius ((ft) (m) 150 200 300 350 400 450 500 46 61 92 107 122 137 153
Piping details
External coating Structure Liner Right: Bondstrand 100 pipe wall detail
Below: Bondstrand 100 expansion joint detail
End View
Internal sleeve Bondstrand Pipe External sleeve

90 min. 90 min.
External sleeve Bondstrand 100 pipe
External expansion joint sleeve
2"
1 x dia. +1"
Internal sleeve
saw cut
2 x diameter
Right bottom: Bondstrand 100 expansion joint external sleeve (two required) Left bottom: Bondstrand 100 internal sleeve
.33 saw cut out sand outside 2 x diameter
sand inside
Note: saw cut lines for internal and external sleeves should be positioned at least 90 apart.
Typical pipe properties (cont'd.)
Pipe Property1 Linear thermal expansion Axial tensile modulus1 Tensile strength Circumferential Compressive strength Longitudinal Beam bending stress1
1) Ameron test method.
Units 10-6 in/in/F 10-6 cm/cm/C 106 psi 104 MPa 103 psi MPa 103 psi MPa 103 psi MPa
Value 6.78 15.3 3.14 2.17 30.0 206.8 32.5 224 1.3 9.136
Method ASTM ATM1 D696 D2105 D1599 21 161 151
D695 D2925
Guide Specifications
All fiberglass components of the system shall be supplied by the same manufacturer and shall be assembled in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The fiberglass pipe shall be filament-wound epoxy per requirements of ASTM D2996 RTRP 11 FQ1-2331 and furnished in random 40' (34'-42') lengths. Fittings will be manufactured to NBS PS 15-69 dimensions. Elbows shall have a smooth interior with a minimum centerline radius of 1.5 times the pipe diameter. All fiberglass piping system components shall be the same color and contain a UV resistant material.
Installation Procedures
Bondstrand 100 Stick Clip joining instructions Using sandpaper, clean the inside of the pipe surfaces and the outside of the insert to be bonded. Remove the dust. Apply a liberal quantity of adhesive to the inside of both pipe joints to be assembled and to half of the internal sleeve. Be sure the cut ends of both the pipe and the insert are coated. Insert the coated half of the insert into the end of one pipe. Mark the location of the gap on the O.D. of the pipe. Apply adhesive to the outside of the rest of the insert section. Push the next pipe onto the insert section. If necessary, should pipe ends not be cut perfectly square, rotate pipe in order to assure that pipe ends butt together over saw cut in insert. Clip one external sleeve over the excess adhesive squeezed between the pipe ends. Clip a second external sleeve over the first to close the remaining adhesive. The saw cuts of the sleeves are to be at least 90 from each other. Follow the PSX34 installation instructions (and Product Data Sheet, FP735) for curing the adhesive. Clamp ends of sleeves with hose clamps to hold in place while adhesive cures.
Important Notice
GROUP HEADQUARTERS P .O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Fiberglass Pipe Division Asia Ameron (Pte) Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 639407 Tel: 65 861 6118 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Fiberglass Pipe Division Europe Ameron B.V. J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: +31 345 587 561 Telex: 40257 bonds nl Fiberglass Pipe Division Americas P .O. Box 878 Burkburnett, TX 76354 Tel: (940) 569-1471 Fax: (940) 569-2764 Ameron Composites P .O. Box 71370 11 McBride Street Newnan, Georgia 30263 Tel: (770) 253-2000 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fiberglass Pipe Division Centron International P .O. Box 490 600 FM 1195 South Mineral Wells, Texas 76068 Tel: (940) 325-1341 Fax: (940) 325-9681
1997 Ameron FP739A (10/99) Supercedes FP739 (9/97) Printed in U.S.A (9/97). 5M

with guide specification
Series 2000 Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings

for general industrial service, maintenance and repair 2 - 6 installs with no shaving required
Chemical process piping Cooling water piping Deionized water systems Drainage systems Food processing plant piping Jet engine air start systems Jet fuel and liquid petroleum piping Piping systems for alkalis and nonoxidizing chemicals Potable water lines Waste water and sewage systems General industrial service for moderately corrosive liquids Mil-P-29206A for jet fuel and petroleum liquids U.S. Federal Regulations 21CFR175.105 and 21CFR177.2280 for conveying foodstuffs when joined with Bondstrand RP6B epoxy adhesive.
Listings
Performance
Pipe designs to 450 psi (3.1 MPa) using an 8000 psi (41.2 MPa) hydrostatic design stress in accordance with ASTM D2992 (B). Continuous operating temperatures to 250F (121C). Excellent corrosion resistance over a wide temperature range. See most recent release of Bondstrand Corrosion Guide (FP132) for specific applications. Weighs 16th as much as Sch. 40 steel. Does not require thrust blocks at ambient temperatures when properly installed in most soils. Smooth inner liner (Hazen-Williams C = 150) produces extremely low frictional loss for greater discharge and reduced pumping costs. Low thermal conductivity (1100th of steel) minimizes heat losses. Individual system components may not have the same ratings as the pipe. Refer to the detailed product information for the specific components to determine the pressure rating for the system as a whole.
FP163F (11/99)
Joining systems
Quick-Lock straight/taper adhesive-bonded joint. 2-6 pipe outside diameter is within tolerance for reliable bonding without shaving. Integral pipe stop in socket featured for predictable, precise laying lengths. Flanges and flanged fittings.
Composition
Pipe Filament-wound fiberglass-reinforced epoxy resin pipe with integral resin-rich reinforced liner of 20 mil (0.5 mm) nominal thickness.
Filament-wound fittings Furnished with 50 mil (1.3 mm) reinforced liner using same materials as the pipe. Tees 90 and 45 elbows Crosses 45 laterals
*No liner.
Flanges* Nipples and couplings Tapered body reducers Saddles*
Bondstrand Series 2000 filament-wound fittings, pipe and adhesive provide a continuous liner throughout the piping system.
Molded fittings Tees 90 and 45 elbows Reducing flanges Plugs and end-caps Reducer bushings Blind flanges
Flanged fittings 2-12 inch filament-wound flanged fittings match ANSI B16.1 and ANSI B16.5 bolt hole pattern and face-to-face dimensions for 150 lb flanges. 1-16 inch flanges match ANSI B16.1 and ANSI B16.5 bolt hole pattern for 150 lb flanges. Other flange drilling patterns such as DIN, ISO, JIS, ANSI B16.5 300 lb. etc., available on special request.
Thermosetting adhesives PSX34 two-part epoxy adhesive for general industrial service. RP6B two-part epoxy adhesive for service in compliance with U.S. Federal Regulations 21CFR175.105 and 21CFR177.2280.
Pipe lengths
Nominal Pipe Size (in) 1-112 2-6 (mm) 25-40 50-150 (ft) 10
Random Lengths1 (m) 3 6 or 12 6 or 9 6
20 or 40 20 or 30 20
8 200 10-16 250-400
1) Other lengths and exact lengths available on special request.
Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 1 25 112 40 23 50 33 80 43 100 63 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400
Pipe ID (in) (mm) 1.07 27 1.67 42 2.10 53 3.21 82 4.14 105 6.19 159 8.22 209 10.35 263 12.35 314 13.56 344 15.50 394
Nominal Wall Thickness1 (in) (mm) .140 3.6 .140 3.6 .123 3.7 .126 3.7 .151 3.8 .181 4.6 .226 5.7 .226 5.7 .226 5.7 .250 6.4 .269 6.8
Average Sectional Area2 (in2) (mm2) 0.50 323 0.80 516 .73 730 1.07 1100 1.78 1760 3.22 2620 5.83 3760 7.31 4720 8.69 5610 10.32 6660 13.33 8600
Pipe Weight (lb/ft) (kg/m) 0.4 0.6 0.7 1.0 0.7 1.3 1.1 1.8 1.7 3.0 2.6 4.5 4.3 6.4 5.4 8.0 6.4 9.5 7.4 11.0 9.5 14.1
1) Minimum wall thickness shall not be less than 87.5% of nominal wall thickness in accordance with ASTM D2996. 2) Use these values for calculating longitudinal thrust. 3) No-shave pipe.
Typical pipe performance
Internal Pressure Rating1 (psig) (MPa) 450 3.10 450 3.10 450 3.10 450 3.10 450 3.10 375 2.59 250 1.72 200 1.38 170 1.17 165 1.14 165 1.14
Collapse Pressure Rating2 (psig) (MPa) 945 6.52 280 1.93 260 1.80 80 0.55 70 0.48 50 0.34 30 0.21 14 0.097 8 0.055 8 0.055 8 0.055
Designation (per ASTM D2996) RTRP-11FE-1112 RTRP-11FE-1114 11FW-2232 11FW-2232 11FW-2232 11FW-2232 RTRP-11FE-1114 RTRP-11FE-1114 RTRP-11FE-1114 RTRP-11FE-1115 RTRP-11FE-1116
1) At 200F (94C) using Bondstrand type PSX34 adhesive. For sustained service above 200F, reduce ratings linearly to 50% from 200F to 250F (121C). 2) At 70F (21C). Reduce linearly to 90% at 150F (66C), 80% at 200F (94C), and 65% at 230F (110C). 3) No-shave pipe.
Fittings pressure ratings
Elbows & Tees Tapered Body Blind Flanges & Filament-Wound Molded Reducers & Flanges Bushed Saddles2 (psig) (MPa) (psig) (MPa) (psig) (MPa) (psig) (MPa) 300 2.07 600 4.14 150 1.03 300 2.07 550 3.79 150 1.03 375 2.59 300 2.07 450 3.10 150 1.03 325 2.24 225 1.55 350 2.41 150 1.03 300 2.07 175 1.21 350 2.41 150 1.03 225 1.55 150 1.03 250 1.72 150 1.03 225 1.55 225 1.55 150 1.03 200 1.38 175 1.21 150 1.03 175 1.21 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 -
1) Refer to FP282 for fittings dimensions. 2) With 316 stainless steel outlet. Other outlet materials available on special order. 3) No-shave pipe.
Laterals (psig) (MPa) 275 1.90 250 1.72 200 1.38 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03
Crosses (psig) (MPa) 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 100 0.69 100 0.69 100 0.69 100 0.69 100 0.69 100 0.69
Reducer Bushings (psig) (MPa) 50 .35 50 .35 50 .35 50 .35 50 .35 50 .35 50 .35 50 .35 50 .35 50 .35 50 .35
1) Reducer bushings bonded into flanges will have the same rating as the flange. Otherwise, rated as shown. 2) No-shave pipe.
Bending radius
Nominal Pipe Size (in) 1 112 22 32 42 62 8 10 12 14 16 (mm) 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Bending Radius1 (R) (ft) 45.2 66.4 75 100 200 250 304 379 450 494 564 (m) 13.8 20.2 22.9 30.5 70.0 76.2 93 116 137 151 172
Maximum Allowable Deflection, H, for 100-ft (30 m) Bending Length, S (ft) 24.9 17.9 15.9 12.1 6.4 5.0 4.1 3.3 2.8 2.5 2.2 (m) 7.6 5.5 4.8 3.7 2.0 1.5 1.2 1.0 0.85 0.76 0.67
Turning Angle () (deg) 127 86 76 57 29 23 19 15 13 12 10
H c L
1) Do not bend pipe until adhesive has cured. At rated pressure sharper bends may create excessive stress concentrations. 2) No-shave pipe.
Typical mechanical properties
Pipe Property Nominal Pipe Size Circumferential Tensile stress at weeping Tensile modulus Poissons ratio Longitudinal Tensile strength Tensile modulus Poissons ratio Beam apparent Elastic modulus Hydrostatic design basis (cyclic)
1) At 150F (66C). 2) Static
Units
70F 21C 1, 11/2 8-16 2-6
200F 93C 1, 11/2 2-6 8-16 3.20 22.10 0.70 6.90 47.60 1.24 8.50 0.41 1.00 6.90 3.70 25.50 0.32 13.00 90.00 2.40 16.50 0.20 1.77 12.20 -
ASTM Method
103 psi MPa 106 psi GPa
24.00 165.00 3.65 25.20 0.56
32.00 22.00 4.20 29.00 0.26
D1599
D2105 D2105 D2105 D2105 D2925
8.50 16.00 58.60 110.00 1.60 11.00 0.37 3.00 20.70 0.16 2.40 16.60
106 psi GPa 103 psi MPa
1.70 11.70
6.001 16.001,2 41.40 110.00
D2992
Nominal Pipe Size (in) 1 112 23 33 43 63 8 10 12 14 16 (mm) 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Stiffness Factor1 (lbin) 770 1610 265 285 500 925 1890 1890 1890 2230 3250 (Nm) 87 182 30 32 56 104 214 214 214 252 367
Pipe Stiffness (psi) 26400 17200 1350 550 335 200 170 86 51 46 45 (MPa) 182 119 9.3 3.80 2.30 1.40 1.17 0.59 0.35 0.32 0.31
Beam Moment of Inertia2 (in4) (106 mm4) 0.09 0.037 0.36 0.150 0.46 0.191 1.57 0.653 4.13 1.72 16.5 6.87 45.1 18.8 88.6 36.9 149.0 62.0 208.0 86.6 353.0 147.0
1) Per ASTM D2412. 2) Use these values to calculate permissible spans. 3) No-shave pipe.
Typical physical properties
Pipe Property Nominal Pipe Size Thermal conductivity Pipe wall Thermal expansion Linear Flow coefficient Absolute roughness Specific gravity Density
Units
1
Value 1, 1 /2 8-16 2-6
ASTM Method
Btuin/(hrft2F) W/mC 10-6 in/in/F 10-6 mm/mmC Hazen-Williams 10-6 ft 10-6 m lb/in3 g/cm3
2.00 0.29 10.00 18.00 150.00 17.40 5.30 1.80 0.07 1.80
1.70 10.25 8.50 15.30 150.00 17.40 3.30 1.80 0.07 1.80
C177 D696 _ _ D792
Buried installations
Thrust blocks Most installations at ambient operating temperatures do not require thrust blocks. Consult Ameron for information regarding blocking of buried pipelines for your specific application. Live loads Bondstrand 2000 will carry H20 wheel loadings of at least 16,000 lb (7250 kg) per axle when properly bedded in compacted sand in stable soils and provided with at least 3 ft (1 m) of cover. Earth loads on buried pipe Nominal Pipe Size (in) 1 1 1 2 22 32 42 62 8 10 12 14 16 (mm) 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Maximum Earth Cover1 100 psi 0.69 MPa (ft) 30 30 30 30 30 30 23 23 23 23 23 (m) 9 9 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 7 125 psi 0.86 MPa (ft) 30 30 30 30 30 24 22 21 21 21 20 (m) 9 9 9 9 9 7 6 6 6 6 6 150 psi 1.03 MPa (ft) 30 30 30 30 30 23 21 19 18 17 16 (m) 9 9 9 9 9 7 6 5 5 5 5
1) Based on a 120 lb/ft3 (1925 kg/m3) soil density and 1000 psi (6.9 MPa) modulus of soil reaction. 2) No-shave pipe.
Span lengths
Recommended maximum support spacings for Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe at various operating temperatures. Values based on 0.5-inch (12 mm) deflection at midspan for fluid specific gravity = 1.0. Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 1 112 2 34 44 64 8 10 12 14 16
4
Continuous Spans (ft) 100F 150F 200F 250F 11.7 13.8 14.3 16.2 18.5 20.7 22.9 24.3 25.5 26.5 28.2 11.1 13.0 13.5 15.4 17.5 19.6 21.7 23.0 24.1 25.0 26.7 10.3 12.1 12.6 14.3 16.3 18.2 20.2 21.4 22.4 23.3 24.9 9.3 11.0 11.4 12.9 14.7 16.5 18.2 19.3 20.3 21.1 22.5
100F 7.3 9.2 9.5 10.8 12.3 13.8 15.3 16.2 17.0 17.6 18.9
Simple Spans (ft) 150F 200F 250F 7.4 8.7 9.0 10.2 11.7 13.1 14.5 15.3 16.1 16.7 17.8 6.7 8.1 8.4 9.5 10.9 12.1 13.5 14.3 15.0 15.5 16.6 6.2 7.3 7.6 8.6 9.8 11.0 12.2 12.9 13.5 14.0 15.0
25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
1) Span recommendations include no provision for weights (fittings, valves, flanges, etc.) or thrusts (branches, turns, etc.). Fittings, valves, flanges and other appurtenances must be supported separately. 2) Span recommendations are calculated for a maximum long-term deflection of 1/2 inch to ensure good appearance and adequate drainage. 3) Continuous spans are defined as interior (not end) spans that are uniform in length and free from structural rotation at the supports. Simple spans are supported only at the ends and are hinged or free to rotate at the supports. 4) No-shave pipe.
Field testing
Bondstrand 2000 piping systems are designed for hydrostatic field testing at 150% of rated operating pressure. Pneumatic testing is not recommended.
Bondstrand Guide Specification

Pipe construction
The structural wall of fiberglass pipe shall have continuous glass fibers in a matrix of aromatic amine cured epoxy resin. The integral, reinforced resin-rich liner shall consist of C-glass and a resin/hardener system identical to that of the structural wall, and shall have a 20 mil nominal thickness. Non-reinforced pure resin-type corrosion barriers (liners) shall not be allowed due to their potential for severe fracturing during transportation, installation and operation of the pipe. Pipe in 1 through 16-inch sizes shall be rated for a minimum of 165 psig at 250F. In 1 through 6-inch sizes the pipe shall have full vacuum capability at 70F, when installed above ground with a safety factor of 3:1. Pipe shall be manufactured according to ASTM D2996 specification for filamentwound Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe (RTRP). When classified under ASTM D2310, the pipe shall meet Type 1, Grade 1 and Class F (RTRP-11FE or W) cell limits in 1 through 16-inch nominal pipe sizes. Filament-wound epoxy fiberglass pipe shall be translucent to allow for inspection of damage. Pipe in 2 through 8-inch sizes shall be furnished in 30 or 40-ft. length to minimize the number of field-bonded joints for rapid installation.
Standard fittings construction
Fittings in 1 through 16-inch sizes shall be filament wound with a reinforced resinrich liner of 50 mil minimum thickness and of the same glass and resin type as the pipe. Pipe, filament-wound fittings and adhesive shall, as an assembly, provide a continuous liner throughout the system. Compression-molded fittings in 2, 3, 4 and 6-inch nominal sizes may also be allowed upon agreement between purchaser and manufacturer. Contact-molded, spray-up or hand-layup fittings shall not be allowed. Pipe and fittings shall be joined using a straight spigot by socket with a 0.5 taper angle and a pipe stop inside the socket to allow precise makeup.
Workmanship
The pipe and fittings shall be free from all defects, including delaminations, indentations, pinholes, foreign inclusions, bubbles and resin-starved areas which, due to their nature, degree or extent, detrimentally affect the strength and serviceability of the pipe or fittings. The pipe and fittings shall be as uniform as commercially practicable in color, density and other physical properties.
Testing
Samples of pipe and couplings shall be tested at random, based on standard quality control practices to determine conformance of the materials to American Society for Testing and Materials guidelines for testing fiberglass pipe products: ASTM D1599, D2105, D2925, D2992A or D2992B. Test samples may be hydrostatically tested by the manufacturer to 1.5 times the pressure rating for signs of leakage.
Conversions
1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2 1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2 1 MPa = 106 Pa = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2 1 GPa = 109 Pa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm2 1 in = 25.4 mm 1 ft = 0.3048 m 1 lbin = 0.113 Nm 1 in4 = 4.162 x 10-7m4 C = 5/9 (F - 32)
Important notice
GROUP HEADQUARTERS P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP
Fiberglass Pipe Division Asia Ameron (Pte) Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 639407 Tel: 65 861 6118 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Fiberglass Pipe Division Europe Ameron B.V. J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: +31 345 587 561 Fiberglass Pipe Division Americas P.O. Box 878 Burkburnett, TX 76354 Tel: (940) 569-1471 Fax: (940) 569-2764 Ameron Composites P.O. Box 71370 11 McBride Street Newnan, Georgia 30263 Tel: (770) 253-2000 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fiberglass Pipe Division Centron International P.O. Box 490 600 FM 1195 South Mineral Wells, Texas 76068 Tel: (940) 325-1341 Fax: (940) 325-9681
1988 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP163F (11/99) supersedes FP163E (4/95) 7.5M.[186]

FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP
Bondstrand 2000 Pipe & Fittings

Fiberglass reinforced thermosetting epoxy resin pipe for plant piping in general service
Scope References, Quality Assurance Physical and Mechanical Properties
This specification defines the reinforced thermosetting resin (RTR) piping system to be used in those sections of Plant PipingGeneral Services calling for fiberglass piping systems. References are made to other standards and tests which are a part of this section as modified. Where conflict exists between the requirements of this specification and listed references, the specification shall prevail. Pipe Property Nominal Pipe Size Circumferential Tensile stress at weeping Tensile modulus Poissons ratio Longitudinal Tensile strength Tensile modulus Poissons ratio Beam apparent Elastic modulus Hydrostatic design basis (cyclic) Thermal conductivity Pipe wall Thermal expansion Linear Flow coefficient Absolute roughness Specific gravity Density
1) At 150F (66C). 2) Static
Units
70F 200F ASTM 21C 93C Method 1, 11/2 2-6 1, 11/2 2-6 8-16 8-16 24.00 165.00 3.65 25.20 0.56 32.00 22.00 4.20 29.00 0.26 D1599 3.20 3.70 22.10 25.50 0.70 0.32 D2105 6.90 13.00 D2105 47.60 90.00 1.24 2.40 D2105 8.50 16.50 0.41 0.20 D2105 1.00 1.77 D2925 6.90 12.20 D2992
8.50 16.00 58.60 110.00 1.60 3.00 11.00 20.70 0.37 0.16 1.70 11.70 2.40 16.60
106 psi GPa 103 psi MPa Btuin/(hrft2F) W/mC 10-6 in/in/F 10-6 mm/mmC Hazen-Williams 10-6 ft 10-6 m lb/in3 g/cm3
6.001 16.001,2 41.40 110.00 2.00 0.29 1.70 10.25
C177 D696 D792
10.00 8.50 18.00 15.30 150.00 150.00 17.40 17.40 5.30 3.30 1.80 1.80 0.07 0.07 1.80 1.80
Performance Requirements
ISO-9001
The pipe in sizes 1 through 16 must comply with U.S. Federal Regulations 21CFR 175.105 and 21CFR 177.2280 for conveying foodstuffs when joined with RP6B epoxy adhesive. Pipe shall be listed under NSF Standard 61-Drinking Water System Components. Piping must meet or exceed the requirements of MIL-P-29206A and ASTM D5677-95 when used in aviation fuel service. Fittings will be manufactured according to ASTM D5685. Piping will be manufactured according to ASTM D2996 for RTRP. When classified under ASTM D2310, the pipe shall meet Type I, Grade I and Class F (RTRP-11FE) cell limits in 1 through 16 nominal pipe sizes.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP693B (2/00)
Materials
Pipe Construction Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy resin pipe shall be Bondstrand 2000 as manufactured by Ameron International Fiberglass Pipe Group, or approved equal. The integral reinforced corrosion barrier shall have a nominal 20 mil thickness, and be constructed with the same epoxy resin as the pipe structural wall. Non-reinforced liners, or corrosion barriers, shall not be allowed due to potential for fracturing during lower temperatures, transportation and installation. Structural wall The pipe shall have the following nominal wall thickness: Pipe Diameter Nominal Wall Thickness inches inches mm
1 .140 3.5 112 .140 3.5 Pipe end preparation options 2 .123 3.1 The piping manufacturer will 3 .126 3.2 4 .151 provide 20 or 40 RL joints if the 3.8 6 .181 4.6 contractor requests them in sizes 2 8 .226 5.7 through 6 to reduce field labor time 10 .226 5.7 12 .226 5.7 in those sections of the system 14 .250 6.4 where longer lengths may be 16 .269 6.8 employed. Additionally, the pipe manufacturer will provide pipe joints with the spigot ends already prepared to reduce field labor time on all pipe sizes (2 - 16). Pressure rating Aromatic amine cured epoxy resin piping shall be rated for a minimum of 165 psi at 200F in sizes through 16. Pressure ratings reduce linearly to 50% at 250F.
Fittings
It is important to maintain compatibility of fittings, piping and adhesives to ensure that the system performs as specified. Pipe, fittings and adhesive shall be supplied by the same manufacturer. Filament-wound fittings Fittings in 1 through 16 sizes shall be filament-wound with a reinforced resin-rich liner of equal or greater thickness than the pipe liner and shall be manufactured with the same resin type as the pipe. Compression-molded fittings Compression molded fittings in sizes 2 through 6 may be used in services at or below 200F. Where fast closure of valves may produce surges (water hammer), filament-wound fittings will be used. Contact molded, spray up or hand lay-up fittings shall not be allowed.
Testing
Inspection and testing Inspection and testing of the piping will be performed in accordance with the requirements of ASME B31.1. Hydrostatic testing of all installed piping shall be performed with water at 112 times the design pressure of the lowest rated piping system component. Test and repair procedures The RTRP manufacturer will provide test and repair procedures in the event field repairs are required. Installation procedures and techniques as well as system design criteria including burial, anchoring, guiding and supporting shall be in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. Piping system installers and fitters will be trained by a direct factory employee of the piping system manufacturer and certified by the trainer prior to system assembly in the field.
Installation
Important notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, expressed or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP - GROUP HEADQUARTERS P .O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
Asia Ameron (Pte) Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 639407 Tel: 65 861 6118 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Europe Ameron B.V. J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: +31 345 587 561 Americas P .O. Box 878 Burkburnett, TX 76354 Tel: (940) 569-1471 Fax: (940) 569-2764 Composites P .O. Box 71370 11 McBride Street Newnan, Georgia 30263 Tel: (770) 253-2000 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Centron International P .O. Box 490 600 FM 1195 South Mineral Wells, Texas 76068 Tel: (940) 325-1341 Fax: (940) 325-9681
1996 Ameron FP693B (2/00) supercedes FP693A (9/96) Printed in USA 5M[472]
Bondstrand Case History

Wastewater Treatment Plant Piping

using Bondstrand pipe with Quick-Lock adhesive joint and flanged fittings
Location Client
ISO-9001
Marina, California City of Monterey, California Process lines carrying sewage sludge, sludge gases and methane. Approximately 15,000 feet of Bondstrand Series 2000 fiberglass pipe in 3 through 12-inch diameters and a total of over 3000 Series 2000 adhesive joined fittings and ANSI flanged fittings.
Application Pipe system

CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP312E (11/96)
Advantages
The contract provisions of this project left it to the contractors discretion to choose the most suitable system meeting the operating requirements. Contractor determined that the Bondstrand system would be more cost effective than the other principal alternative: a combined system of glass-lined cast iron and unlined cast iron. Because of the ease with which Bondstrand fiberglass flanges can be mounted on pipe and fittings, contractor assembled ANSI-dimensioned fittings and pipe spools in his own on-site fabrication shop.
Ease of assembly

Group Headquarters P .O. Box 801148 Houston TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 Fiberglass Pipe Division-Asia No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 2263 Tel: 65 862 1301 Fax: 65 862-1302 Fiberglass Pipe Division-Europe J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 573-341 Fax: +31 345 575 254 Telex: 40257 bonds nl Fiberglass Pipe Division-U.S.A. P.O. Box 878 Burkburnett, Texas 76354 Tel: (817) 569-1471 Fax: (817) 569-4012
1992 Ameron FP312E (11/96) supersedes FP312D (10/95) Printed in U.S.A. 5M [021]

Condensate Return Lines Retrofit for Nashville Generating Plant

sliplining with Bondstrand Series 2000 fiberglass pipe and filament wound fittings
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Location Client Application Product
Nashville, Tennessee Nashville Thermal Transfer Corporation Condensate return lines, average working pressure of 25 psi (2 bar) at 180F (82C) Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe, filament wound fittings, 4 (100 mm)
FP736 (3/97)
"! In the trench, installer uses a flapper sander to prepare pipe end for adhesive joint. "! Lengths of Bondstrand 2000 are bonded in the trench and slipped inside the existing ductile iron pipe.
Pipe system
Approximately 1100 feet (350 m) of 4-inch diameter, Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe and filament-wound fittings were installed beneath the busy streets of downtown Nashville, Tennessee. Bondstrand 2000 replaces 6-inch ductile iron pipe in condensate return lines. The failing ductile iron pipe had been in service for only three years. The piping system will supply heat produced by a trash burning generating plant to 39 major buildings in downtown Nashville. The existing ductile iron pipe has deteriorated due to corrosion and scale build up. Digging costs to replace the metallic piping with the same material would be prohibitive and extremely disruptive because of its location in the congested downtown area. The problem was solved by sliplining the ductile iron with Bondstrand 2000, taking advantage of Bondstrands light weight and ease of installation. With Bondstrand, the contractor was able to dig a small trench, assemble lengths of pipe in the ditch and slip the 4-inch fiberglass pipe inside the 6-inch ductile iron. Pipe was installed between 6:00 pm and 6:00 am to minimize the disruption to city traffic.
Advantages
Corrosion resistance - Bondstrand is inherently resistant to corrosion and scale build up. It exhibits excellent flow characteristics with a Hazen Williams rating of 150. Ease of installation - With light weight fiberglass no heavy lifting equipment was needed. The pipe was easily lowered into the small trench, bonded in the ditch and slipped through the old piping system. Cost savings - Using Bondstrand minimized the extensive digging needed to replace the ductile iron, resulting in savings of time, money and disruption.
Technical support
At job start-up, Ameron Technical Service provided installation training and certification of crew members. This ensured that the proper techniques were utilized during installation to provide a successful application in the least amount of time.
1997 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP736 (3/97) 10M[021]

Desalination Facility
using Bondstrand Series 2000 fiberglass pipe and fittings
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Location Client Application
Al-Khobar, Saudi Arabia Saline Water Conversion Corporation (SWCC) Water reject piping in third stage ejector condensers in ten desalination units.
FP401C (8/96)
The previously installed Cu-Ni pipe (left) experienced severe corrosion failure, especially at welds. Bondstrand corrosion resistant piping systems (right) include a wide variety of fittings, including reducers, lateral tees and elbows in many angular configurations.
Pipe system
After approximately two years of service, the existing 100 mm and 150 mm Cu-Ni (90/10) piping had begun to fail in this service. The medium, seawater at 50C containing dissolved gases including chlorine, air and carbon dioxide, was sufficiently acidic (pH 5.8-6.2) to cause severe internal corrosion to the metallic piping, resulting in heavy leakage in general and collapse when the piping was subjected to vacuum. Bondstrand Series 2000 fiberglass reinforced pipe was chosen to replace the old Cu-Ni lines due to its corrosion resistance and ease of installation.
Advantages
Corrosion resistance - Pipe and fittings easily withstand the acidity of the medium. Bondstand replacement piping has already served nearly twice as long as original metallic piping without showing any signs of corrosion. Ease of installation - System was easily field fabricated by an installation crew from Ameron. The crew was able to complete the installation for each unit in only one day.
Technical support
Ameron provided technical support to the client during all phases of the project.
1989 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP401C (8/96) supersedes FP401B (8/96) 5M[021]

Ft. Khamehamea Wastewater Treatment Plant

using Bondstrand Series 2000 fiberglass pipe, filament wound fittings and flanges

ISO-9001
Hickham AFB, Hawaii United States Air Force Process lines transporting sludge and sludge gases Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe, filament wound fittings and flanges
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP727 (11/96)
Far right and below: Process piping lines carry sludge and gases at wastewater treatment plant.
Pipe system
Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe and filament-wound fittings and flanges in 2- to 14inch diameters are used for process lines in this wastewater treatment plant. The piping systems are used for sludge, digester gas, methane gas, chlorine gas vacuum and solution, alum, foul air and aeration air. Bondstrand's resistance to both external and internal corrosion made it an excellent choice to handle these services in this marine environment. Bondstrand was selected over other materials such as glass-lined cast iron or 316L Schedule 40 stainless steel. In addition to providing an economical material solution for carrying corrosive media, its light weight and easy assembly reduced installation costs over these other piping materials.
Advantages
Chemical resistance - Bondstrand withstands the rigors of aggressive chemicals. The corrosion resistance also provides excellent weatherability. Ease of installation - Epoxy bonded joining system saves time and money. ANSI flanged fittings provide a familiar joining system and simple joining to traditional equipment and materials. Lightweight fiberglass, approximately 15 the weight of traditional materials, can be moved without heavy lifting equipment. Cost savings - Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe and fittings provide the life expectancy required at about 20% less cost than glass-lined cast iron and approximately 30% less cost than stainless steel.
Technical support

Group Headquarters P .O. Box 801148 Houston TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron-net.com Fiberglass Pipe Division-Asia No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 2263 Tel: 65-862-1301 Fax: 65-862-1302 Fiberglass Pipe Division-Europe J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 573-341 Fax: +31 345 575 254 Telex: 40257 bonds nl Fiberglass Pipe Division-U.S.A. P.O. Box 878 Burkburnett, Texas 76354 Tel: (817) 569-1471 Fax: (817) 569-4012

Puente Hills Landfill Flare Station Yard Piping

ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Whittier, California County Sanitation Districts of Los Angeles County LFG at 125 psi and 160F operating temperature
FP720 (9/96)
Far right: High speed blower moves landfill gas through Bondstrand pipe into leachate collection tank, below concrete slab. Near right: Flanged Bondstrand pipe at end of run permits future expansion as need arises.
Below: Moisture separator removes leachate from gas.
Pipe system
Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe and filament-wound fittings, prefabricated in 6- to 12-inch diameters were used. Landfill gas contains methane and high concentrations of hydrogen sulfite (H2S), and water at 150 to 170F. The H2S mixes with water vapor, forming strong sulfuric acid in the piping system. Carbon steel can survive only 3 to 4 years in this service. Plastic piping (PVC, CPVC and HDPE) was eliminated as a choice for this application due to temperature and pressure limitations around 140F. Fiberglass pipe also provides better UV resistance than PVC or CPVC. While Schedule 10 or 20 304L stainless steel can provide the desired 30-year life expectancy in this service, its material cost is about four times that of fiberglass and the installed cost would be approximately six times that of fiberglass. Ameron Bondstrand 2000 also saved installation time. The difficult welding process of stainless steel takes 3-4 times longer than epoxy bonding of fiberglass. As a result the installation took less than four days. The system was then field tested at 225 psig for 10 cycles.
Advantages
Chemical resistance - Bondstrand withstands the rigors of aggressive chemicals. The corrosion resistance also provides excellent weatherability. Ease of installation - Epoxy bonded joining system saved time and money. The installation was completed in four days, eliminating the difficult and costly welding required for stainless steel. Lightweight fiberglass can be moved without heavy lifting equipment. Cost savings - Bondstrand 2000 pipe and fittings provided the life expectancy required at 14 the material cost of stainless steel. Installed cost was 16 the cost of stainless steel.
Technical support
Ameron provided installation training and technical support to the client.

Petro-chemical Refinery Piping

with Bondstrand Series 2000 fiberglass pipe and filament wound fittings
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
El Tablazo, Estado Zulia, Venezuela PDVSA Oil & Gas Demineralized water lines 8 (200 mm) Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe, filament wound fittings, Quick-Lock joining system
FP304 (4/98)
"! Right, lengths of Bondstrand 2000 supply demineralized water.
"! Far right, 8" (200 mm) Bondstrand 2000 in service for 24 years.
Pipe system
Approximately 4900 feet (1500 m) of 8-inch diameter, Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe and filament-wound fittings were installed in this petrochemical complex in Venezuela. The piping transports demineralized water to the entire complex. Installed in 1974, the Bondstrand piping system has provided trouble-free service for 24 years.
Advantages
Corrosion resistance - Bondstrand is inherently resistant to corrosion and scale build up. It exhibits excellent flow characteristics with a Hazen Williams rating of 150. Ease of installation -Light weight fiberglass is easy to handle and install.

Series 2000MP Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings

certified to Specification MIL-P-28584B
Chilled water Condensate return Domestic hot water Heating water Pumped hot water MIL-P-28584B for pipe and fittings conveying water at pressures to 125 psig and temperatures to 250F. Excellent corrosion resistance over a wide temperature range. Weighs 16th as much as steel. Does not require thrust blocks at ambient temperatures when properly installed. Smooth inner liner produces extremely low frictional loss (Hazen-Williams C = 150) for greater discharge and reduced pumping costs. Low thermal conductivity (1100th of steel) minimizes heat losses.
Listings Performance
Composition
Pipe Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy resin pipe with nominal 0.020-inch (0.5 mm) resin-rich reinforced liner. Continuous operating temperatures to 250F (121C). Filament-wound fittings Furnished with reinforced liner using same materials as pipe. Tees 90 elbows Flanges Saddles Flanged fittings Flanges match bolt-hole pattern for ANSI B16.5 150 lb flanges, ANSI B16.1 for 125 lb cast iron flanges and ISO Standard 2229. Thermosetting adhesives PSX34 two-part epoxy adhesive for field fabrication. 45 elbows Couplings Nipples Tapered body reducers
FP467C (7/00)
Joining systems
Quick-Lock straight/taper adhesive-bonded joint featuring integral pipe stop in bell for predictable, precise laying lengths. Flanges and flanged fittings.
Pipe lengths
2- to 6-inch: 20-ft random lengths. 8- to 10-inch: 20-ft random lengths.
Fittings
Elbows Tees Flanges, blind flanges and reducing flanges Plugs and end-caps Nipples and couplings Tapered body reducers Tapered body reducers, tees and 90 and 45 elbows are available with any combination of Quick-Lock female and filament-wound flange ends. Laying lengths of filament-wound fittings with Quick-Lock ends match those of ANSI B16.9 steel buttwelding fittings. Flanged ends match ANSI B16.1 and B16.5 center-toface and face-to-face dimensions.
Mechanical properties1
Pipe Property1 Circumferential Tensile stress at weeping Tensile modulus Poissons ratio Longitudinal Tensile strength Tensile modulus Poissons ratio Beam apparent Elastic modulus Hydrostatic design basis Units 103 psi MPa 106 psi GPa 103 psi MPa 106 psi GPa 106 psi GPa 103 psi MPa
70F 21C 024.0 16500003.65 025.2 000.56 008.50 058.6 001.60 011.0 000.37 001.70 011.7 006.0 041.4
150F 66C 000003.44 23.7 00.60 07.80 53.8 01.35 09.3 00.39 01.30 09.0 ---
200F 93C 000003.20 22.1 00.70 06.90 47.6 01.24 08.5 00.41 01.00 06.9 -
250F 121C 0002.98 20.5 00.79 05.80 40.0 01.10 07.6 00.43 -
Test Method D1599
Ameron D2105 D2105 D2105 D2925
D2992
Reducers
ds A ds
Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 3x2 4x2 4x3 6x3 6x4 8x4 8x6 10 x 6 10 x 8 80 x 50 100 x 50 100 x 80 150 x 80 150 x 100 200 x 100 200 x 150 250 x 150 250 x 200
Laying Length A (in) (mm) 2.13 3.00 2.88 3.81 3.69 5.44 3.88 4.63 4.12 54 76 73 97 95 138 99 118 105
Overall Length B (in) (mm) 5.75 6.63 6.50 7.88 7.75 10.19 8.63 9.63 9.37 146 168 165 200 197 259 219 245 238
Approx Weight (lb) (kg) 1.1 2.1 2.2 3.9 3.5 7.1 6.6 8.4 8.0 .5 .9 1.0 1.8 1.6 3.2 3.0 3.8 3.6
See Quick-Lock bell and spigot dimension table on page 5 for bell depth, ds
Flanges
E F
Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 2 3 4 6 8 10 50 80 100 150 200 250
Bolt Circle BC (in) (mm) 4.75 6.00 7.50 9.50 11.75 14.25 121 152 190 241 298 362
Outside Diameter D (in) (mm) 6.00 7.50 9.00 11.00 13.50 16.00 152 190 229 279 343 406
Thickness At Face E (in) (mm) 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.38 2.63 2.88 51 51 51 60 67 73
Laying length = .125 [3.2 mm] BC ds D
Bolt Count 4 4 8 8 8 12
Hole Size F (in) (mm) 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.88 0.88 1.00 19.1 19.1 19.1 22.4 22.4 25.4
Bolt Size (in) (mm) 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.75 0.75 0.88 16 16 16 19 19 22
Approx Weight (lb) (kg) 3.0 4.1 6.1 9.4 14.9 20.5 1.4 1.9 2.8 4.3 6.8 9.3
Tees
B A ds
Laying Length A (in) (mm) 2.50 3.38 4.13 5.63 7.00 14.50 64 86 105 143 178 368
Overall Length B (in) (mm) 4.31 5.19 5.94 7.88 9.50 17.25 109 132 151 200 241 438
Approx Weight (lb) (kg) 2.1 4.1 5.0 11 18 38 1.0 1.9 2.3 5.0 8.2 17.3
Couplings
ds Laying length = .375 [9.5 mm]
Outside Diameter D (in) (mm) 2.81 3.94 5.06 7.19 9.25 11.38 71 100 129 183 235 289
Approx Weight (lb) (kg) 0.6 0.9 1.4 2.4 3.8 5.2 .3 .4 .6 1.1 1.7 2.4
Nipples and support saddles

Laying length = .125 [3.2 mm]
Approx Weight Nipple Saddle* (lb) (kg) (lb/in) (g/mm) 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.9 1.4 1.9 .09 .14 .23 .41 .64 .86 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 4 5 7 9 11 14
* Saddles are used to protect pipe at supports and clamps and are available in lengths to 18 inches (500mm).
Length
180
.56 [14mm]
Physical properties
Pipe Property Thermal conductivity Pipe wall Thermal expansion Linear Flow coefficient Absolute roughness Density
Units Btuin/(hrft2F) W/mK 10-6 in/in/F 10-6 mm/mmC Hazen-Williams 10-6 ft 10-6 m lb/in3 g/cm3
Value 002.3 000.33 010 018 150 017.4 005.3 001.8 000.065
Method Ameron
Ameron _ _ _
Pipe ID (in) (mm) 2.10 3.22 4.14 6.26 8.22 10.35 53 82 105 159 209 263
Nominal Wall Thickness* (in) (mm) .157 .157 .203 .203 .226 .226 4.0 4.0 5.2 5.2 5.7 5.7
Average** Sectional Area (in) (mm) 1.13 1.70 2.73 4.06 5.83 7.31 730 1100 1760 2620 3760 4710
Pipe Weight (lb/ft) (kg/m) 0.9 1.2 2.0 3.0 4.3 5.4 1.5 1.8 3.0 4.5 6.4 8.1
* Minimum wall thickness is 87.5% of nominal wall thickness. **Use these values for calculating longitudinal thrust.
Internal Pressure Rating* (psig) (MPa) 125 125 125 125 125 125 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.86 0.86
External Pressure Rating* (psig) (MPa) 210 135 150 45 30 14 1.45 0.93 1.03 0.31 0.21 0.097
* At 250F (121C) using Bondstrand RP34C adhesive. **At 70F. Reduce linearly to 90% at 150F and 80% at 210F.
Stiffness Factor* (lbin) (Nm) 620 620 1360 1360 1890 1890 70 70 154 154 214 214
Pipe Stiffness* (psi) (MPa) 2900 860 890 270 175 86 20.0 5.93 6.14 1.86 1.17 0.59
Beam Moment of Inertia** (in4) (106mm4) 0.59 1.99 5.50 18.1 45.1 88.6 0.246 0.828 2.29 7.53 18.8 36.9
* Per ASTM D2412. **Use these values to calculate permissible spans.
Thrust blocks Most properly bedded Bondstrand 2000MP installations do not require thrust blocks. Consult Ameron for recommendations for systems operating at elevated temperatures. Live loads Bondstrand 2000MP will carry H20 wheel loadings of at least 16,000 lb (7250 kg) when properly bedded in compacted sand in stable soils and provided with at least 3 ft (1 m) of cover. Nominal Maximum Earth Cover Pipe Size 100 psi 0.69 MPa 125 psi 0.86 MPa (in) (mm) (ft) (m) (ft) (m) 2 3 4 6 8 10 50 80 100 150 200 250 30 22 24 21 21 22 9.1 6.7 7.3 6.4 6.4 6.7 30 22 23 20 20 19 9.1 6.7 7.0 6.1 6.1 5.8
* Based on a 120 lb/ft3 (1925 kg/m3) soil density and 1000 psi (6.9 MPa) modulus of soil reaction. **Internal operating pressure, psi (MPa).
Support spacing
Recommended maximum support spacing for Bondstrand 2000MP pipe at various operating temperatures. Span recommendations are valid for normal horizontal piping support arrangements, a compromise between continuous spans and simple spans, but include no provision for weights such as fittings, flanges, etc. or thrust from branches, turns, etc. Span recommendations are calculated for a maximum long-term deflection of 12 inch to ensure good appearance and adequate drainage. Values are based on 12 inch deflection at midspan for fluid specific gravity = 1.0. For continuous spans, increase values by 20%. For end or single spans, decrease values by 20%. Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 2 3 4 6 8 10 50 80 100 150 200 250 Span (feet or meters) Temperature 150F 66C 200F 99C 11.7 13.3 15.0 17.0 19.2 20.3 3.6 4.1 4.6 5.2 5.9 6.2 10.4 12.0 13.2 15.2 17.2 18.4 3.2 3.7 4.0 4.6 5.2 5.6
100F 37C 13.0 14.6 16.8 18.7 21.2 22.3 3.9 4.5 5.1 5.7 6.5 6.8
250F 122C 9.2 10.7 11.4 13.5 15.2 16.4 2.8 3.3 3.5 4.1 4.6 5.0
Bending radius
H
C
Bending Radius, R* (ft) (m) 83 123 158 233 304 379 26 38 46 71 93 116
Maximum Allowable Deflection, H, for 100-ft (30 m) Bending Length (ft) (m) 14.6 10.1 7.9 5.4 4.1 3.3 4.5 3.1 2.4 1.6 1.3 1.0
Turning Angle, (deg) 69 47 36 25 19 15
S
R
Quick-Lock bell and spigot dimensions

L
Quick-Lock Joint Size (in) (mm) 2 3 4 6 8 10 50 80 100 150 200 250
Spigot Length L (in) (mm) 2.000 2.000 2.000 2.375 2.375 2.875 50.8 50.8 50.8 60.3 60.3 60.3
Bell Depth ds (in) (mm) 1.812 1.812 1.812 2.250 2.500 2.750 46.0 46.0 46.0 57.1 63.5 69.8
Spigot Diameter Minimum Maximum (in) (mm) (in) (mm) 2.330 3.450 4.430 6.544 8.544 10.680 59.2 87.6 112.5 166.2 217.0 271.3 2.346 3.466 4.446 6.560 8.560 10.696 59.6 88.0 112.9 166.6 217.4 271.7
ds
90 Elbows
B A ds
Approx Weight (lb) (kg) 1.1 2.4 3.5 7.9 15 25 .5 1.1 1.6 3.6 6.8 11.4
45 Elbows
B A ds
Approx Weight (lb) (kg) 0.9 1.7 2.5 5.2 9.3 16 .4 .6 1.1 2.4 4.2 7.3
Conversions
Important Notice
1988 Ameron FP467C (7/00) supersedes FP467B (7/97) Printed in U.S.A. 5M [186]

Bondstrand 2000 MP Pipe and Fittings

Fiberglass reinforced thermosetting epoxy resin pipe for plant piping hot water, chilled water, and condensate return services
Scope
This specification defines the reinforced thermosetting resin (RTR) piping system to be used in those sections of Plant Pipinghot water, chilled water and condensate return services calling for fiberglass piping systems. References are made to other standards and tests which are a part of this section as modified. Where conflict exists between the requirements of this specification and listed references, the specification shall prevail. 70F 200F ASTM Pipe Property Units 21C 93C Method Nominal Pipe Size 2-6 8-10 2-6 8-10 Circumferential Tensile stress at 103 psi 32.00 24.00 D1599 weeping MPa 22.00 165.00 Tensile modulus 106 psi 4.20 3.65 3.70 3.20 GPa 29.00 25.20 25.50 22.10 Poissons ratio 0.26 0.56 0.32 0.70 D2105 Longitudinal Tensile strength 103 psi 16.00 8.50 13.00 6.90 D2105 MPa 110.00 58.60 90.00 47.60 Tensile modulus 106 psi 3.00 1.60 2.40 1.24 D2105 GPa 20.70 11.00 16.50 8.50 Poissons ratio 0.16 0.37 0.20 0.41 D2105 Beam apparent Elastic modulus 106 psi 2.40 1.70 1.77 1.00 D2925 GPa 16.60 11.70 12.20 6.90 Hydrostatic design basis (cyclic) 103 psi 16.001,2 6.001 D2992 MPa 110.00 41.40 Thermal conductivity Pipe wall Btuin/(hrft2F) 1.70 1.70 C177 W/mC 0.25 0.25 Thermal expansion Linear 10-6 in/in/F 8.50 10.00 D696 10-6 mm/mmC 15.30 18.00 Flow coefficient Hazen-Williams 150.00 150.00 6 Absolute roughness 10 ft 17.40 17.40 10-6 m 3.30 5.30 Specific gravity 1.80 1.80 D792 Density lb/in3 0.07 0.07 g/cm3 1.80 1.80
1) At 150F (66C). 2) Static
References, Quality Assurance Physical and Mechanical Properties
ISO-9001
The piping system in sizes 2 through 10 must comply with MIL-P-28584B and U.S. Federal Regulations 21CFR 175.105 and 21CFR 177.2280. Piping will be manufactured according to ASTM D2996 for RTRP. When classified under ASTM D2310, the pipe shall meet Type I, Grade I and Class F (RTRP-11FE) cell limits in 2 through 10 nominal pipe sizes. Piping shall be listed for Commercial Hot service by NSF under Standard 61 Drinking Water System Components.
FP695B (6/00)
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Materials
Pipe Construction Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy resin pipe shall be Bondstrand 2000 MP as manufactured by Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Group, or approved equal. The integral reinforced corrosion barrier shall have a nominal 20 mil thickness, and be constructed with the same epoxy resin as the pipe structural wall. Non-reinforced corrosion barriers shall not be allowed due to potential for fracturing during lower temperatures, transportation and installation. Structural wall The pipe shall have the following nominal wall thickness: Pipe Diameter Nominal Wall Thickness (inches) inches mm
2 .123 3.1 3 .126 3.2 Pipe end preparation options 4 .151 3.8 The piping manufacturer will provide 6 .181 4.6 8 .226 5.7 20 or 40 RL joints if the installer 10 .226 5.7 requests them in sizes 2 through 6 to reduce field labor assembly time in those sections of the system where longer pipe joints may be employed. Additionally, the pipe manufacturer will provide pipe joints with the spigot ends already prepared to reduce field labor time. Pressure rating Aromatic amine cured epoxy resin piping shall be suitable for use at 125 psi up to 250F.
Fittings
It is important to maintain compatibility of fittings, piping and adhesives to ensure that the system performs as specified. Therefore, the pipe, fittings and adhesive shall be supplied by the same manufacturer. Filament-wound fittings Fittings in 2 through 10 sizes shall be filament-wound with a reinforced resin-rich liner of equal or greater thickness than the pipe liner and shall be manufactured with the same resin type as the pipe. Only filament-wound fittings and flanges will be used. Compression molded, contact molded, spray up or hand lay-up fittings shall not be allowed.
Testing
Inspection and testing Inspection and testing of the piping will be performed in accordance with the requirements of ANSI B31.1. Hydrostatic testing of all installed piping shall be performed with water at 112 times the design pressure of the lowest rated piping system component. Test and repair procedures The RTRP manufacturer will provide test and repair procedures in the event field repairs are required.
Installation
Installation procedures and techniques as well as system design criteria including burial, anchoring, guiding and supporting shall be in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. Piping system installers and fitters will be trained by a direct factory employee of the piping system manufacturer and certified by the trainer prior to system assembly in the field.
Important Notice
1996 Ameron FP695B (6/00) supercedes FP695A (10/96) Printed in USA 5M[472]

Series 3000A Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings

for general industrial service
Alcohol solutions Boiler feed water Bridge, roof and floor drains Brine and brackish water Chemical process piping Cooling water Demineralized water Electroplating Fuel oil piping General service piping Jet fuel piping
Mild chemicals Municipal waste Potable water Power plant, steel mill and industrial plant piping Sewer lines and sewer force mains Source and recycle water Sump discharge Vent lines Water mains Water treatment
Listings Performance
MIL-P-29206A for jet fuels and petroleum liquids.
Working pressure to 450 psig depending on pipe size. No thrust blocks are required at rated system pressure for most buried piping configurations and most soil conditions. Thrust blocks may be required for 14 and 16-inch Bondstrand 3000A. For above-ground use, consult Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division. Temperatures to 210F (99C) maximum. Full vacuum capabilities when buried and properly backfilled. For above-ground use, refer to collapse pressures listed below under pipe pressure performance. Recommended burial depth: 3 to 25 feet. Recommended for water, waste water (p H 1 to 12), moderately corrosive liquids and mild chemicals. Consult Ameron corrosion guide FP132 or Ameron Applications Engineering for recommendations for your particular application. Bondstrand Series 3000A is available with the patented Pronto-Lock and Pronto-Lock II mechanical joining systems and may be used to temperatures as high as 210F (99C).
ISO-9001
Individual system components may not have the same ratings as the pipe. Refer to the detailed product information for the specific components to determine the pressure rating for the system as a whole.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP516B (10/97)
Composition
Pipe Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy pipe with integral epoxy liner and exterior coating. Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 2-6 50 - 150 8 - 16 200 - 400 Fittings 2 to 6-inch Compression-molded fiberglass reinforced epoxy elbows and tees Filament-wound and/or mitered crosses, wyes, laterals and reducers 8 to 16-inch Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy elbows Filament-wound and/or mitered crosses, wyes, and laterals Contact-molded reducers Flanges Flange rings: Molded or filament-wound fiberglass Stub ends: Molded or centrifugally cast fiberglass Blind flanges Compression-molded fiberglass or epoxy-coated cast iron or steel. O-rings Buna-N standard. Other materials available on request. Adhesive Ameron two-part epoxy adhesive for field fabrication. (consult Ameron for specifications) ASTM Designation (D2310) RTRP 11FX RTRP 11FX (D2996) RTRP 11FX-5430 RTRP 11FX-3210
Joining systems
2 to 6-inch Pronto-Lock mechanical coupling. U.S. Patent No. 3,784,239. 8 to 16-inch Pronto-Lock II mechanical coupling. U.S. Patent No. 4,014,568. 2 to 16-inch Bell and spigot taper/taper adhesive-bonded joint.
Pipe lengths
Standard 20 and 39-ft random lengths. Other lengths available on request.
Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400
Pipe Outside Diameter1 (in) (mm) 2.38 60 3.50 90 4.50 114 6.63 168 8.63 219 10.75 273 12.75 324 14.44 367 16.50 419
Pipe Inside Diameter (in) (mm) 2.21 56 3.32 84 4.33 110 6.39 162 8.30 211 10.41 264 12.30 312 14.01 356 16.02 407
Wall Thickness Total Structural (in) (mm) (in) (mm) 0.072 1.8 0.064 1.6 0.081 2.1 0.071 1.8 0.086 2.2 0.074 1.9 0.119 3.0 0.105 2.7 0.150 3.8 0.125 3.2 0.175 4.4 0.150 3.8 0.200 5.1 0.175 4.4 0.215 5.4 0.190 4.8 0.235 6.0 0.210 5.3
1) Typical outside diameters of 2 through 12-inch pipe are within API, ASTM and ANSI fiberglass and steel pipe dimensions.
Taper Angle (deg) 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00
Taper Length (in) (mm) 1.5 38 1.7 43 1.9 48 2.8 71 2.6 66 3.1 79 3.6 91 4.2 107 4.7 119
Pipe Weight (lb/ft) (kg/m) 0.5 .75 0.7 1.05 1.0 1.50 1.9 2.85 3.1 4.60 4.5 6.70 6.1 9.10 7.5 11.15 9.4 14.00
Static Pressure Rating (psig) (bar) 450 30 450 30 375 25 300 20 150 10 150 10 150 10 150 10 150 10
Ultimate Collapse Pressure2 Ultimate Internal Pressure1 80F 27C 210F 99C (psig) (bar) (psig) (bar) (psig) (bar) 3200 215 145 10.0 125 8.6 2400 160 50 3.4 45 3.1 2000 135 40 2.8 35 2.4 2000 135 35 2.4 30 2.1 900 60 25 1.7 21 1.4 900 60 18 1.2 12 0.8 900 60 12 0.8 9 0.6 900 60 10 0.7 7.5 0.5 900 60 10 0.7 7.5 0.5
1) Quality control minimum 2) For vacuum service above ground in sizes 8 inches and above consult Ameron.
Elbows and Tees (psig) (bar) 450 30 450 30 375 25 300 20 150 10 150 10 150 10 150 10 150 10
Flanges (psig) (bar) 450 30 400 30 375 25 300 20 150 10 150 10 150 10 150 10 150 10
Blind Flanges (psig) (bar) 450 30 450 30 375 25 300 20 150 10 150 10 125 8 75 5 75 5
1) Ratings shown are for 90 and 45 elbows. Ratings in 8 to 16-inch sizes are also applicable to elbows of other angles.
Adapters (psig) (bar) 450 30 375 25 300 20 300 20 150 10 -
Laterals, Wyes and Crosses (psig) (bar) 200 13 200 13 200 13 200 13 150 10 150 10 150 10 150 10 150 10
Saddles (psig) (bar) 300 20 300 20 200 13 150 10 150 10 100 8 75 5 50 3 50 3
Pipe Property Thermal conductivity Coefficient of thermal expansion (linear) (2 - 6 inch) (8 - 16 inch) Flow coefficient Absolute roughness Specific gravity Barcol Hardness
1) Ameron test method.
Units Btuin/(hrft2F) W/mC
Value 1.7 0.25
Method ASTM ATM1 C177 23
10-6 in/in/F 10-6 m/m/C 10-6 in/in/F 10-6 m/m/C Hazen-Williams 10-6 ft 10-6 m Impressor 934-1
D696 8.5 15.3 12.0 21.6 150 50 15 1.81 65 D792 D2583
21
156
Pipe Property1 Tensile strength Longitudinal Circumferential Tensile modulus Longitudinal Circumferential Compressive strength Longitudinal Compressive modulus Longitudinal Long-term hydrostatic design basis Static Cyclic Poissons ratio3 yx xy
Units 103 psi MPa 103 psi MPa 106 psi GPa 106 psi GPa 103 psi MPa 106 psi GPa
Value (2 - 6 in) (8 - 16 in) 35.0 240 70.0 480 3.0 20.6 4.2 29.0 35.0 240 3.0 20.6 20.0 138 40.0 275 1.5 10.3 2.3 15.9 20.0 138 1.5 10.3
Method ASTM ATM2 D2105 D1599 161 151
D2105
161
142
142
103 psi MPa 103 psi MPa

21 145 8 55 0.16 0.26
21 145 0.11 0.19
D2992(B) D2992(A)
1) Based on structural wall thickness. 2) Ameron test method. 3) The first subscript denotes the direction of contraction and the second that of the applied stress. x denotes longitudinal direction. y denotes circumferential direction.
Change in Length Due to Pressure1 (in/100 ft/100 psi) (mm/m/bar) .284 343 .394 476 .477 576 .493 596 1.14 1376 1.19 1437 1.20 1450 1.26 1523 1.31 1583
Stiffness Factor2 3 (lbin /in2) (Nm) 42 4.7 75 8.5 60 6.8 275 31.1 500 56.5 750 85 1250 140 1600 180 2000 225
1) In an unrestrained system due to pressure effects alone. 2) At 5% deflection.
Support spacing
Values are based on a 12-inch (12 mm) deflection at midspan. Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Single Span1 Gases 1.003 1.25 (ft) (m) (ft) (m) (ft) (m) 14.4 4.4 17.7 5.4 20.0 6.1 24.9 7.6 23.8 7.3 26.9 8.2 29.3 8.9 31.3 9.5 33.5 10.2 9.7 11.1 12.1 14.6 13.9 15.4 16.7 17.6 18.7 3.0 3.4 3.7 4.5 4.2 4.7 5.1 5.4 5.7 9.3 10.6 11.5 13.9 13.2 14.6 15.9 16.7 17.8 2.8 3.2 3.5 4.2 4.0 4.5 4.8 5.1 5.4 Continuous Span2 Gases 1.00 1.25 (ft) (m) (ft) (m) (ft) (m) 21.5 26.4 29.9 37.2 35.6 40.2 43.8 46.8 50.1 6.6 8.0 9.1 11.3 10.9 12.3 13.4 14.3 15.3 14.5 16.6 18.1 21.9 20.8 23.0 25.0 26.3 27.9 4.4 5.1 5.5 6.7 6.3 7.0 7.6 8.0 8.5 13.9 15.8 17.2 20.8 19.7 21.9 23.7 25.0 26.6 4.2 4.8 5.2 6.3 6.0 6.7 7.2 7.6 8.1
1) For fluid temperatures above 78F (25C), the span lengths decrease by 0.2 in/F (9 mm/C). 2) For intermediate spans. End spans may be calculated by multiplying the single span length by 1.8. 3) Fluid specific gravity.
Bending radius
Minimum Bending Radius1 (ft) (m) 75 23 100 30 150 46 200 61 300 91 350 107 400 123 450 137 500 152
Maximum Minimum Deflection Length Required per 39-ft Joint for 10 Change (deg) (ft) (m) 302 132 4 20 20 6 15 27 8 10 40 12 7 + 2 = 93 57 - 13 = 444 12 6+2= 8 67 - 13 = 54 16 5+2= 7 80 - 13 = 67 20 4 + 2 = 6 100 - 13 = 87 27 3 + 2 = 5 133 - 13 = 120 37
1) At rated pressure. Sharper bends may create excessive stress concentrations. Do not bend pipe until adhesive has cured. 2) 2 - 6 inch: pipe only. 3) 8 - 16 inch: pipe deflection plus 2 Pronto-Lock II coupling deflection. 4) 8 - 16 inch: pipe minimum minus 13-ft (4 m) effect of Pronto-Lock II coupling deflection.

Pipe construction
PipeThe structural wall of fiberglass pipe in 2 through 16-inch nominal pipe sizes shall be constructed of continuous glass fibers wound in a matrix of aromatic amine cured epoxy resin in a dual angle pattern that takes optimum advantage of the tensile strength of the filaments. Pipe produced by filament-winding shall have a smooth outer surface with an outside diametral tolerance not exceeding 1.0%. The pipe shall incorporate an integral liner with a nominal thickness of 0.010 0.005 inches for 2 through 6-inch nominal sizes and 0.020 0.005 inches for 8 through 16-inch nominal sizes. The pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM Standard D2996 for filament-wound reinforced thermosetting resin pipe (RTRP). When classified under ASTM Standard D2310, the pipe shall be Type 1, Grade 1, and Class F for 2 through 16-inch nominal pipe sizes. Pipe shall be provided in standard lengths up to 40 feet, and shall be available in 60ft lengths on special request to minimize the number of field joints for rapid installation. Pressure ratingPipe in 2 through 16-inch sizes shall be rated for a minimum internal pressure of 150 psig at 210F. In 2 through 10-inch sizes the pipe shall have a full vacuum capability at 80F when installed above ground.
Fittings construction
Fittings in 8 through 16-inch nominal sizes shall be filament wound and incorporate a resin-rich liner of equal or greater thickness than the pipe liner and shall be constructed of the same glass and resin type for corrosion and abrasion resistance equal to that of the pipe. Fittings in 2 through 6-inch nominal sizes may be compression molded from glass and resins similar to those used in the pipe. Contact-molded, sprayed-up or hand laid-up fittings shall not be permitted. Pipe and fittings shall be joined using bell and spigot taper/taper adhesive-bonded joints or mechanical screw-on type joints with O-ring seals inside the bell for rapid installation.
Physical and mechanical requirements Workmanship
Values for physical and mechanical properties shall be no less than 95% of those shown tabulated above under TYPICAL PHYSICAL PROPERTIES and TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES. The pipe and fittings shall be free from all defects, including delaminations, indentations, pinholes, foreign inclusions, bubbles and resin-starved areas which, due to their nature, degree or extent, detrimentally affect the strength and serviceability of the pipe or fittings. Pigments or dyes may be used in the resin as long as the product is sufficiently translucent to verify the structural integrity of the structural wall. The pipe and fittings shall be as uniform as commercially practicable in color, density and other physical properties. Quality control testingSamples of pipe and fittings shall be tested at random based on standard quality control practices to determine conformance of the materials to the following ASTM guidelines for testing fiberglass pipe products: ASTM D1599, D2105, D2925, D2992A or D2992B. Test samples may be hydrostatically tested by the manufacturer to 1.5 times the pressure rating for signs of leakage. Each component shall be marked to show the following Manufacturers name and address Nominal pipe size Hydrostatic test pressure (if so ordered) Date and shift of manufacture (pipe only)
Testing
Marking
Conversions
Important Notice
Fiberglass Pipe Division Asia Ameron (Pte) Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 639407 Tel: 65 861 6118 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Fiberglass Pipe Division Europe Ameron B.V. J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: +31 345 587 561 Fiberglass Pipe Division Americas P .O. Box 878 Burkburnett, TX 76354 Tel: (940) 569-1471 Fax: (940) 569-2764 Ameron Composites P .O. Box 71370 11 McBride Street Newnan, Georgia 30263 Tel: (770) 253-2000 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fiberglass Pipe Division Centron International P .O. Box 490 600 FM 1195 South Mineral Wells, Texas 76068 Tel: (940) 325-1341 Fax: (940) 325-9681
1993 Ameron FP516B (10/97) supersedes FP516A (4/95) Printed in U.S.A. 5M[186]

Bondstrand 3000A Pipe and Fittings

Fiberglass reinforced thermosetting epoxy resin pipe for plant piping general services
Scope
This specification defines the reinforced thermosetting resin (RTR) piping system to be used in those sections of Plant Piping General Services calling for fiberglass piping systems. References are made to other standards and tests which are a part of this section as modified. Where conflict exists between the requirements of this specification and listed references, the specification shall prevail. Value (8-16) 20.0 35.0 Tensile Strength Longitudinal 103 psi 138.0 240.0 MPa Circumferential Strength 40.0 70.0 103 psi 275.0 480.0 MPa 1.5 3.0 106 psi Tensile Modulus Longitudinal 10.3 20.6 GPa Tensile Modulus Circumferential 103 psi 4.2 2.3 29.0 GPa 15.9 Compressive Strength 35.0 20.0 103 psi 138.0 240.0 Longitudinal MPa 1.5 Compressive Modulus 3.0 106 psi 10.3 Longitudinal 20.6 GPa 8.0 Hydrostatic Design Basis (cyclic) 103 psi MPa 55.0 Coefficient of Thermal Expansion 10 6in./in./F 15.3 8.5 10 -6mm/mm/C 12.0 21.6 (linear) Hazen Flow Coefficient Williams 150 Units (2-6) Typical Pipe Property ASTM Method D2105 D1599 D2105
D2992(A)
The pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2996 Specification for RTRP. When classified under ASTM D2310, the pipe shall be Type I, Grade I and Class F for 2 through 16 nominal pipe sizes.The piping must meet or exceed the requirements of MIL-P-29206A and ASTM D5677-95. The pipe shall be rated for a minimum internal pressure of 150 psig at 210F in sizes 2 through 16 and have a full vacuum capability at 80F when buried and properly backfilled. Pipe Construction Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy resin pipe shall be Bondstrand 3000A as manufactured by Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Group, or approved equal. The pipe shall have an integral corrosion barrier constructed with the same epoxy resin as the pipe structural wall. RTR piping without a corrosion barrier shall not be allowed.
Materials
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP700A (9/96)
Materials (contd)
Structural wall The pipe shall have the following nominal reinforced wall thickness:
Pipe Diameter Nominal Wall Thickness (inches) mm inches 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 .064 .071 .074 .105 .125 .150 .175 .190 .210 1.6 1.8 1.9 2.7 3.2 3.8 4.4 4.8 5.3
Pipe end preparation options The piping manufacturer will provide standard pipe joint lengths up to 39 feet RL to reduce field labor assembly time. The piping system shall be suitable to be joined with a bell and spigot taper/taper adhesive bonded joint, or with a mechanical joint not requiring adhesive.
Fittings
It is important to maintain compatibility of fittings, piping and adhesives to ensure that the system performs as specified. Therefore, the pipe, fittings and adhesive shall be supplied by the same manufacturer. Compression Molded Fittings Fittings in 2 through 6nominal sizes may be compression molded using the same resin type as used in the pipe. Filament-wound fittings Elbows in 8 through 16 nominal sizes shall be filament-wound incorporating a reinforced resin-rich corrosion barrier. Contact molded, spray up or hand lay-up fittings shall not be allowed.
Testing
The manufacturer will test samples of pipe and fittings at random, based on standard quality control practices to determine conformance with ASTM D1599, D2105, D2925, D2992A or D2992B, and D5677-95. The installed piping system shall be hydrostatic tested with water at 11 2 times the design pressure of the lowest rated piping system component. Test and repair procedures The RTRP manufacturer will provide test and repair procedures in the event field repairs are required.
Installation
Important notice

Group Headquarters P .O. Box 801148 Houston TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 Fiberglass Pipe Division-Asia No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 2263 Tel: 862-1301 Fax: 862-1302 Fiberglass Pipe Division-Europe J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 573-341 Fax: +31 345 575 254 Telex: 40257 bonds nl Fiberglass Pipe Division-U.S.A. P.O. Box 878 Burkburnett, Texas 76354 Tel: (817) 569-1471 Fax: (817) 569-4012
1996 Ameron FP700A (9/96) supercedes FP700 (4/96) Printed in USA 5M[472]

Fire Water Lines at Steam Gathering Facility

using Bondstrand Series 3000

ISO-9001
Moss Landing steam generating unit, California Pacific Gas & Electric Underground water and foam lines surrounding crude oil tanks, and water storage tank make-up lines carrying water at ambient temperatures and at 100 psi.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP292B (10/97)
Pipe system
Over 60,000 feet of Bondstrand Series 3000 fiberglass pipe with Pronto-Lock and Pronto-Lock II mechanical joining systems were used for water, foam and water storage make-up lines. Six, eight and ten inch diameters of pipe were installed.
Advantages
Corrosion resistance Bondstrand Series 3000 resists internal and external corrosion from water, foam and soil. Ease of installation The light weight of the pipe and the mechanical joining system significantly reduced the installation time. A small crew was able to complete the installation rapidly. Cost savings Small crews and reduced installation time translated into cost savings. Installed cost was approximately 80 percent of other piping options. Ameron provided a complete package including stock pipe and fittings, installation tools and technical assistance.
1985 Ameron FP292B (10/97) supersedes FP292A (12/93) Printed in U.S.A. 5M [021]

Underwater Force Main

using Bondstrand Series 3000 pipe with Pronto-Lock mechanical joint
Location Client Contractor Application

ISO-9001
Hartford, Connecticut; Connecticut River Hartford Metropolitan District Commission; Bureau of Public Works Blakesee, Arpaia, Chapman, Inc. Transfer of 100,000 gallons of sewage sludge per day from East Hartford pollution control plant 15,000 feet over land and 1000 feet underwater to a pollution treatment and sludge disposal plant in Hartford.
FP293C (10/97)
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Pipe system
Eight- and ten-inch diameter Bondstrand Series 3000 fiberglass pipe with ProntoLock II mechanical joining system. Eight-inch pipe was placed inside the ten-inch casing. Pipe sections were joined onshore and pulled through a trench that had been dug in the riverbed. Total time for underwater installation: 90 minutes.
Advantages
Corrosion resistance Bondstrand Series 3000 resists internal acidic attack as well as external electrolytic corrosion. Ease of installation Pronto-Lock II mechanical joining system could be made up in minutes and lightweight pipe was easily pulled under the river. All-weather installation Because neither welding nor adhesive were required, pipe could be installed in rain, snow and cold. Cost savings Contractor estimated that Bondstrand Series 3000 installation with Pronto-Lock II joining system cut total installation cost by one third in comparison with steel or conventional fiberglass pipe.
Bondstrand Case History 408

Water Handling Facility Header System

using Bondstrand Series 3000 fiberglass pipe
Luling, Texas Water Handling Facility Handling 40,000 barrels per day of oil, gas and salt water produced by 50 wells.
FP408C (10/96)
Pipe system
Two 60-foot long, ten-inch diameter header sections with two and three-inch flanged pipe outlets. In total, 120 two and three-inch fittings and 360 two and three-inch flanges were supplied to build up the system which operates at approximately 125 psi. Corrosion-resistant piping materials Pipe and fittings withstand the acidity of the sour crude produced by these wells. Ease of installation System was easily field fabricated. Nipples were cut from pipe in the field, tapered with tools available from Ameron and bonded to tees and elbows with epoxy adhesive.
Advantages
1989 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP408C (10/96) supersedes FP408B (2/95) 5M[021]

Wastewater Clarifier Inlets

using Bondstrand Series 3000 pipe

ISO-9001
Detroit, Michigan City of Detroit Bondstrand pipe was used to modify over 1500 inlets in the City of Detroit Waste Water Treatment Plant. Modifications involved elevating the level at which mixed liquor enters the clarifier and reducing the turbulence of the incoming liquor. To do so, a system which could connect to existing lines was designed. Elliptical baffles to reduce turbulence were fitted to 12-foot lengths of 16-inch Bondstrand Series 3000 fiberglass pipe, while the other ends were fitted with flanges.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP172D (1/97)
Piping system Advantages
Sixteen-inch diameter Bondstrand Series 3000 Modification may have saved the City of Detroit over $27 million by raising the efficiency of the clarifiers as much as 30% and by eliminating the need for additional clarifiers to be built. The pipe itself was also instrumental in reducing costs. Its light weight helped keep the overall weight of the modified inlets down. As a result, major structural modifications in the clarifiers to support the inlets were not necessary. Fiberglass epoxy resin pipe resists corrosion from mixed liquor and has an indefinite service life.
1985 Ameron FP172D (1/97) supersedes FP172C (4/95) Printed in U.S.A. 5M[021]
ISO-9001
Bondstrand Case History 126

CERTIFICATED FIRM
Underground Chilled Water Lines

Spring, Texas
Compaq Computer Corporation
Underground lines carrying chilled water at 150 psi. The client had originally specified a competing brand of fiberglass pipe which used an adhesive joint. However, the competitors adhesive joint could not pass the required pressure test. The client then turned to Ameron, who was able to offer quick delivery of a mechanically-joined system. Moreover, Amerons specialty fittings shop in Burkburnett, Texas worked directly with the contractor to speed custom fabrication of a number of unusual spool assemblies.
FP450B (3/96)
Fittings for Bondstrand Series 3000 are manufactured in an extremely wide variety of configurations. Seen here are 16-inch tees with 6-inch flanged branches, 45 elbows with Pronto-Lock II ends, and a 4-foot long nipple with Pronto-Lock II ends.
Pipe system
Bondstrand Series 3000 using Pronto-Lock mechanical joint in 3- and 6-inch sizes and Pronto-Lock II mechanical jont in 10-, 12- and 16-inch sizes. Flanged spools and fittings with flanged reducing outlets were also used. Total installed length of the piping was approximately 5,000 feet.
Advantages
Quick Installation - The speed of delivery of the pipe from the plant, its light weight and the rapid joining offered by the Pronto-Lock and Pronto-Lock II mechanical joints were of particular importance as the client turned to Ameron late in the project. Light Weight - Pipe could be handled manually without using cranes or heavy lifting equipment: sixteen-inch diameter Bondstrand 3000 weighs under 10 lb./ft. compared to 83 lb./ft. for Schedule 40 steel. Predictable Joining - Pronto-Lock and Pronto-Lock II offer positive, predictable, mechanical joining without reliance on field-cured adhesives. Joints can be made up in minutes. Versatility - The Pronto-Lock II joint accommodates up to 2 deflection, allowing flexibility in piping system layout.
Fiberglass Pipe Group
P.O. Box 801148 Houston TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842
Fiberglass Pipe Division Asia No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 2263 Tel: 862-1301 Telex: 38960 AMERON RS Fax: 862-1302 Fiberglass Pipe Division Europe J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 573 341 Fax: +31 345 575 254 Telex: 40257 bonds nl Fiberglass Pipe Division The Americas P.O. Box 878 Burkburnett, Texas 76354 Tel: (817) 569-1471 Fax: (817) 569-4012
1990 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP450B (3/96) supersedes FP450A (1990) 5M [021]
Bondstrand Installation Guide


for Class 200 fire protection and general industrial service
Installation details and recommendations
Bondstrand Series 3200 is used for buried fire protection lines and general industrial service. It is available with a Listing Mark from Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and Underwriters Laboratories of Canada and has been approved by Factory Mutual. When UL-Listed or FM-approved product is desired, designate it as such by identifying it as Bondstrand Series 3200/L or Bondstrand Series 3200/FM. For Listed service, the installation must be done in accordance with National Fire Protection Association No. 24, Private Fire Service Mains. NFPA No. 24 covers the general details of yard piping for fire protection systems. The installation details and recommendations contained in this publication are intended to supplement those of NFPA No. 24 with which both the design and installation must comply. Fiberglass pipe is lightweight, corrosion resistant, economical and has excellent hydraulic characteristics. A very significant advantage of Bondstrand Series 3200 pipe systems is the elimination of the need for concrete thrust block or mechanical tie rod assemblies with the single exception of CIPE crossovers which are covered below under HYDRANT CONNECTIONS. Fiberglass pipe is somewhat sensitive to impact and should not be subjected to point loadings. It is important that pipe be inspected for impact damage to both the pipe and the end prior to installation. Specific instruction regarding the assembly of adhesive-bonded joints in 2 through 8 inch sizes and Pronto-Lock II joints in 8-inch sizes and above are contained in the appropriate publications.
UL
Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
U LC
mn
General considerations
Burial recommendations
Design The structural design of a buried conduit requires calculations of the probable maximum load, determination of the inherent strength of the pipe and selection of field bedding and backfill conditions that insure that the supporting strength of the installed pipe will be adequate. Bondstrand pipe is considered as a flexible conduit having the ability to deflect as it is loaded, thereby transmitting the load to the side fill in the same manner as corrugated metal pipe. The load-carrying capacity of Bondstrand Series 3200 pipe is exceptional because of its ability to redistribute crush, shear and beam loads through deflection. The following table lists recommended cover heights for Bondstrand Series 3200 pipe installed in a trench under conditions as noted.
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP267C (3/99)
Burial recommendations (cont.)
As a practical measure, it is recommended that a minimum earth cover of 3 feet with H-20 live loads be observed. For special installations outside these limits, consult Ameron Fiberglass Systems. Sleeving details are covered under MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS. Recommended Earth Cover Heights for Pipe with Sidesoil Compaction 85-95% Proctor Nominal Earth Cover Nominal Pipe Pipe Size H (ft) Stiffness Factor (in) (mm) (max) (min) (lbin2in) 2 50 25 3 40 3 80 25 3 50 4 100 25 3 100 6 150 25 3 250 Nominal Earth Cover Nominal Pipe Pipe Size H (ft) Stiffness Factor (in) (mm) (max) (min) (lbin2in) 8 200 25 3 500 10 250 25 3 750 12 300 25 3 1000 14 350 25 3 1400 16 400 25 3 1650
1) These values are based on obtaining 85% minimum compaction of the side fill material prior to backfilling the remainder of the trench. 2) Modulus of soil reaction (E') using sound earth or granular soils compacted to 85-95% Proctor, 40-70% relative density is 1000 psi.
Excavation 1) The excavation shall be made to allow the pipe to be laid to the grades and alignments shown on the plans. 2) The narrowest practical trench width that will allow proper densification of the pipe zone backfill shall be maintained with vertical sidewalls from the foundation to at least the top of the pipe, except that a minimum trench width equal to the inside diameter of the pipe plus twelve (12) inches shall be maintained. The maximum trench width from the foundation to the top of the pipe shall be the inside diameter of the pipe plus twenty-four (24) inches. 3) Beneath vehicular traffic, the height of earth cover over the top of the installed pipe shall not be less than three (3) feet unless suitable methods are used to protect the pipe. 4) Foundations shall be firm, but not hard, and shall consist of sound earth1 or granular soil2, free from stones or lumps exceeding one (1) inch in greatest dimension that might bear against the pipe. Suitable foundations may be prepared by overexcavating the trench for not less than one (1) inch and backfilling to subgrade with loose bank run material, graded uniformly in one plane for the full length of the pipe. Slight overexcavation should be provided at the location of each bell so that the pipe barrel rests on the bottom of the trench. Foundations shall provide uniform support under the haunches of the pipe along the full length of each pipe section. 5) When the excavation is in soft or wet, unstable soils that will not provide sufficient support for the pipe, the trench shall be overexcavated at least six (6) inches and backfilled to one (1) inch below subgrade with solid granular soil compacted to at least 85-95% Proctor (40-70% relative density). The subgrade shall then be completed as described in 4. The method described in NFPA No. 24 8-4.3 under Exception is not acceptable for fiberglass pipe. 6) When solid rock, hardpan or other hard foundation is encountered during excavation, the trench shall be overexcavated at least six (6) inches and backfilled to one (1) inch below subgrade with solid granular soil compacted to at least 85-95% Proctor (40-70% relative density). The subgrade shall then be completed as described in 4.
1) Most native soils, with the exception of highly organic, spongy soils and fat, highly plastic expansive clays. 2) Sand with a maximum particle size of 14 inch or gravel with a minimum grain size of 14 inch, or pea gravel or crushed rock mixed with sand.
Pipe laying Assemble the pipe in accordance with the appropriate instructions for the joining system being used. On grades exceeding 10%, the pipe should be laid uphill. In order to insure against line movement in the ditch, place a small quantity of select backfill (no rocks or heavy clods) carefully around the pipe after each joint is laid and tamp it thoroughly around the bottom of the pipe. Wear leather gloves when making up the threads by hand. Although the parts are carefully deflashed in the plant, some sharp, undressed edges may remain.
Temporary thrust blocking consisting of floor jacks and wooden timber should be used during hydrotesting to prevent excessive pipe movement and possible shear or bending failures. Point loadings on pipe or fittings should be avoided by means of wooden block contoured to bear on pipe or fittings.
When work is not in progress, cap the pipe ends to prevent entry of debris, rodents and the like. Thrust blocks As noted under GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS, Bondstrand Series 3200 pipe systems do not require thrust blocking or tie rod harnesses as all of the pipe and fitting connections are capable of taking the full axial load imposed by internal pressure with a minimum safety factor 4:1. Prudence, however, dictates that, where a change in direction occurs close to a large positive displacement pump, the fitting be thrust blocked to prevent racking of the line when the pump cycles. In every case, the design, location and placement of thrust blocks must comply with NFPA No. 24 and any local authority having jurisdiction. Typical thrust block details are shown in Figure 1.
Concrete thrust block
Fig. 1. Thrust blocking at fittings
Backfill 1) Backfill materials shall be so placed that the pipe will not be displaced or damaged. Materials placed as pipe zone backfill shall be free of stones or lumps exceeding one (1) inch in greatest dimension, and shall be so placed as to prevent the formation of voids. 2) Pipe zone backfill preparation shall be specified along the entire reach of the pipeline as shown on the plans and the drawings. Pipe zone backfill shall consist of sound earth or granular soil free of vegetation that might leave voids upon decomposition. Pipe zone backfill shall be carefully packed and compacted to the applicable dimensions and relative compactions specified. The requirements for pipe zone backfill preparation shall be determined on the basis of the local native soil conditions and earth and traffic load magnitudes at the pipe zone depth so that vertical ring deflection will be limited to 5% of the nominal pipe diameter. In general, the pipe zone backfill shall be placed immediately after laying the pipe, provided the pipe is true to line and grade.
3) The backfill shall be blended sufficiently to secure the best practicable degree of compaction and stability. Compaction may be performed by mechanical or hand tamping methods or by hydraulic methods, except in the following cases: a) b) Where soils are clayey or silty and would impede free drainage, hydraulic methods shall not be used. Free-draining granular soils may be compacted by hydraulic methods with or without the aid of surface or internal vibration as required to achieve specific compactions.
Care shall be taken during compaction to prevent displacement of the pipe due to floating or shifting, and to prevent hydrostatic or impact damage to the pipe and foundation. Avoid using heavy mechanical tamping or rolIing equipment directly over the top of the pipe as this might cause excessive reduction of the vertical diameter of the installed pipe until a minimum of twenty-four (24) inches of earth cover has been placed. 4) Backfill above the pipe zone backfill1 shall not be placed until conformance with specified relative compactions of pipe zone backfill materials has been confirmed.
1) Shall comprise that portion of the backfill surrounding the installed pipe extending after compact ion from the foundation to a level six (6) inches above the top of the pipe.
Attention is drawn to 8-9.2 of NFPA No. 24. Pipe between joints must be covered with a minimum of 24 inches of earth cover leaving the pipe joints and fittings exposed until after hydrotesting.
Pressure testing
Air testing Low pressure (5-10 psi) air testing has been used successfully as a low cost preliminary test to determine joint integrity. Pinched or missing O-rings will normally result in audible leakage at these pressures. It should be pointed out that an air test is not considered a substitute for the final hydrostatic test; it is merely an expedient means to evaluate the seating of the O-rings that may eliminate the need for costly cleanup and/or Line drainage should repairs be necessary. Air testing at any pressure can be dangerous and should be conducted carefully with experienced personnel only. High pressure air (compressed gas) testing is extremely dangerous and should never be used. Flammable or explosive gases should never be used for pressure testing. Hydrotesting It is advantageous to test a pipe line in short sections of about 1,000 feet. This is particularly true at the beginning of an installation as it gives the contractor and all concerned a check of the initial installation methods. Additionally, testing in short sections permits one section to be backfilled to grade while the installation continues on to the next section. Installing a system in its entirety before testing may allow errors to be carried through the whole job with the result that corrective repairs may be very expensive and time consuming. Venting air from the line is of major importance. As the pipeline is filled with water, the turbulent flow of the rushing water causes air to become entrained. As the water settles, the air collects at high points and becomes entrapped in the pipeline. This air must be allowed to escape by using an air vent at the highest part of the line. Lost air must be replaced by more water so that the line is completely filled with water before it is pressurized. The line should be filled with water 24 hours before testing and should be held at a nominal pressure (30 to 50 psi) during this period. At this time, the Pronto-Lock II connections should be inspected for leakage as any pinched or missing O-rings will leak at this pressure. Note that a pinched O-ring will often seal at 250 psi, but leak at 30 psi. Before the line is brought up to total test pressure, all air vents should be opened and any remaining air purged from the system.
Pressure testing (cont.)
Bondstrand Series 3200 piping systems should be tested in accordance with NFPA No. 24. 1) The following paragraphs defining permitted leakage are reproduced from NFPA No. 24, Section 8-9.3.
a) (8-9.3.1*) All new yard piping shall be tested hydrostatically at not less than 200 pounds per square inch (13.8 bars) pressure for two hours, or at 50 pounds per square inch (3.4 bars) in excess of the maximum static pressure when the maximum static pressure is in excess of 150 pounds per square inch (10.3 bars). (See A-8-9.8.1) b) (8-9.3.2*) The amount of leakage in piping shall be measured at the specified test pressure by pumping from a calibrated contained, For new pipe, the amount of leakage at the joints shall not exceed two quarts per hour (1.89l/h) per 100 gaskets or joints irrespective of pipe diameter. c) (8-9.3.3) The amount of allowable leakage specified in 8-9.3.2 may be increased by one fluid ounce per inch valve diameter per hour (30ml/25mm/h) for each metal seated valve isolating the test section. If dry barrel hydrants are tested with the main valve open causing the hydrants to be under pressure, an additional five ounces per minute (150ml/min) leakage is permitted for each hydrant.
2) New pipe laid with rubber gasketed joints should, if the workmanship is satisfactory, have no leakage at the joints. Unsatisfactory amounts of leakage usually result from twisted, pinched or cut gaskets. However, some leakage might result from small amounts of grit or small gasket imperfections. The amount of leakage at the joints should not exceed two quarts per hour per 100 joints, irrespective of pipe diameter. The leakage should be distributed over all joints. If such leakage occurs at a few joints, the installation should be considered unsatisfactory and necessary repairs made. 3) Tests shall be made by the contractor in the presence of the inspector of the authority having jurisdiction or of the representative of the owner. If the completed systems fail, the following check points may be helpful in locating leaks:
a) A hydrant valve held open by a piece of rag, wood or some other foreign matter. When the valve is held slightly open, line pressure will be relieved through a hydrant drain. b) Dirt or foreign material in the O-ring groove. c) Pipe not sufficiently covered in the trench. d) Fittings and valves in the test section not sufficiently blocked. e) Air in line (no relief valve). f) Leakage through valve at the end of test section. g) Valve bonnet leaking. h) Packing on valves and wet-barrel hydrants leaking. i) Test pump leaking, check valves as well as gate valve. j) Curves not sufficiently covered in the trench. k) Testing overly long sections of pipeline. l) Insufficient saturation time (less than 24 hours). m) Ruptured pipe that has cracked or blown out. n) Broken fittings. o) Faulty accessory equipment such as valves, fittings, hydrants, saddles, relief valves. p) Faulty test gauge. q) Test pump suction line drawing air.
Miscellaneous details
Water pits and manholes Where water pits are used, pipe penetrations will be necessary though the concrete wall of the water pit. Figure 2 shows a typical wall penetration. Where differential settling may occur, a Pronto-Lock II joint should be located within 2 to 3 feet of the penetration. Severe applications should leave a second Pronto-Lock II joint as close to the first as possible. The 2 deflection capability of the joints will enable them to function as limited flexible connectors. As a guide to sizing the penetration opening, Pronto-Lock II coupling dimensions are given on the next page.
Miscellaneous details
Pronto-Lock II Coupling Dimensions Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 Maximum O.D. Male End Female End (in) (in) 10.00 10.75 12.25 13.25 14.25 15.25 16.25 17.25 18.50 19.50
Steel pipe sleeve
Fiberglass pipe
Fig. 2. Typical wall penetration. The wall thickness of the fiberglass pipe may be increased by bonding split pipe sections to the pipe. The split sections should extend 2 to 3 inches beyond the penetration.
Elastomeric caulking 2-in min. thickness
Valves Valves in water pits or manholes should not bear on the pipe. Figure 3 shows a typical support at a flange.
Fig. 3. Pipe support at flanges
Where steel flanges are used, they must be flat-faced or a spacer ring must be used. Flange bolts must always use flat washers under the bolt head and nut. Flat gaskets shall be elastomeric with a Shore A Durometer hardness of 705. Flange bolts should be tightened uniformly to the bolt torque shown below.
Miscellaneous details (cont.)
All fiberglass blind flanges must employ steel back-up flanges.
Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150
Maximum Bolt Torque (ftlbs) (Nm) 35 48 50 68 50 68 50 68
Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400
Maximum Bolt Torque (ftlbs) (Nm) 60 81 70 95 80 108 100 136 100 136
Sleeved road crossings Fiberglass pipe should be sleeved at all railroad crossings. As noted under BURIAL RECOMMENDATIONS. Bondstrand Series 3200 pipe is designed for H-20 live loads with 3-ft cover. However, where frequent heavy truck traffic can be expected, it may be prudent to sleeve the pipe. Yard piping under crossroads does not require sleeving. Pipe should be protected against excessive beam deflection by means of centralizers and from bearing against the end of the casing with Link-Seal* or other elastomeric bearing materials. Where differential settling may occur, the same steps as described under WATER PITS may be followed. Figure 4 below shows typical sleeving details.
* Registered trademark of The Thunderline Corporation.
Casing seal
Link-Seal or equivalent
Elastomeric bearing material
Fig. 4. Typical sleeving details

Centralizer
Hydrant connections Hydrant connections may be made by means of flanges (where permitted) or by Bondstrand Series 3200 cast iron pipe crossovers. CIPE crossovers will connect to gasketed bell or mechanical joint cast iron pipe and must always be restrained. CIPE crossovers are available for adhesive-bonded pipe in 6-inch sizes and below.
Cast iron pipe (or fittings) with slip-on bell end or mechanical joint
Wear saddle
Fig. 5. Cast iron pIpe to fiberglass pipe transition. For 8-16 inch CIPE crossovers, a 360 saddle made from split pipe sections must be placed between the fiberglass pipe and the retaining clamp; the clamp must be tightened only to a snug fit. The clamp must not grip the pipe, but only bear against the Pronto-Lock II bell. For 3-6 inch CIPE crossovers, a 360 saddle is not necessary. Here, too, the retaining clamp should be tightened only to a snug fit and should bear against the raised shoulder of the crossover that has been adhesive-bonded to the fiberglass pipe.
CIPE crossover
Standard CIP retaining clamps (2)
Fiberglass pipe or fitting
Miscellaneous details (cont.)
Bending Bondstrand Series 3200 pipe is somewhat flexible. Gradual changes in direction may be made as long as the minimum bending radius is not exceeded. In 8 through 16-inch sizes, the 2 deflection capability of the Pronto-Lock II joint decreases the distance required for a given change in direction. The guidelines shown below should be followed for making gradual changes in direction. Minimum Bending Radius1 (ft) (m) 75 23 100 30 150 46 200 61 300 91 350 107 400 123 450 137 500 152 Maximum Minimum Deflection Length Required per 39-ft Joint for 10 Change (deg) (ft) (m) 2 2 30. 13. 4 20 20 6 15 27 8 1 40 12 3 7 + 2 = 9. 57 - 13 = 444 12 6+2= 8 67 - 13 = 54 16 5+2= 7 80 - 13 = 67 20 4+2= 6 100 - 13 = 87 27 3+2= 5 133 - 13 =120 37
1) At rated pressure. Sharper bends may create excessive stress concentrations. Do not bend pipe until adhesive has cured. 2) 2 - 6 inch: pipe deflection only. 3) 8 - 16 inch: pipe deflection plus 2 Pronto-Lock II coupling deflection. 4) 8 - 16 inch: pipe minimum length minus 13-ft (4 m) effect of Pronto-Lock II coupling deflection.
Important notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are subject to change. Written comments regarding this document are invited. Please write Engineering Manager, Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division.

Lubricant Plant Lines Convey Lubricants from Dock to Plant

with Bondstrand Series 3200 fiberglass pipe and filament wound fittings
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Mamonal, Colombia Texaco/Colombia Conveying lubricants from dock to plant 12" Bondstrand Series 3200 pipe with Pronto-Lock II joining system.
FP263 (10/98)
"! Twin pipelines convey lubricants from dock to plant. #! Bondstrand 3200 has provided trouble-free service for over 25 years.
Pipe system
Approximately 5000 feet (1600 m) of 12-inch diameter, Bondstrand Series 3200 pipe with Pronto-Lock II joining system was installed in 1979 at this lubricant plant in Colombia. The piping conveys lubricants from the dock to the plant. The pipe is installed in a highly corrosive environment subject to heavy tropical rains during most of the year. The twin pipelines are installed above ground and exposed to constant bio-corrosion and UV. The pipeline has experienced trouble-free service for approximately 20 years, exceeding the life expectancy of comparable metallic products.
Advantages
Corrosion resistance - Bondstrand is inherently resistant to corrosion and UV degradation. Cost savings - Using Bondstrand eliminated the need for costly replacement and maintenance which would have been needed for comparable metallic products.

Refinery Fire Protection Lines


ISO-9001
Salt Lake City, Utah
Amoco Total of 8000 feet of fire protection piping for oil refinery.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP174C (10/95)
Pipe system Advantages
Eight-inch Bondstrand Series 3200 with Pronto-Lock II mechanical joining system. Corrosion resistance: The high water table, combined with the high soil concentration of salt, caused an average of one failure per month in the existing cast iron pipe. Reduced thrust block requirements: Thrust blocks were needed only for tying into existing pipelines. UL listing: Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for 200 psi fire protection service. Non-conductive, non-metallic construction: No cathodic protection required.

Potable Water Line in Abu Dhabi

using Bondstrand Series 3200 piping
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Adnoc-Ruwais Refinery, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates Abu Dhabi National Oil Company Underground transport of potable water across 12,700 m (41,700 ft); maximum operating pressure 16 bar (232 psi) and maximum temperature 50C (122F).
FP175B (8/96)
Pipe System
Twelve-inch diameter Bondstrand Series 3200 with Pronto-Lock II mechanical joining system. Corrosion resistance: Bondstrand Series 3200 is able to resist corrosion due to ground salts. Potable water approval: Bondstrand Series 3200 is approved for use as potable water lines.
Advantages
1985 Ameron FP175B (8/96) supersedes FP175A (12/94) Printed in U.S.A. 5M [021]


using Key-Lock mechanical or taper/taper adhesive bonded joint
Brackish water lines Crude oil transmission pipelines Drainage systems Electrical conduit Fire protection systems Highly corrosive crude oil pipelines Potable water lines Oil field reinjection systems Saltwater and seawater lines Seawater intake and discharge lines Sewage systems Submerged pipelines Temporary pipelines Waste water lines General industrial service for mildly corrosive liquids
Description
Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy pipe with Key-Lock male and female mechanical joining system or matching taper adhesive-bonded joint. Pipe designs from 150 to 725 psig using a 7200 psi hydrostatic design basis (cyclic) with a 1.0 service factor, or 21,500 psi HDB Static and SF=0.5. Cycloaliphatic amine cured resin construction for operating temperatures to 200F. Manufactured per ASTM D2996. ASTM D2310 classification: RTRP-11AX, RTRP-11 FX (including 20-mil liner on request). System designed to provide 4:1 safety factor for static applications in accordance with ASTM D1599. Individual system components may not have the same ratings as the pipe. Refer to the detailed product information for the specific components to determine the pressure rating for the system as a whole. The information in this document is available in metric format: request Product Data Sheet FP452, revision C or later.
Joining systems
Key-Lock male and female mechanical joint assembled with locking keys in integrally wound male and female ends. Systems in larger diameters and higher pressure ratings are provided with dual locking keys. Key-Lock joined systems employ elastomeric O-rings for hydrostatic seal. Taper/taper for adhesive-bonded joint using integrally wound bells and spigots.
Pipe lengths
Nominal Pipe Size (in) 2-6 8-24 28-40 (mm) 50-150 200-600 700-1000
Random Length (ft) 20 20, 40 40 (m) 6.1 6.1, 12.2 11.8 FP159D (4/99)
Typical pipe pressure performance
Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm)

2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 28 700 30 750 32 800 36 900 40 1000
Internal Pressure Rating (psig)

180 180 180 180 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 to 725 725 725 725 725 725 725 580 580 580 580 460 230 230 230 230 230
34101
368 98 46 18 18 14 12 10 9 8 10 8 7 7 6 5 5
Ultimate Collapse Pressure (psig)3 3412 3414 3416 3420 3425 1502 180 200 230 290 360
368 98 46 24 18 14 14 14 12 14 14 13 10 10 10 9 9 368 98 46 28 22 17 16 19 17 17 18 16 16 17 17 16 17 368 98 35 36 27 28 27 26 26 27 27 26 27 27 27 26 26 368 98 35 56 43 40 42 39 41 40 39 41 368 115 109 90 92 83 85 91 89 87 87 88
1) Pipe series designation: final two digits indicate metric pressure class: e.g. 3425 is rated at 25 bar. 2) Pressure class (psig) 3) Ultimate collapse pressures for higher pressure classes exceed tabulated values. 4) Italicized bold-face entries indicate dual locking key design.
Typical pipe dimensions
Nominal Pipe Pipe Size ID 3410 (in) (mm) (in) 150

2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 28 30 32 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 750 800 2.10 3.22 4.14 6.26 8.22 10.35 12.35 13.56 15.50 17.08 18.98 22.78 27.56 29.52 31.50 35.43 39.37 .091 .091 .091 .098 .122 .138 .154 .161 .173 .181 .213 .236 .276 .283 .291 .311 .338
3412 180
.091 .091 .091 .106 .122 .138 .161 .177 .189 .217 .236 .276 .299 .319 .339 .378 .417
Minimum Total Wall Thickness1 (in) 3414 3416 3420 3425 3432 200 230 290 360 460
.091 .091 .091 .110 .130 .146 .169 .193 .209 .228 .256 .296 .354 .382 .406 .449 .500 .091 .091 .098 .118 .138 .169 .197 .213 .240 .264 .291 .343 .413 .441 .469 .524 .579 .091 .091 .098 .134 .157 .189 .224 .240 .276 .299 .327 .398 .091 .094 .114 .154 .197 .236 .280 .311 .350 .382 .421 .504 .091 .102 .126 .181 .232 .287 .339 .370 .421 .461 .512 .610
3440 580
.098 .126 .157 .228 .095 .366 .429 .472 .535 .551 .650
3450 725
.110 .153 .197 .283 .366 .453 .535
1) Total wall thickness includes 20-mil liner thickness.
36 900 40 1000
Pipe weight

2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 28 700 30 750 32 800 36 900 40 1000
3410 150
.47 .67 .87 1.42 2.36 3.37 4.52 5.26 6.40 7.41 14.4 13.0 18.4 20.3 22.2 26.8 32.4
3412 180
.47 .67 .87 1.55 2.36 3.37 4.79 5.80 7.08 8.96 10.9 15.2 20.1 22.9 26.0 32.7 40.2
Minimum Weight of Empty Pipe (lb/ft) 3414 3416 3420 3425 3432 200 230 290 360 460
.47 .67 .87 1.62 2.56 3.57 5.00 6.34 7.82 9.44 11.8 16.4 24.1 27.6 31.3 39.0 48.4 .47 .67 .94 1.75 2.70 4.25 5.86 7.01 9.03 11.0 13.5 19.1 28.0 32.0 36.3 45.7 56.2 .47 .67 .94 2.02 3.10 4.72 6.74 7.95 10.4 12.5 15.2 22.3 .47 .74 1.15 2.29 3.98 6.00 8.49 10.4 13.4 16.1 19.8 28.5 .47 .81 1.28 2.76 4.72 7.35 10.4 12.5 16.2 19.6 24.2 34.7
3440 580
.47 1.01 1.62 3.57 6.07 9.5 13.3 16.1 20.9 25.2 31.1
3450 725
.54 1.21 2.02 4.45 7.62 11.9 16.8
Btuin/(hrft2F) W/mC Thermal expansion linear Axial 10-6 in/in/F 10-6 mm/mmC Circumferential 10-6 in/in/F 10-6 mm/mmC Flow coefficient Hazen-Williams Absolute roughness 10-6 ft 10-6 m Density lb/in3 g/cm3
Pipe Property Thermal conductivity Pipe wall
Units
Value 2.3 0.33 10 18 6 10.8 150 17.4 5.3 0.065 1.8 70F (21C) 18.6 128 3.67 25.3 0.50 9.43 65 1.45 10.0 0.40 1.33 9.2 21.41 148 7.31 50
ASTM Method C177
D696 D696 _ _ D792
Pipe Property Circumferential Tensile stress at weeping Tensile modulus Poissons ratio Longitudinal Tensile strength Tensile modulus Poissons ratio Beam apparent Elastic modulus Hydrostatic design basis Static Cyclic
1) At 150F.
Units 103 psi MPa 106 psi GPa
200F (93C) 3.19 22.0 0.65 7.25 50 1.13 7.80 0.45 1.02 7.0 -
ASTM Method D1599
D2105 D2105 D2105 D2105 D2925
106 psi GPa 103 psi MPa 103 psi MPa
D2992B D2992A
Recommended span lengths

2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 28 700 30 750 32 800 36 900 40 1000
Recommended Span Lengths for Horizontal Support @ 70F1 (ft) 3410 3412 3414 3416 3420 3425 3432 3440 3450 150 180 200 230 290 360 460 580 725
10 11 12 14 16 17 19 20 20 21 23 25 27 28 28 30 31 10 11 12 14 16 17 19 20 21 22 23 26 28 29 30 31 33 10 11 12 14 16 18 19 20 21 23 24 26 29 30 31 33 35 10 11 12 15 16 18 20 21 22 23 25 27 30 31 32 34 36 10 11 12 15 17 19 21 21 23 24 25 28 10 11 13 16 18 20 22 23 25 26 27 30 10 12 13 16 19 21 23 24 26 27 29 31 10 12 14 17 20 22 24 25 27 29 30 10 13 15 18 21 23 25
1) Span recommendations are based on pipe filled with fresh water (S.G. = 1.0) and include no provision for weight from valves, flanges, or other heavy objects. Span recommendations are calculated for a maximum long-term deflection of 12 inch to ensure good appearance and adequate drainage. Fully continuous spans may be used with support spacing up to 20% greater for this deflection: in simple spans, support spacing should be 20% less.
Minimum bending radius

2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 28 30 32 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 750 800
3410 150
30 50 70 125 165 230 285 335 415 495 485 655 925 1050 1180 1460 1710
Minimum Allowable Bending Radius @ 70F (ft) 3412 3414 3416 3420 3425 3432 3440 180 200 230 290 360 460 580
30 50 75 135 205 300 355 380 490 490 550 670 1050 1130 1210 1370 1520 30 55 85 160 240 375 450 430 550 600 640 820 985 1130 1100 1270 1390 30 60 90 175 275 340 410 460 525 570 630 775 915 990 1060 1190 1339 40 75 125 205 335 455 515 600 644 740 855 940 40 105 140 245 310 425 495 515 595 670 745 885 60 165 210 305 390 490 584 640 640 810 880 1060 70 150 185 280 355 445 545 585 675 475 830
3450 725
90 150 175 275 355 460 545
36 900 40 1000
Field testing Conversions
Bondstrand 3400 piping systems are designed for hydrostatic testing at 150% of rated operating pressure. Pneumatic testing is not recommended. 1 1 1 1 1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2 MPa = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2 GPa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm2 in = 25.4 mm 1 ft = 0.3048 m 1 lbin = 0.113 Nm 1 in4 = 4.162 x 10-7m4 C = 5/9 (F - 32)
Important Notice
1988 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP159D (4/99) 5M[186]

with guide specification

for corrosive industrial service 2-6 installs with no shaving required
Acid drains Chemical process piping Corrosive slurries Food processing Geothermal Nonoxidizing chemicals and acids Meets USFDA requirements for food processing piping under Federal Regulations 21CFR175.105 and 21CFR177.2280 when bonded using Bondstrand RP6B adhesive. Working pressure from 150 to 300 psig (1.0 to 2.0 MPa) depending on pipe size. Operating temperatures to 250F (120C), depending on fluid. Subzero temperatures will not adversely affect mechanical properties. Excellent corrosion resistance over a wide temperature range. See most recent release of Bondstrand Corrosion Guide (FP132) for specific applications. Does not require thrust blocks at ambient temperatures when properly installed in most soils. Smooth inner liner (Hazen-Williams C = 150) produces extremely low frictional loss for greater discharge and reduced pumping costs. Individual system components may not have the same ratings as the pipe. Refer to the detailed product information for the specific components to determine the pressure rating for the system as a whole.
Listings
Performance
Joining systems
Quick-Lock straight/taper adhesive-bonded joint. 2 through 6 pipe outside diameter is within tolerance for reliable bonding without shaving. Integral pipe stop in socket featured for predictable, precise laying length. Flanges and flanged fittings.
FP215E (11/99)
Composition
Pipe Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy pipe with nominal 0.050-inch (1.3 mm) resin-rich reinforced liner. Nominal Pipe Size ASTM Designation (in) 2-3 4-6 8-16 (mm) 50-75 100-150 200-400 (D2996) RTRP 11FW-2221 RTRP 11FW-2222 RTRP 11FE-1113
Filament-wound fittings Furnished with reinforced liner using same materials as pipe. Tees Crosses 45 laterals Saddles (no liner) Victaulic adapters (2 to 6 inch)
Bondstrand Series 4000 filament-wound fittings, pipe and adhesive provide a continuous liner throughout the piping system.
90 and 45 elbows Nipples and couplings Tapered body reducers Threaded adapters (2 to 6 inch)
Molded fittings (General Service only) Tees Reducing flanges Endcaps Flanges 2 to 16-inch flanges match ANSI B16.5 bolt hole pattern for Cl 150 lb flanges. Other flange drilling patterns such as DIN, ISO, JIS, ANSI B16.5 Cl 300, etc. available on special request. Flanged fittings 2 to 12-inch filament-wound flanged fittings match ANSI B16.1 and ANSI B16.5 bolt hole pattern and laying length dimensions. ANSI 90 elbows must be specified as being either long or short when ordering. Thermosetting adhesives Bondstrand type PSX34 two-part epoxy adhesive for field fabrication. 90 and 45 elbows Reducer bushings Plugs
Pipe lengths
Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) (ft) 2- 6 50-150 8 200 10-16 250-400
Random Length (m) 6 or 12 6 or 9 6 20 or 40 20 or 30 20
Pipe ID (in) (mm) 2.10 53 3.21 82 4.14 105 6.19 157 8.22 209 10.35 263 12.35 314 13.56 344 15.50 394
Nominal Wall Thickness1 (in) (mm) .123 3.1 .126 3.2 .151 3.8 .181 4.6 .229 5.8 .229 5.8 .229 5.8 .250 6.3 .286 7.3
Average Sectional Area2 (in2) (mm2) 0.52 335 0.81 525 1.38 890 2.63 1700 5.83 3760 7.31 4720 8.69 5610 10.40 6710 13.40 8650
Pipe Weight (lb/ft) (kg/m) 0.7 1.1 1.0 1.5 1.6 2.4 2.5 3.7 4.1 6.1 5.1 7.7 6.1 9.1 7.4 11.0 9.6 14.0
1) The minimum wall thickness shall not be less than 87.5% of nominal wall thickness in accordance with ASTM D2996. 2) Use these values for calculating longitudinal thrust.
Internal Pressure Rating1 (psig) (MPa) 300 3.10 300 2.21 300 2.41 300 1.72 220 1.52 175 1.21 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03
Ultimate Collapse Pressure (psig) (MPa) 215 1.46 61 0.40 100 0.56 68 0.17 16 0.11 8 0.06 5 0.03 5 0.03 6 0.04
1) At 200F (93C) using Bondstrand type PSX34 adhesive. For sustained service above 200F, reduce rating linearly from tabulated 200F values to 50% of those values at 250F (121C). Above 250F, reduce ratings linearly to 0 at 300F (149C). 2) At 70F (21C). Reduce linearly to 90% at 150F (66C), 80% at 200F and 65% at 230F (110C).
Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400
Filament-Wound Elbows & Tees (psig) (MPa) 375 2.59 325 2.24 300 2.07 225 1.55 225 1.55 200 1.38 175 1.21 150 1.03 150 1.03
Molded Tapered Body Elbows & Tees Reducers & Flanges (psig) (MPa) (psig) (MPa) 300 2.07 450 3.10 225 1.55 350 2.41 175 1.21 350 2.41 150 1.03 250 1.72 225 1.55 175 1.21 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 Blind Flanges & Saddles (psig) (MPa) 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03
Crosses (psig) (MPa) 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 100 0.69 100 0.69 100 0.69 100 0.69 -
1) All pressure ratings valid from room temperature to 225F (107C) using Ameron epoxy adhesives. For service above 225F, reduce the ratings shown linearly by 50% from 225F to 250F (121C).
Pipe Property Nominal Pipe Size Thermal conductivity Pipe wall Thermal expansion Linear Flow coefficient Absolute roughness Specific gravity Density
Units
Value 2-6 8-16 1.70 0.25 8.50 15.30 150.00 17.40 5.30 1.80 0.07 1.70 0.25 10.00 18.00 150.00 17.40 5.30 1.80 0.07
ASTM Method
Btuin/(hrft2F) W/mC 10-6 in/in/F 10-6 mm/mmC Hazen-Williams 10-6 ft 10-6 m lb/in3
C177
D696 D792
Pipe Property Nominal Pipe Size Circumferential Tensile stress at weeping Tensile modulus Poissons ratio Longitudinal Tensile strength Tensile modulus Poissons ratio Beam apparent Elastic modulus Hydrostatic design basis (cyclic)
1) Static
Units
70F 21C 1, 11/2 8-16 2-6
200F 93C 1, 11/2 2-6 8-16 3.20 22.10 0.68 6.90 47.60 1.24 8.60 0.41 1.08 6.90 3.70 25.50 0.32 13.00 90.00 2.40 16.50 0.20 1.77 12.20 -
ASTM Method
18.50 32.00 128.00 220.00 3.65 25.20 0.56 4.20 29.00 0.26
D1599
D2105 D2105 D2105 D2105 D2925
8.50 16.00 58.60 110.00 1.60 11.10 0.37 3.00 20.70 0.16 2.40 16.60
106 psi GPa 103 psi MPa
1.70 11.70
6.00 16.001 41.40 110.00
D2992
Nominal Pipe Size (in) 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

1) 2) 3) 4)
Stiffness Factor3 (lbin) 95 105 230 500 1288 1288 1288 1759 2761 (Nm) 10.7 11.9 26.9 56.5 146.0 146.0 146.0 199.0 312.0
Pipe Stiffness3 (psi) 420 200 155 110 114 68 35 36 38 (MPa) 2.90 1.40 1.10 0.76 0.78 0.40 0.24 0.25 0.26
Beam Moment of Inertia4 (in4) (106 mm4) 0.38 0.16 1.16 0.48 3.25 1.35 13.60 5.66 40.10 16.70 78.60 32.70 132.00 55.00 194.00 80.90 338.00 141.00
(mm) 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Based on structural wall thickness. At 150F (66C). Per ASTM D2412. Use these values to calculate permissible spans.
Bending radius
Nominal Pipe Size (in) 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 (mm) 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Bending Radius1 (R) (ft) 75 100 200 250 304 379 450 494 564 (m) 22.9 30.5 70.0 76.2 93.0 116.0 137.0 151.0 172.0
Maximum Allowable Deflection, H, for 100-ft (30 m) Bending Length (ft) 15.9 12.1 6.4 5.0 4.1 3.3 2.8 2.5 2.2 (m) 4.8 3.7 2.0 1.5 1.3 1.0 0.85 0.76 0.67
Turning Angle () (deg) 76 57 29 23 19 15 13 12 10
H c L S
1) Do not bend pipe until adhesive has cured. At rated pressure sharper bends may create excessive stress concentrations.
Thrust blocks: most properly bedded installations do not require thrust blocks at ambient operating temperatures. Consult Ameron for information regarding blocking of buried pipelines for your specific application. Live loads: when properly bedded in compacted sand in stable soils and provided with at least 3 ft (1 m) of cover, Bondstrand 4000 will carry H20 wheel loadings of at least 16,000 lb (7250 kg) per axle.
Span lengths
Recommended maximum support spacings for Bondstrand Series 4000 pipe at various operating temperatures. Values based on 0.5-inch (12 mm) deflection at midspan for fluid specific gravity = 1.0. Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Continuous Spans (ft) 100F 150F 200F 250F 13.6 15.6 17.9 20.0 22.3 23.6 24.7 26.0 28.0 12.9 14.7 17.0 18.9 21.1 22.3 23.4 24.6 26.5 12.0 13.7 15.8 17.6 19.6 20.8 21.8 22.9 24.6 10.8 12.4 14.3 15.9 17.7 18.8 19.7 20.7 22.2 Single Spans (ft) 100F 150F 200F 250F 9.1 10.4 12.0 13.4 14.8 15.7 16.5 17.3 18.6 8.6 9.8 11.3 12.6 14.0 14.9 15.6 16.4 12.6 8.0 9.1 10.5 11.8 13.1 13.8 14.4 15.3 16.4 7.2 8.3 9.5 10.6 11.8 12.5 13.1 13.8 14.8
1) Span recommendations include no provision for weights (fittings,valves, flanges, etc.) or thrusts (branches, turns, etc.). 2) Span recommendations are calculated for a maximum long-term deflection of 1/2 inch to ensure good appearance and adequate drainage. 3) Continuous spans are defined as interior (not end) spans that are uniform in length and free from structural rotation at the supports. Single spans are supported only at the ends and are hinged or free to rotate at the supports.
Field testing
Bondstrand 4000 piping systems are designed for hydrostatic testing at 150% of rated operating pressure. Pneumatic testing is not recommended.

Pipe construction
The structural wall of Bondstrand 4000 pipe in 2 through 16-inch sizes shall have continuous glass fibers wound in a matrix of aromatic amine cured epoxy resin. The integral reinforced resin-rich liner shall consist of C-glass and a resin/hardener system identical to that of the structural wall, and shall have a 50-mil nominal thickness. Non-reinforced pure resin-type corrosion barriers (liners) shall not be allowed due to their potential for severe fracturing during transportation, installation and operation of the pipe. Pipe in 2 through 16-inch sizes shall be rated for a minimum of 150 psig at 200F. In 2 through 6-inch sizes the pipe shall have full vacuum capability at 70F. Pipe shall be manufactured according to ASTM D2996 Specification for filamentwound Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe (RTRP). When classified under ASTM D2310, the pipe shall meet Type 1, Grade 1 and Class F (RTRP-11FE or -11FW) cell limits in 2 through 16-inch nominal pipe sizes. Filament-wound epoxy fiberglass pipe shall be translucent to allow for inspection of damage. Pipe in 2 through 8-inch sizes shall be furnished in 30 or 40-ft random lengths to minimize the number of field-bonded joints for rapid installation.
Fittings in 2 through 16-inch sizes shall be filament wound with a reinforced resinrich liner of 50-mil nominal thickness and of the same glass and resin type as the pipe. When properly installed with Ameron adhesive and lined filament-wound Bondstrand fittings, Series 4000 piping systems shall provide the equivalent of a continuous resin-rich liner throughout. Compression-molded fittings in 2, 3, 4 and 6-inch nominal sizes may also be allowed upon agreement between purchaser and manufacturer. Contact-molded, spray-up or hand-layup fittings shall not be allowed. Pipe and fittings shall be joined using a bell x straight spigot joint with a 0.5 taper and pipe stop inside the bell to allow precise makeup.
Workmanship
Testing
Samples of pipe and couplings shall be tested at random, based on standard quality control practices to determine conformance of the materials to American Society for Testing and Materials guidelines for testing fiberglass pipe products: ASTM D1599, D2105, D2925, D2992A or D2992B. Test samples may be hydrostatically tested by the manufacturer to 1.5 times the pressure rating for signs of leakage.
Conversions
Important Notice
Fiberglass Pipe Division Asia Ameron (Pte) Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 639407 Tel: 65 861 6118 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Fiberglass Pipe Division Europe Ameron B.V. J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: +31 345 587 561 Fiberglass Pipe Division Americas P.O. Box 878 Burkburnett, TX 76354 Tel: (940) 569-1471 Fax: (940) 569-2764 Ameron Composites P.O. Box 71370 11 McBride Street Newnan, Georgia 30263 Tel: (770) 253-2000 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fiberglass Pipe Division Centron International P.O. Box 490 600 FM 1195 South Mineral Wells, Texas 76068 Tel: (940) 325-1341 Fax: (940) 325-9681
1988 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP215E (11/99) supersedes FP215D (5/95) 5M[186]

Bondstrand 4000 Pipe & Fittings

Fiberglass reinforced thermosetting epoxy resin pipe for plant piping in general service
This specification defines the reinforced thermosetting resin (RTR) piping system to be used in those sections of Plant PipingGeneral Services calling for fiberglass piping systems. References are made to other standards and tests which are a part of this section as modified. Where conflict exists between the requirements of this specification and listed references, the specification shall prevail. Pipe Property Nominal Pipe Size Circumferential Tensile stress at weeping Tensile modulus Poissons ratio Longitudinal Tensile strength Tensile modulus Poissons ratio Beam apparent Elastic modulus Hydrostatic design basis (cyclic) Thermal conductivity Pipe wall Thermal expansion Linear Flow coefficient Absolute roughness Specific gravity Density
1) Static
Units
70F 21C 1, 11/2 2-6 8-16 18.50 32.00 128.00 220.00 3.65 4.20 25.20 29.00 0.56 0.26 8.50 16.00 58.60 110.00 1.60 3.00 11.10 20.70 0.37 0.16 1.70 11.70 2.40 16.60
200F ASTM 93C Method 1, 11/2 2-6 8-16 D1599 3.20 3.70 22.10 25.50 0.68 0.32 D2105 6.90 13.00 D2105 47.60 90.00 1.24 2.40 D2105 8.60 16.50 0.41 0.20 D2105 1.08 1.77 D2925 6.90 12.20 D2992
106 psi GPa 103 psi MPa Btuin/(hrft2F) W/mC 10-6 in/in/F 10-6 mm/mmC Hazen-Williams 10-6 ft 10-6 m lb/in3
6.00 16.001 41.40 110.00 1.70 0.25 1.70 0.25
C177
8.50 10.00 15.30 18.00 150.00 150.00 17.40 17.40 5.30 5.30 1.80 1.80 0.07 0.07
D696
D792
ISO-9001
Pipe shall be manufactured according to ASTM D2996 Specification for RTRP. When classified under ASTM D2310, the pipe shall meet Type I, Grade I and Class F (RTRP 11FE) cell limits in 2 through 16 nominal pipe sizes. The piping system must meet USFDA requirements for food processing piping under Federal Regulations 21CFR 175.105 and 21CFR 177.242 when bonded with RP6B adhesive.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP694A (2/00)
Materials
Pipe Construction Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy resin pipe shall be Bondstrand 4000 as manufactured by Ameron International Fiberglass Pipe Group, or approved equal. The integral reinforced corrosion barrier shall have a nominal 50 mil thickness and be constructed with the same epoxy resin as the pipe structural wall. Non-reinforced liners, or corrosion barriers, shall not be allowed due to potential for fracturing during lower temperatures, transportation and installation. Structural wall The pipe shall have the following nominal wall thickness: Pipe end preparation options Pipe Diameter Nom. Wall Thickness The piping manufacturer will provide 20 or 40 RL inches (inches) mm joints if the contractor requests them in sizes 2 2 .123 3.1 through 6 to reduce field labor time in those 3 .126 3.2 sections of the system where longer lengths may be 4 .151 3.8 6 .181 4.6 employed. Additionally, the pipe manufacturer will 8 .226 5.7 provide pipe joints with the spigot ends already 10 .226 5.7 12 .226 prepared for adhesive application to reduce field 5.7 14 .250 6.4 labor time on all pipe sizes (2 16). 16 .269 6.8 Pressure rating Aromatic amine cured epoxy resin piping shall be rated for a minimum of 150 psi at 200F in sizes through 16.
Fittings
It is important to maintain compatibility of fittings, piping and adhesives to ensure that the system performs as specified. Pipe, fittings and adhesive shall be supplied by the same manufacturer. Filament-wound fittings Fittings in 1 through 16 sizes shall be filament-wound with a reinforced resin-rich liner of equal or greater thickness than the pipe liner and shall be manufactured with the same resin type as the pipe. Compression-molded fittings Compression molded fittings in sizes 2 through 6 may be used in some services, contact manufacturer. Where fast closure of valves may produce surges (water hammer), filament-wound fittings will be used. Contact molded, spray up or hand lay-up fittings shall not be allowed.
Testing
Inspection and testing Inspection and testing of the piping will be performed in accordance with the requirements of ANSI B31.1. Hydrostatic testing of all installed piping shall be performed with water at 112 times the design pressure of the lowest rated piping system component. Test and repair procedures The RTRP manufacturer will provide test and repair procedures in the event field repairs are required.
Installation
Important Notice


for severely corrosive industrial service
Acid drains Bleach processing Chemical process piping Chlorinated water Chlorine Corrosive slurries Food processing plant Organic chemicals Oxidizing chemicals and acids Phosphoric acid General industrial service for severely corrosive liquids Meets USFDA requirements for food processing piping under Federal Regulations 21CFR175.105 and 21CFR177.2420 when assembled with RP-105B vinyl ester adhesive. Working pressure from 150 to 450 psig (1 to 3.1 MPa) depending on pipe size. Operating temperatures to 200F (93C). Subzero temperatures will not adversely affect mechanical properties. Excellent corrosion resistance over a wide temperature range. See most recent release of Bondstrand Corrosion Guide (FP132) for specific applications. Does not require thrust blocks at ambient temperatures when properly installed in most soils. Smooth inner liner (Hazen-Williams C = 150) produces extremely low frictional loss for greater discharge and reduced pumping costs. Low thermal conductivity minimizes heat losses. Individual system components may not have the same ratings as the pipe. Refer to the detailed product information for the specific components to determine the pressure rating for the system as a whole.
Listings
Performance
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP216F (9/97)
Pipe Property1
Units
70F 21C
100F 38C 2.79 19.2 0.45 6.50 44.8 1.31 9.03 0.35 0.78 5.40 6.0 41.4 Pipe Stiffness3
170F 77C 2.32 16.0 0.66 5.50 37.9 1.00 6.89 0.43 0.44 3.00 -
200F ASTM 93C Method 1.25 8.62 1.03 4.00 27.6 0.52 3.59 0.18 1.24 D2105 D2105 D2105 D2105 D2925 D1599
Circumferential Tensile stress at weeping 103 psi 18.5 MPa 128 Tensile modulus Poissons ratio Longitudinal Tensile strength Tensile modulus Poissons ratio Beam apparent Elastic modulus Hydrostatic design basis (cyclic)2 106 psi GPa 103 psi MPa Stiffness Factor3 (lbin) 340 340 820 820 1180 1180 1180 1330 2190 (Nm) 38.4 38.4 92.6 92.6 133.3 133.3 133.3 150.2 247.4 103 psi MPa 106 psi GPa 106 psi GPa 3.13 21.6 0.45 7.00 48.3 1.45 10.1 0.35 1.40 9.65 -
D2992
Nominal Pipe Size (in) 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

1) 2) 3) 4)
Beam Moment of Inertia4 (in4) (106 mm4) 0.48 0.20 1.61 0.67 4.7 1.96 15.5 6.40 39 16.3 77 32 129 54 209 88 368 154
(mm) 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
(psi) 1540 460 530 160 105 53 31 36 38
(MPa) 10.6 3.2 3.7 1.1 .72 .37 .23 .25 .26
Based on structural wall thickness. At 150F (66C). Per ASTM D2412. Use these values to calculate permissible spans.
Bending radius
Nominal Pipe Size (in) 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 (mm) 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Bending Radius1 (R) (ft) 69.4 101.1 129.9 191.8 250 312 370 410 410 (m) 21 31 40 58 76 95 113 125 143
Maximum Allowable Deflection, H, for 100-ft (30 m) Bending Length, S (ft) 17.5 12.1 9.5 6.5 5.0 4.0 3.4 3.2 2.7 (m) 5.3 3.7 2.9 1.9 1.5 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.8
Turning Angle (a) (deg) 84 57 44 30 23 18 15 14 12
L
2
1) Do not bend pipe until adhesive has cured. At rated pressure sharper bends may create excessive stress concentrations.
Elbows & Tees Tapered Body Blind Flanges & Filament-Wound Molded Reducers & Flanges Bushed Saddles1 (psig) (MPa) (psig) (MPa) (psig) (MPa) (psig) (MPa) 300 2.07 200 1.38 450 3.10 150 1.03 275 1.89 150 1.03 350 2.41 150 1.03 200 1.38 150 1.03 350 2.41 150 1.03 175 1.21 150 1.03 250 1.72 150 1.03 225 1.03 225 1.55 150 1.03 150 1.03 175 1.21 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03
1) Use Bondstrand Series 2000 epoxy saddles with 316 stainless steel outlet. Other outlet materials available on special order.
Crosses (psig) (MPa) 150 1.03 150 1.03 150 1.03 100 0.69 100 0.69 100 0.69 100 0.69 100 0.69 100 0.69
Reducer Bushings (psig) (MPa) 50 .35 50 .35 50 .35 50 .35 50 .35 50 .35 50 .35 50 .35 50 .35
1) Reducer bushings bonded into flanges will have the same rating as the flange. Otherwise, rated as shown.
Pipe Property Thermal conductivity Pipe wall Thermal expansion Linear Flow coefficient Absolute roughness Specific gravity Density
Units Btuin/(hrft2F) W/mC 10-6 in/in/F 10-6 mm/mmC Hazen-Williams 10-6 ft 10-6 m lb/in3
Value 2.0 0.28 10 18 150 17.4 5.3 1.8 0.07
ASTM Method C177
D696 _ _ D792
Nominal Pipe Size1 (in) (mm) 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400
Pipe ID (in) (mm) 2.10 53 3.22 82 4.14 105 6.20 159 8.22 209 10.35 263 12.35 314 13.56 344 15.50 394
Nominal Wall Thickness2 (in) (mm) .157 4.0 .157 4.0 .203 5.2 .203 5.2 .226 5.7 .226 5.7 .226 5.7 .250 6.4 .286 7.3
Average Sectional Area3 (in2) (mm2) 1.13 730 1.70 1100 2.73 1760 4.06 2620 5.83 3760 7.31 4710 8.69 5600 10.85 7000 14.18 9150
Pipe Weight (lb/ft) (kg/m) 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.3 2.4 3.5 3.5 5.2 5.0 7.4 6.2 9.3 7.4 11.0 8.7 14.7 11.2 19.0
1) For availability of1, 112, 14 and 16-inch (25, 40, 350 and 400 mm) sizes, consult your Ameron representative. 2) Minimum wall thickness shall not be less than 87.5% of nominal wall thickness in accordance with ASTM D2996. 3) Use these values for calculating longitudinal thrust.
Internal Pressure Rating (psig) (MPa) 450 3.10 350 2.41 350 2.41 250 1.76 225 1.55 175 1.21 150 1.03 150 1.02 150 1.02
Collapse Pressure Rating1 (psig) (MPa) 580 4.00 160 1.10 225 1.55 65 0.45 45 0.31 22 0.15 13 0.09 11 0.08 11 0.08
1) At 70F (21C). Reduce linearly to 84% at 140F (60C), 76% at 170F and 50% at 200F (93C).
Live loads Bondstrand 5000 will carry H20 wheel loadings of at least 16,000 lb (7250 kg) per axle when properly bedded in compacted sand in stable soils and provided with at least 3 ft (1 m) of cover, Thrust blocks Most properly bedded installations do not require thrust blocks. Consult Ameron for recommendations for systems operating at elevated temperatures. Earth loads on buried pipe Nominal Pipe Size (in) 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 (mm) 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Maximum Earth Cover1 100 psi 0.69 MPa (ft) 30 30 30 30 23 23 23 23 23 (m) 9.14 9.14 9.14 9.14 7.01 7.01 7.01 7.01 7.01 125 psi 0.86 MPa (ft) 30 30 30 24 22 21 21 21 20 (m) 9.14 9.14 9.14 7.32 6.71 6.40 6.40 6.40 6.10 150 psi 1.03 MPa (ft) 30 30 30 23 21 19 18 17 16 (m) 9.14 9.14 9.14 7.01 6.40 5.79 5.49 5.18 4.88
1) Based on a 120 lb/ft3 (1925 kg/m3) soil density and 1000 psi (6.9 MPa) modulus of soil reaction.
Span lengths
Recommended maximum support spacings for Bondstrand 5000 vinyl ester pipe at various operating temperatures. Values based on 0.5-inch (12 mm) deflection at midspan for fluid specific gravity = 1.0. For fully continuous spans, values may be increased up to 20%. Decrease values by 20% for single spans. Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Span (ft) 140F 170F 10.8 12.3 14.5 16.1 18.1 19.2 20.2 20.7 21.6 9.4 10.7 12.6 14.2 15.5 16.6 17.5 18.1 18.9
100F 12.1 13.7 16.1 18.1 20.1 21.4 22.3 23.1 24.3
200F 7.5 8.6 10.0 11.2 12.6 13.5 13.9 14.4 15.0
1) Span recommendations are intended for normal horizontal piping support arrangements (a compromise between continuous spans and simple spans), but include no provision for weights (fittings,valves, flanges, etc.) or thrusts (branches, turns, etc.). 2) Span recommendations are calculated for a maximum long-term deflection of 1/2 inch to ensure good appearance and adequate drainage. 3) Fully continuous spans may be used with support spacing up to 20% greater for this deflection: in simple spans, support spacing should be 20% less.
Field testing
Bondstrand 5000 piping systems are designed for hydrostatic field testing at 150% of rated operating pressure. Pneumatic testing is not recommended.
Pipe construction
The structural wall of fiberglass pipe in 2 through 16-inch sizes shall have continuous glass fibers wound at a 543/4 helical angle in a matrix of premium vinyl ester resin. The integral, reinforced resin-rich liner shall consist of Nexus veil and a resin/hardener system identical to that of the structural wall, and shall have a 50-mil nominal thickness. Non-reinforced pure resin-type corrosion barriers (liners) shall not be allowed due to their potential for severe fracturing during transportation, installation and operation of the pipe. Pipe in 2 through 16-inch sizes shall be rated for a minimum of 150 psig at 200F. In 2 through 8-inch sizes the pipe shall have full vacuum capability at 70F, when installed above ground with a safety factor of 3:1. Pipe shall be manufactured according to ASTM D2996 specification for filamentwound Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe (RTRP). When classified under ASTM D2310, the pipe shall meet Type 1, Grade 2 and Class E (RTRP-12ED) cell limits in 2 through 16-inch nominal pipe sizes. Filament-wound vinyl ester fiberglass pipe shall be gray. Pipe in 2 through 8-inch sizes shall be furnished in 30-ft length to minimize the number of field-bonded joints for rapid installation.
Fittings in 2 through 16-inch sizes shall be filament wound with a reinforced resin-rich liner of equal or greater thickness than the pipe liner and of the same glass and resin type as the pipe. Compression-molded fittings in 2, 3, 4 and 6-inch nominal sizes may also be allowed upon agreement between purchaser and manufacturer. Contact-molded, spray-up or hand-layup fittings shall not be allowed. Pipe and fittings shall be joined using a straight spigot by socket with a 0.5 taper angle and a pipe stop inside the socket to allow precise makeup.
Workmanship
Testing
Samples of pipe and couplings shall be tested at random, based on standard quality control practices to determine conformance of the materials to American Society for Testing of Materials guidelines for testing fiberglass pipe products: ASTM D1599, D2105, D2925, D2992A or D2992B. Test samples may be hydrostatically tested by the manufacturer to 1.5 times the pressure rating for signs of leakage.
Composition
Pipe Filament-wound fiberglass-reinforced vinyl ester pipe with integral 0.050-inch (1.3 mm) resin-rich reinforced liner. Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 2-6 50-150 8-16 200-400 Filament-wound fittings Tees 90 and 45 elbows Crosses Nipples and couplings 45 laterals Tapered body reducers Molded fittings Tees (2 to 6 inch only) 90 and 45 elbows (2 to 6 inch only) Reducing flanges Plugs and end-caps Flanges Filament-wound or molded flanges with ANSI B16.1 and ANSI B16.5 drilling Molded reducing and blind flanges Thermosetting adhesives RP105B two-part vinyl ester RP34C two-part epoxy adhesive.
ASTM Designation (D2996) RTRP 12ED-1012 RTRP 12ED-1013
Joining systems
Quick-Lock straight/taper adhesive-bonded joint featuring integral pipe stop in bell for predictable, precise laying lengths. Flanges and flanged fittings.
Pipe lengths
Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) (ft) 30 20 2-8 50-200 10-16 250-400
Random Lengths (m) 9 6
Elbows Tees Flanges, blind flanges and reducing flanges Plugs and end-caps Crosses Nipples and couplings 45 laterals Tapered body reducers Tapered body reducers, tees and 90 and 45 elbows are available with any combination of Quick-Lock female and filament-wound or molded flange ends. Laying lengths of filament-wound fittings with Quick-Lock ends match those of ANSI B16.9 steel buttwelding fittings. Flanged ends match ANSI B16.1 and B16.5 centerto-face and face-to-face dimensions.
Conversions
1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2 1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2 1 MPa = 106 Pa = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2 1 GPa = 109 Pa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm2 1 in = 25.4 mm 1 ft = 0.3048 m 1 lbin = 0.113 Nm 1 in4 = 4.162 x 10-7m4 C = 5/9 (F - 32) This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains.
Important notice
F IBERGLASS PIPE GROUP

Group Headquarters P.O. Box 801148 Houston TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron-net.com Fiberglass Pipe Div.-Asia/Pacific Ameron (Pte) Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 639407 Tel: 65 861 6118 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Fiberglass Pipe Division-Europe Ameron B.V. J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 573-341 Fax: +31 345 575 254 Telex: 40257 bonds nl Fiberglass Pipe Division-Americas P.O. Box 878 Burkburnett, Texas 76354 Tel: (940) 569-1471 Fax: (940) 569-2764
1988 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP216F (9/97) supersedes FP216E (2/95) 5M. [186]
Bondstrand Guide Specifications

Bondstrand 5000 Pipe and Fittings

Vinylester reinforced thermosetting resin pipe for plant piping fiberglass piping systems
This specification defines the reinforced thermosetting resin (RTR) piping system to be used in those sections of Plant Piping General Services calling for fiberglass piping systems. References are made to other standards and tests which are a part of this section. Where conflict exists between the requirements of this specification and listed references, the specification shall prevail. 70F 170F ASTM Pipe Property Units 21C 77C Method Nominal Pipe Size Circumferential Tensile stress at weeping Tensile modulus Poissons ratio Longitudinal Tensile strength Tensile modulus Poissons ratio Beam apparent Elastic modulus Hydrostatic design basis (cyclic) Thermal conductivity Pipe wall Thermal expansion Linear Flow coefficient Absolute roughness Specific gravity Density 103 psi MPa 106 psi GPa 2-6 8-16 2-6 8-16
24.00 24.00 138.00 138.00 3.70 3.13 25.50 21.60 0.28 0.45 12.00 82.70 2.00 13.80 0.20 1.70 11.70 8.00 55.20 2.00 0.28 7.00 48.30 1.45 10.00 0.35 1.40 9.65 6.00 41.40 2.00 0.28
D1599 2.90 2.32 20.00 16.00 0.35 0.66 D2105 8.00 5.50 D2105 55.20 37.90 1.40 1.00 D2105 9.70 6.89 0.26 0.43 D2105 1.45 10.10 .44 D2925 3.00 D2992 C177
106 psi GPa 103 psi MPa Btuin/(hrft2F) W/mC 10-6 in/in/F 10-6 mm/mmC Hazen-Williams 10-6 ft 10-6 m lb/in3
10.00 10.00 18.00 18.00 150.00 150.00 17.40 17.40 5.30 5.30 1.80 1.80 0.07 0.07
D696
D792
ISO-9001
The pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2996 Specification for RTRP. When classified under ASTM D2310, the pipe shall meet Type I, Grade 2 and Class E (RTRP-12ED) for 2 through 16 nominal pipe sizes. Pipe shall be rated for a minimum internal pressure of 150 psig at 200F in sizes 1 through 16 and shall have full vacuum capability at 80F in sizes 1 through 10 when installed above ground.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP706A (6/00)
Materials
Pipe Construction Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced vinylester resin pipe shall be Bondstrand 5000 as manufactured by Ameron International Fiberglass Pipe Group, or approved equal. The pipe shall have an integral corrosion barrier, nominally 50 mils thick, constructed with the same vinylester resin as the pipe structural wall. Non-reinforced liners or corrosion barriers shall not be allowed due to potential for fracturing during lower temperature, transportation, and installation. Structural wall The pipe shall have the following nominal wall thickness: Pipe Diameter Nominal Wall Thickness inches inches mm
1 3.5 .140 1.5 3.5 .140 Pipe end preparation options 2 3.1 .123 The piping manufacturer will provide 3 3.2 .126 20 or 40 RL joints, if the contractor 4 3.8 .151 6 4.6 .181 requests them, in sizes 2" through 8 5.7 .226 6" to reduce field labor assembly 10 5.7 .226 12 5.7 .226 time in those sections of the system 14 6.4 .250 where longer joint lengths may be 16 6.8 .269 employed. In addition, the pipe manufacturer will provide pipe joints with the spigot ends already prepared for adhesive application to reduce field labor time on all pipe sizes (1-16) along with factory installed bells or couplings.
Fittings
It is important to maintain compatibility of fittings, piping and adhesives to ensure that the system performs as specified. Pipe, fittings and adhesive shall be supplied by the same manufacturer. Filament-wound fittings Fittings in 1 through 16 nominal sizes shall be filament-wound with a reinforced resinrich liner of equal or greater thickness than the pipe liner and shall be manufactured with the same resin type as the pipe. Compression Molded Fittings Compression molded fittings in sizes 2" through 6 nominal sizes may be used in services at or below 150F. Where fast closure of valves may produce surges (water hammer), filament wound fittings will be used. Contact molded, spray up or hand lay-up fittings shall not be allowed.
Testing
Inspection and testing of the piping will be performed in accordance with the requirements of ANSI B31.1. Hydrostatic testing of all installed piping shall be performed with water at 11 2 times the design pressure of the lowest rated piping system component. Test and repair procedures The RTRP manufacturer will provide test and repair procedures in the event field repairs are required.
Installation
Installation procedures and techniques as well as system design criteria including burial, anchoring, guiding and supporting the pipe shall be in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. Piping system installers and fitters will be trained by a direct factory employee of the piping system manufacturer and certified by the trainer prior to system assembly in the field.
Important Notice

866 U.N. Plaza, NYC Salt Water Cooling System

ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
New York City, New York 866 U.N. Plaza Salt water cooling system
FP709 (7/96)
No-weld installation and light weight made Bondstrand Series 5000 pipe the ideal choice for this tight installation in the basement of a New York City office building. Using Bondstrand reduced the number of supports needed and lifting equipment required to get the pipe in place.
Pipe system
Bondstrand Series 5000 pipe and filament-wound fittings in 10-, 12-, and 14-inch diameters replaced rubber lined carbon steel pipe in the salt water cooling water system. The original system, in place 10 years, showed evidence of bad exterior corrosion. The installation of more efficient chillers required higher flow rates. The engineers took the opportunity to replace the existing rubber-lined piping with Ameron fiberglass pipe. Ameron fiberglass pipe also afforded no-weld installation. In the tight spaces of the enclosed basement, this provided a significant advantage. The developer and engineer are very satisfied with the Bondstrand pipe.
Advantages
Corrosion resistance - Bondstrand pipe and fittings were chosen for excellent resistance to salt water corrosion both inside and outside of the pipe. Ease of installation - The light weight of Bondstrand piping saved on supports needed and made installation possible in tight spaces in the New York City building. No-weld installation was a significant advantage in the tight, enclosed space of the basement. Increased flow rates result in cost savings - Bondstrand piping provided higher flow rates than the rubber lined steel material it replaced. The higher flow rates, in conjunction with the high efficiencies of the chillers, reduced the costs of running the machines.
Technical support
Ameron provided installation training and technical support to the client.

Group Headquarters P .O. Box 801148 Houston TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 Fiberglass Pipe Division-Asia No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 2263 Tel: 862-1301 Telex: 38960 AMERON RS Fax: 862-1302 Fiberglass Pipe Division-Europe J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 573-341 Fax: +31 345 575 254 Telex: 40257 bonds nl Fiberglass Pipe Division-U.S.A. P.O. Box 878 Burkburnett, Texas 76354 Tel: (817) 569-1471 Fax: (817) 569-4012

HVAC Cooling Tower Piping For Aircraft Assembly Hangers

using Bondstrand Series 5000 fiberglass pipe and filament wound fittings
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Long Beach, California McDonnell Douglas Long Beach Facility Condensate and chilled water piping operating at 75 psi (.52 MPa) and 104F (40C) Bondstrand Series 5000 pipe, filament wound fittings, prefabricated 6" to 12", Bondstrand LD SVE in 18" to 24, prefabricated
FP728 (2/97)
" Cooling water blow down system
Flanged Bondstrand piping with butterfly valve and actuator #
Pipe system
Bondstrand Series 5000 pipe and filament-wound fittings in 6- to 12-inch diameters and Bondstrand LD in 18- to 24-inch diameters are used for the HVAC cooling tower piping in these aircraft assembly hangers. To prevent scale build up inside such HVAC equipment as boilers, chillers and heat exchangers, various scale removing chemical agents are added to the HVAC water circulation. The chemicals which attack metallic oxides and other scaling minerals in the process also attack traditional metallic piping, such as carbon steel, causing rapid deterioration. Higher priced exotic materials, such as 304L stainless steel, would prove prohibitively expensiveup to 4 times the costin a project such as this where pipe sizes up to 24" in diameter are used. Delivery time was also a factor. The 304L stainless steel delivery time would run approximately four to five months versus the normal four to five week delivery of Bondstrand.
Advantages
Chemical resistance - Bondstrand withstands the chemical agents used to prevent scale build-up in the piping. Ease of installation - Epoxy bonded joining system saves time and money. Prefabricated spools expedited installation. Lightweight fiberglass, approximately 15 the weight of traditional materials, can be moved without heavy lifting equipment. Cost savings - Bondstrand Series 5000 pipe and fittings eliminated the costly welding process necessary for 304L stainless steel. Prefabricated fiberglass spools reduced installation time.
Technical support

Camden Aquarium Water Circulation System Piping

with Bondstrand Series 3000A epoxy and Series 5000 vinyl ester fiberglass-reinforced pipe and filament wound fittings
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Camden, New Jersey Camden Aquarium, Camden, New Jersey Salt and fresh water lines for circulation system between tanks; ozone life support system, working pressure of 40 psi (3 bar) at ambient temperature Bondstrand Series 3000A and Series 5000 pipe, filament wound and molded fittings, 4 to 12" (100 mm to 300 mm)
FP849 (2/00)
Pipe system
In 1991, over 2000 feet (600 m) of 4- through 12-inch diameter, Bondstrand Series 3000A pipe and filament-wound fittings were installed in the Camden Aquarium, Camden, New Jersey. The piping is used in the salt and fresh water circulation system between tanks. In 1997, the ozone life support system was piped using Bondstrand Series 5000 pipe and fittings. The aquarium has been operating since February 1991 without interruption, entertaining tourist and visitors daily.
Advantages
Corrosion resistance - Bondstrand is inherently resistant to corrosion and scale build up. It exhibits excellent flow characteristics with a Hazen Williams rating of 150. Ease of installation - With light weight fiberglass no heavy lifting equipment was needed. The pipe was installed easily. Cost savings - Using Bondstrand minimizes the disruption and cost of frequent piping system replacement.
Technical support
Bondstrand Series 7000 Antistatic Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings

for industrial service
Above ground jet fuel lines Double-contained jet fuel lines General industrial service where static electrical charge build-up is possible
Listings and approvals Performance
MIL-P-29206A for jet fuels and petroleum liquids Bondstrand Series 7000 fiberglass pipe, fittings and flanges incorporate high-strength conductive filaments to prevent accumulation of potentially dangerous levels of static electrical charges caused by the flow of liquids such as refined petroleum products. Series 7000 piping systems are made electrically continuous by using a conductive adhesive in the adhesive-bonded joint and for mounting flanges. Accumulated charges are drained from the fiberglass pipe system by stainless steel cables embedded in fiberglass grounding saddles. The grounding saddles are adhesive bonded to the pipe at convenient locations. System rating of 150 psig at 210F (10 bar at 99C). Individual system components may not have the same ratings as the pipe. Refer to the detailed product information for the specific components to determine the pressure rating for the system as a whole.
Composition
Pipe: Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy resin pipe with conductive filaments in the pipe wall. Fittings: Wide range of filament-wound epoxy resin fittings reinforced with fiberglass strands and conductive veils employing Quick-Lock adhesive joint or flanged ends. Flanges: Filament-wound epoxy reinforced with fiberglass strands and conductive filaments. Blind flanges: Injection molded nonconductive epoxy in 2 through 12-inch (50 to 300 mm) sizes. Grounding saddles: Filament-wound fiberglass with stainless steel grounding cable. Adhesive: RP60B two-part thermosetting electrically conductive epoxy.
Joining systems
Quick-Lock straight/taper adhesive-bonded joint featuring integral pipe stop in bell for precise laying lengths. One-piece flanges in hubbed (standard) and hubless (heavy duty) configuration. All pipe is shipped ready for assembly with Quick-Lock bell x shaved spigot.
FP305C (1/95)
Static electricity generation and accumulation
Static electricity accumulation is most likely to be a problem in pipes conveying nonpolar fluids at high velocities. Measurable amounts of electricity can be generated when the flow velocity exceeds 9 ft/sec in fiberglass pipe and 20 ft/sec in metallic systems. Filtration units and valves typically experience the highest rate of static electricity accumulation when high flow rates occur. Charge densities are affected by the conductivity of the fluid, the pipe and the filter media. Depending on the media, flow through filters generally tends to give rise to charge densities 5 to 1000 times greater than flow through unrestricted pipes. Bondstrand pipe is produced in different lengths depending on pipe size and location of manufacture. Pipe can be cut to specified lengths at the factory. Consult your Ameron representative. 90 and 45 elbows Tees and reducing tees Reducers Reducing saddles furnished with Quick-Lock spigot outlet Flanged outlet Metallic bushing outlet Grounding saddles
Pipe lengths
Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 2-6 8 10-16

*
Length (ft) 20, 30* 20, 30* 20* (m) 6.1, 9.1* 6.1, 9.1* 6.1*
50-150 200 250-400
S t a d lengths n d a r
Fittings and flanges
45 Laterals Crosses Nipples and couplings Flanges are produced with ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 drilling. Other drillings, as well as undrilled flanges, are available.
Series 7000 pipe dimensions conform to Iron Pipe Size (IPS) outside diameters. Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 2 3 4 6 8 100 120 140 160 050 080 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Pipe Inside Diameter (in) (mm) 2.09 3.22 4.14 6.26 8.22 10.35 12.35 13.56 15.50 53 82 105 159 209 263 314 344 394 Nominal Wall Thickness (in) (mm) .16 .16 .20 .20 .25 .32 .38 .41 .47 4.1 4.1 5.2 5.2 6.5 8.1 9.6 10.5 11.9 Shipping Weight (lb/ft) (kg/m) 1.0 1.5 2.4 3.5 5.0 6.2 7.4 8.7 11.2 1.5 2.3 3.5 5.2 7.4 9.3 11.0 14.7 19.0
Internal Pressure Rating* (psig) (MPa) 450 425 400 300 250 200 170 165 165 3.10 2.93 2.76 2.07 1.72 1.38 1.17 1.14 1.14
Ultimate Collapse Pressure** (psig) (MPa) 210 135 150 45 30 14 8 8 8 1.45 0.93 1.03 0.31 0.21 0.10 0.06 0.06 0.06
Designation per ASTM D2996 RTRP-11FE-1112 RTRP-11FE-1112 RTRP-11FE-1113 RTRP-11FE-1113 RTRP-11FE-1114 RTRP-11FE-1114 RTRP-11FE-1114 RTRP-11FE-1115 RTRP-11FE-1116
* At 210F (99C) using Bondstrand RP60B adhesive. ** At 70F (21C). Reduce linearly to 90% at 150F (66C) and 80% at 200F (93C).
Stiffness Factor* (lbin) (Nm) 620 620 1360 1360 1890 1890 1890 2230 3250 70 70 154 154 214 214 214 252 367
Pipe Stiffness (psi) (MPa) 2900 860 890 270 170 86 51 46 0045 20.0 5.93 6.14 1.86 1.17 0.59 0.35 0.32 0.31
Beam Moment of Inertia** (in4) (106 mm4) 0.59 1.99 5.50 18.10 45.10 88.60 149 208 353. 0.25 0.83 2.29 7.53 18.8 36.9 62.0 86.6 147
* Per ASTM D2412. ** Use these values to calculate permissible spans.
Pipe Property Thermal conductivity Pipe wall Thermal expansion Linear Flow coefficient Absolute roughness Specific gravity Density Grounding resistance @ 1500 volts Shielding capability
*
Units Btu?in/(hr?ft2?F) W/m?C 10-6 in/in/F 10-6 mm/mm/C Hazen-Williams 10-6 ft 10-6 m lb/in3 106 ohms volts
Value 2.3 0.33 10 18 150 17.4 5.3 1.79 0.07 1.0* 100*
Method Ameron
Ameron
D792
Maximum values when measured in accordance with Annexes 2 and 3 of proposed ASTM standard for marine antistatic pipe.

Pipe Property Circumferential Tensile stress at weeping Tensile modulus Poissons ratio Longitudinal Tensile strength Tensile modulus Beam apparent elastic modulus Hydrostatic design basis (cyclic)*
* At 150F (66C).
Units 103 psi MPa 106 psi GPa
70F (21C) 24.0 165 3.65 25.2 0.56
200F (93C) 18.5 128 3.20 22.1 0.70 6.90 44.6 1.24 8.50 1.00 6.90
Method ASTM D1599
Ameron Ameron ASTM D2105 ASTM D2105
103 psi MPa 106 psi GPa 106 psi GPa 103 psi MPa
8.50 59.0 1.60 11.1 1.70 11.7 6.0 41.4
ASTM D2925
ASTM D2992A
Support spacing
Recommended maximum support spacing for Bondstrand Series 7000 pipe at various operating temperatures. Values based on 0.5-inch (12 mm) deflection at midspan for fluid specific gravity = 1.0. Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
*
100 11.8 13.6 15.4 17.2 19.2 20.3 21.3 22.3 23.3
(38) 3.6 4.1 4.7 5.2 5.9 6.2 6.5 6.8 7.1
Span in Feet (m)* Temperature in F (C) 150 (66) 11.2 12.8 14.6 16.4 18.1 19.2 20.1 21.2 22.3 3.4 3.9 4.5 5.0 5.5 5.9 6.1 6.5 6.8
200 10.4 11.9 13.6 15.1 16.9 17.9 18.7 19.6 20.5
(93) 3.2 3.6 4.1 4.6 5.2 5.5 5.7 6.0 6.2
50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Span recommendations are intended for normal horizontal piping support arrangements, a compromise between continuous spans and simple spans, but include no provision for weight such as fittings, valves, flanges, etc. or thrust from branches and turns. Fully continuous spans may be installed with support spacing up to 20% greater than values shown for this deflection; for simple spans the support spacing should be reduced by 20% from tabulated values.
Technical support
Consult Ameron for further recommendations concerning the use of Bondstrand pipe systems. For more information regarding static electricity in fuel pipelines, request Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division publication EB-43.
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Written comments regarding this document are invited. Please write Engineering Manager, Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division.
Important notice
ss Pipe Group P.O. Box 801148 Houston TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842
Fiberglass Pipe Division Asia No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 2263 Tel: 862-1301 Telex: 38960 AMERON RS Fax: 862-1302 Fiberglass Pipe Division Europe J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: 03455-73341 Telex: 40257 BONDS NL Fax: 03455-75254 Fiberglass Pipe Division The Americas P.O. Box 878 B u rk bu rnett, Texas 76354 Tel: (817) 569-1471 Fax: (817) 569-4012
Manufacturing plants: Burkburnett, Texas; Spartanburg, South Carolina; Geldermalsen, The Netherlands and Singapore. Bondstrand pipe is also manufactured in Japan and Saudi Arabia.
1991 Amer o FP305C n ( 1 /supersedes 9 5 ) FP 305B ( 8/93) Pr inted in U.S .A. 5M [186]

Bondstrand 7000 Pipe and Fittings

Fiberglass reinforced thermosetting epoxy resin pipe for anti-static applications
Scope
This specification defines the reinforced thermosetting resin (RTR) piping system to be used in those services that may produce a dangerous build-up of static electrical charges. Such services include above-ground jet fuel lines, doublecontained jet fuel lines, and transmission of refined petroleum products, gases, or non-polar fluids at high velocities. References are made to other standards and tests which are a part of this section as modified. Where conflict exists between the requirements of this specification and listed references, the specification shall prevail. Typical Units Pipe Property Circumferential Tensile Stress 103 psi at Weeping MPa Circumferential Tensile Modulus 106 psi GPa Circumferential Poissons Ratio Longitudinal Tensile Strength Longitudinal Tensile Modulus Longitudinal Poissons Ratio 103 psi MPa 106 psi GPa 70F 21C 24.0 165.0 3.65 25.5 .56 8.50 59.0 1.6 11.0 .37 6.0 41.4 1.7 11.7
Value
200F 93C 3.20 22.1 .70 6.90 44.6 1.24 8.5 .41
ASTM Method D1599
D2105 D2105
Hydrostatic Design Basis (cyclic) 103 psi [at 150F(66C)] MPa Beam Apparent Elastic Modulus 106 psi GPa Flow Coefficient Thermal Conductivity Pipe Wall Grounding Resistance at 1500 volts Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, Linear
D2992(A) 1.0 6.9 D2925
Hazen Williams 150 BTU-in./(hr. ft.2 F) W/M C 106 ohms 10-6in./in./F 10-6mm/mm/C
2.3 .33 1.0 max. 10 18
D696
The pipe shall meet or exceed the requirements of MIL-P-29206A and ASTM D5677-95. Pipe dimensions must conform to Iron Pipe Size (IPS) outside diameters. In sizes 2 through 16 the piping must be rated for a minimum internal pressure rating of 165 psig at 200F. In 2 through 16 sizes the pipe shall have full vacuum capabilities at 70F when installed above ground. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D2996 Specifications for RTRP, with designations as follows: 2, 3 4, 6 RTRP-11AE-1112 RTRP-11AE-1113 8, 10,12 14 16 RTRP-11AE-1114 RTRP-11AE-1115 RTRP-11AE-1116
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP701A (6/00)
Materials
Pipe Construction The conductive filament wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy resin pipe shall be Bondstrand 7000 as manufactured by Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Group or approved equal. The piping system will be made electrically continuous by using conductive filaments in the pipe wall, conductive adhesive in the bonded joints, and may be grounded by use of filament wound fiberglass saddles with stainless steel grounding cable. External or field installed techniques such as conductive wire or mesh, for achieving conductivity along the length of the pipe shall not be allowed. Structural wall The pipe shall have the following nominal wall thickness: Pipe end preparation options Pipe Diameter Nominal Wall Thickness (inches) inches mm 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 .16 .16 .20 .20 .25 .32 .38 .41 .47 4.1 4.1 5.2 5.2 6.3 8.1 9.6 10.4 11.9
The piping manufacturer will provide standard pipe joint lengths up to 30 feet RL in sizes 2 through 8 to reduce field labor assembly time The pipe manufacturer will prepare the bell end and the spigot end of each joint in the factory to reduce field labor assembly time.
Fittings
It is important to maintain compatibility of fittings, piping and adhesives to ensure that the system performs as specified. Pipe, fittings and adhesive shall be supplied by the same manufacturer. Fittings will be constructed with epoxy resin and conductive material, filament wound to specific dimensions. Flanges will be filament wound with epoxy resin and conductive filaments. Spray up or hand lay-up fittings shall not be allowed.
Testing
The RTRP manufacturer will provide test and repair procedures in the event field repairs are required. The installed piping shall be hydrostatically tested with water at 112 times the design pressure of the lowest rated piping system component. Hydrostatic and conductivity testing of buried systems will be completed prior to backfill.
Installation
Important Notice

Bondstrand PSXTML3 and PSX TMJF Polysiloxane-phenolic Fire-resistant Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings
For offshore platforms, marine and onshore service
Description
Bondstrand PSXJF and PSXL3 fiberglass reinforced polysiloxane-phenolic piping systems may be used for offshore platforms and onshore services where fire-resistant piping with low smoke emissions and low toxicity are required. Bondstrand PSXJF and PSXL3 products are designed for use in dry and wet deluge systems where low weight, corrosion resistance and fire-resistance are desired. The polysiloxane-phenolic (PSX) resin is a revolutionary technological breakthrough developed through extensive research and testing by Ameron. The product is designed to withstand hydrocarbon fire including jet fire at over 300 KW/m2 heat flux from 0.3 kg/sec., high velocity impinging propane flame. Low smoke and toxicity emission, and low flame spread make it suitable for use in enclosed space and critical service areas.
Offshore fire water lines Piping in offshore living quarters Offshore general services
Onshore fire water lines Refinery and petrochemical general applications
Approvals
PSXL3 and PSXJF have Type Approval from ABS (Certificate No. 98-HS24317-X for Steel Vessel Rules (1997)) Section 4/6.14, MODU Rules (1997) Section 4/2.17, IMO Resolution A.753(18)-Level 3 Fire Endurance Test. PSXL3 and PSXL3C (conductive) have U.S. Coast Guard Type Approval per IMO Resolution A.753 (18) and PFM 1-98 (Certificates 164.141/5/0 and 164.141/6/0, respectively.)
Performance
PSXJF pipe has proved capable of maintaining rated service pressure with no leak after exposure to impinging jet fire for a period of 5 minutes with the pipe empty, followed by injection of water at 150 psi (10 bar) and a flow rate of less than 73 liters/minute for an additional 15 minutes. After the heat was removed, the piping was pressurized for an additional 60 minutes at 150 psi (10 bar), then 60 minutes at 225 psi (15 bar), followed by 5 minutes at 350 psi (24 bar). No passive fire protection is needed on the joints. PSXL3 pipe is capable of maintaining rated service pressure after 30 minutes stagnant wet exposure to 1100C fire and 113.5 kW/m2 heat flux. PSXL3 pipe and fittings meet IMO Level 3 fire test requirements even with the smallest diameter (1") pipe and QuickLock joint with no passive fire protection needed on the joint. Pipe and fittings are designed to operate at up to 225 psi system pressure.
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP721C (4/01)
Testing and standards
Bondstrand products are manufactured to meet the highest standard of quality in accordance with ISO 9001. The products are designed to meet ANSI and ASTM standards. Bondstrand PSXL3 and PSXJF piping meet all applicable requirements of ASTM F1173 for fiberglass-reinforced resin pipe and fittings. Testing for IMO Level 3 fire endurance has been performed by independent laboratories and witnessed by third parties. Det Norske Veritas has certified that PSXL3 pipe systems meet the requirements for IMO Level 3. The United States Coast Guard has accepted PSXL3 products for applications requiring IMO Level 3 performance in 8-inch and smaller diameters. PSXJF products have been tested by SINTEF Energy for performance in jet fire conditions in accordance with UKOOA guidelines. The PSXJF system meets the requirements for fire endurance in a hydrocarbon jet fire, certified by SINTEF.
Characteristics
Pipe PSXL3: Filament-wound fiberglass reinforced polysiloxane-phenolic resin with factoryprepared Quick-Lock spigot ends. PSXJF: Bondstrand PSXL3 pipe with layers of thermoplastic tape and filament-wound polysiloxane-phenolic resin to form an integral fire protection jacket. Fittings Filament-wound fiberglass-reinforced polysiloxane-phenolic resin with integral Quick-Lock bell ends. Flanges Filament-wound fiberglass-reinforced polysiloxane-phenolic resin QuickLock bell and flanged ends drilled to ANSI Class 150. Flanges conforming to other standards such as ANSI Class 300, JIS, DIN or ISO are available upon request. Joining systems Quick-Lock straight/taper adhesive bonded joint, with integral pipe stop in bell for predictable, precise laying lengths. The pipe is shipped with Quick-Lock bell x shaved spigot end configurations. Matching taper adhesive bonded joint available for 12- through 16-inch sizes for 225 psi (15 MPa) rating. Adhesive Bondstrand PSX34 epoxy siloxane adhesive for bonding joints. For more information, consult product data sheet FP698. It is available in 3 oz., 5 oz. or 8 oz. single kits or 6-packs. Pipe lengths Pipe is manufactured and shipped in the following standard lengths. Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 1 - 112 25 - 40 2-8 50 - 200 10 - 16 250 - 400 Length (ft) (m) 10' 3.0 20' & 30' 6.1 & 9.1 20' 6.1
Installation
The installation procedures for Bondstrand PSX pipe are identical to those for Series 2000M. For complete instructions refer to Ameron installation guide, QUICK-LOCK ADHESIVE-BONDED BELL AND SPIGOT JOINTS FOR BONDSTRAND FIBERGLASS PIPING SYSTEMS, FP170.
Typical Physical Properties
Pipe Property Thermal Conductivity Pipe Wall Thermal Expansion, Linear Flow Coefficient Density Degree of Cure
Unit Btuin./(hr.ft.2F) W/mK 10-6 in./in./F 10-6 mm/mm/C Hazen-Williams lb./in.3 g/cm3 Tg
Value 2.3 0.33 8.0 18.0 150 .069 1.93 188C
Test Method Ameron ASTM D696
Typical Mechanical Properties
Pipe Property
Bi-axial Short term hoop tensile strength at weeping Circumferential Tensile strength Tensile Modulus Poisson's ratio * Longitudinal Tensile strength Tensile Modulus Poisson's ratio **
Unit
psi MPa psi MPa psi GPa
73F/21C
32,000 220 21,900 151 3.48 x 106 24.0 0.54 7,680 53 1.35 x 106 9.3 .39
200F/93C Test Method

ASTM D1599 19,100 131 ASTM D1599 2.59 x 106 17.8 Ameron 0.81 4,870 33 ASTM D2105 0.73 x 106 5.0 ASTM D2105 .44
psi MPa psi GPa
Note: Physical and Mechanical Properties shown above are for Bondstrand PSXL3. Since PSXL3 forms the core of PSXJF pipe, these properties will apply to both systems. * Circumferential change due to longitudinal applied stress. ** Longitudinal change due to circumferential applied stress.
Support Spacing for Bondstrand PSXL3
Recommended maximum support spacing for Bondstrand PSX L3 pipe when carrying liquid with a specific gravity of 1.0 at various operating temperatures. Nominal Pipe Size in. mm 25 1 40 112 50 2 80 3 100 4 150 6 200 8 250 10 300 12 350 14 400 16 150F ft. 9.7 10.9 11.8 13.5 15.3 17.2 19.8 22.1 24.1 25.0 26.7 66C m 3.0 3.3 3.6 4.1 4.7 5.1 6.0 6.7 7.3 7.6 8.1 200F ft. 8.2 9.2 10.0 11.4 13.0 14.6 16.8 18.7 20.4 21.2 22.6 93C m. 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.5 4.0 4.2 5.1 5.7 6.2 6.5 6.9
Support Spacing for Bondstrand PSXJF
Recommended maximum support spacing for Bondstrand PSX JF pipe when carrying liquid with a specific gravity of 1.0. Nominal Pipe Size in. mm 1 112 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 150F ft. 10.7 11.7 13.0 14.9 16.7 18.9 21.2 23.5 25.5 26.3 28.0 66C m 3.3 3.8 4.0 4.5 5.1 5.7 6.5 7.2 7.8 8.0 8.5 200F ft. 9.0 9.9 11.0 12.6 14.2 16.0 17.9 19.9 21.6 22.3 23.7 93C m. 2.8 3.0 3.4 3.8 4.3 4.9 5.5 6.1 6.6 6.8 7.2
Allowable Bending Radius for Bondstrand PSXL3 at Rated Pressure
Nominal Pipe Size in. mm 1 112 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Minimum Bending Radius ft. m 58 83 101 148 190 278 366 460 548 590 674 17.7 25.1 30.7 45.0 57.8 84.8 111.5 140.1 167.0 179.7 205.4
Maximum Deflection Turning for 100 ft. length Angle ft. m deg. 28.7 16.9 13.3 8.7 6.7 4.5 3.4 2.7 2.3 2.1 1.9 8.7 5.1 4.0 2.7 2.0 1.4 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 119 75 59 40 31 21 16 12 10 10 9
Note: Do not bend pipe until adhesive has cured.
Typical dimensions and weights for Bondstrand PSXL3 Jacketed pipe
Pipe Inside Diameter (in) (mm) 1.07 27 1.66 42 2.10 53 3.22 82 4.14 105 6.27 159 8.23 209 10.35 263 12.35 314 13.56 344 15.50 394
Nominal Wall Thickness* (in) (mm) .143 3.6 .143 3.6 .147 3.7 .150 3.8 .197 5.0 .195 4.9 .216 5.5 .243 6.2 .287 7.3 .305 7.8 .351 8.9
Pipe O.D. (in) (mm) 1.61 41 2.20 56 2.64 67 3.77 96 4.78 121 6.92 176 8.91 226 11.09 282 13.17 335 14.42 366 16.45 418
Shipping Weight (approx) (lb/ft) (kg/m) 0.9 1.3 1.6 2.4 1.7 2.5 2.6 3.8 3.6 5.3 5.7 8.4 7.8 11.6 10.3 15.3 12.9 19.1 14.4 21.4 18.1 26.9
* Structural wall thickness of pipe. Does not include nominal .125 thick jacket.
Typical dimensions and weights for Bondstrand PSXJF pipe
Pipe Inside Diameter (in) (mm) 1.07 27 1.66 42 2.10 53 3.22 82 4.14 105 6.27 159 8.23 209 10.35 263 12.35 314 13.56 344 15.50 394
Nominal Wall Thickness* (in) (mm) .143 3.6 .143 3.6 .147 3.7 .150 3.8 .197 5.0 .195 4.9 .216 5.5 .243 6.2 .287 7.3 .305 7.8 .351 8.9
Pipe O.D. Shipping Weight including jacket (approx) (in) (mm) (lb/ft) (kg/m) 1.86 47 1.3 2.0 2.45 62 2.4 3.6 2.89 74 2.5 3.8 4.02 102 3.7 5.5 5.03 128 4.9 7.3 7.17 182 7.8 11.5 9.16 233 11.1 16.5 11.34 288 13.8 20.5 13.42 341 17.0 25.4 14.67 373 18.9 28.1 16.70 424 23.2 34.5
* Structural wall thickness of pipe. Does not include nominal .250 thick jacket.
Technical support
Consult Ameron for further recommendations concerning the shoreside or offshore use of Bondstrand piping systems.
Important notice
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, expressed or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Product specifications are subject to change.
Asia Ameron (Pte) Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 639407 Tel: 65 861 6118 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Europe Ameron B.V. J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: +31 345 587 561 Americas P .O. Box 878 Burkburnett, TX 76354 Tel: (940) 569-1471 Fax: (940) 569-2764 Centron International P .O. Box 490 600 FM 1195 South Mineral Wells, Texas 76068 Tel: (940) 325-1341 Fax: (940) 325-9681
1997 Ameron FP721C (4/01) supercedes FP721B (4/00) Printed in U.S.A. 5M [186]

FIBERGLASS-COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP
Bondstrand PSXL3 and PSXJF Fittings

for marine, offshore and onshore service
Table of contents
Quick-Lock 90 elbows...................................................02 Quick-Lock 45 elbows.....................................................02 Quick-Lock 22.5 elbows..................................................02 Quick-Lock tees................................................................03 Quick-Lock reducing tees.................................................03 Quick-Lock 45 laterals.....................................................03 Quick-Lock crosses ..........................................................04 Quick-Lock reducers ........................................................04 Quick-Lock couplings .......................................................04 Quick-Lock nipples ...........................................................05 Quick-Lock socket depths................................................05 Flanged 90 long radius elbows ........................................05 Flanged 45 elbows...........................................................06 Flanged tees......................................................................06 Flanged reducers ..............................................................06 Flanged reducing tees.......................................................07 Deluge couplings..............................................................07 Reducing saddle with fiberglass bushed outlet ................07 Reducing saddle with Quick-Lock socket outlet ..............08 Reducing saddle with flanged outlet.................................09 ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Common flange dimensions..............10 ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Bolt lengths........................................10 ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Bolt torques .......................................10 ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Nuts and washers ..............................11 ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Heavy duty flanges ............................11 ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Blind flanges ......................................11 ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 Common flange dimensions..............12 ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 Heavy duty and Van Stone flanges ....12 ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 Bolt torques .......................................12 Important notice................................................................12
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP733A (5/01)
Quick-Lock 90 elbows
DS L
Filament-wound 90 elbows with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Consult Quick-Lock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds.
Nominal Size (in/mm)
L (in/mm)
PSXL3 Wt.(lb/kg)
PSXJF Wt.(lb/kg)
1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300
2.56 3.19 3.00 4.50 6.00 9.00 12.00 15.00 18.00
65 81 76 114 152 229 305 381 457
0.6 1.1 1.4 2.5 4.0 13.6 32.6 48.4 75.6
0.3 0.5 0.6 1.1 1.8 6.2 14.8 22.0 34.3
1.5 2.6 3.7 6.0 9.6 30.6 51.4 76.5 119.5
0.7 1.2 1.7 2.7 4.4 13.9 23.3 34.7 54.2
Quick-Lock 45 elbows
Filament-wound 45 elbows with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Consult Quick-Lock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds. Nominal Size (in/mm) L (in/mm) PSXL3 Wt.(lb/kg) PSXJF Wt.(lb/kg)
DS L
1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300
.88 1.12 1.38 2.00 2.50 3.75 5.00 6.25 7.50
22 29 35 51 64 95 127 159 191
0.6 0.9 1.1 2.1 3.1 8.6 18.6 34.8 52.9
0.3 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.4 3.9 8.4 15.8 24.0
1.4 2.2 2.4 4.3 6.4 17.1 27.9 52.2 79.3
0.7 1.0 1.1 1.9 2.9 7.8 12.7 23.7 36.0
Quick-Lock 22.5 elbows
Filament-wound 22.5 (special angle) elbows with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Special angle elbows are made to order and can be supplied in any specified angle from about 15 to 85. Consult Quick-Lock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds. PSXL3 Wt.(lb/kg) PSXJF Wt.(lb/kg)
DS

L
L (in/mm)
1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300
0.38 0.38 0.31 0.63 0.93 1.69 2.00 2.00 3.00
9 9 8 16 24 43 51 51 76
0.3 0.5 0.8 1.6 2.3 4.7 8.3 15.2 18.9
0.1 0.2 0.4 0.7 1.1 2.1 3.8 6.9 8.5
0.6 1.3 1.9 3.8 5.7 11.3 13.2 24.4 30.2
0.3 0.6 0.9 1.7 2.6 5.1 6.0 11.1 13.7
Quick-Lock tees
L DS
Filament-wound tees with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Consult Quick-Lock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds.
L (in/mm)
PSXL3 Wt.(lb/kg)
PSXJF Wt.(lb/kg)
1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300
1.06 1.19 2.50 3.38 4.12 5.62 7.00 8.50 10.00
27 30 64 86 105 143 178 216 254
1.1 1.6 3.7 6.4 10.5 25.3 42.2 76.2 119.6
0.5 0.7 1.7 2.9 4.7 11.5 19.2 34.6 54.3
2.1 2.7 5.9 9.6 14.7 35.0 48.9 88.4 138.8
1.0 1.2 2.7 4.3 6.7 15.9 22.2 40.1 53.0
Quick-Lock reducing tees
Filament-wound reducing tees with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. PSXL3 Wt.(lb/kg) PSXJF Wt.(lb/kg)

L1 DS1
L1 (in/mm)
L2 (in/mm)
L2 DS2
2x2x1 2x2x1.5 3x3x1.5 3x3x2 4x4x2 4x4x3 6x6x2 6x6x3 6x6x4 8x8x3 8x8x4 8x8x6 10x10x4 10x10x6 10x10x8 12x12x4 12x12x6 12x12x8 12x12x10
50x50x25 50x50x40 80x80x40 80x80x50 100x100x50 100x100x80 150x150x50 150x150x80 150x150x100 200x200x80 200x200x100 200x200x150 250x250x100 250x250x150 250x250x200 300x300x100 300x300x150 300x300x200 300x300x250
2.52 2.52 5.20 3.38 4.12 4.12 5.62 5.62 5.62 7.00 7.00 7.00 8.50 8.50 8.50 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00
64 64 132 86 105 105 143 143 143 178 178 178 216 216 216 254 254 254 254
2.25 3.50 4.25 3.00 3.50 3.88 4.50 4.88 5.12 5.88 6.12 6.62 7.25 7.62 8.00 8.12 8.62 9.00 9.50
57 89 108 76 89 99 114 124 130 149 155 168 184 194 203 206 219 229 241
2.9 3.3 3.3 5.1 9.5 11.0 17.0 19.9 22.0 30.8 33.3 37.5 41.6 53.8 62.5 68.4 73.2 79.9 92.8
1.3 1.5 1.5 2.3 4.3 5.0 7.7 9.0 10.0 14.0 15.1 17.0 18.9 24.4 28.4 31.1 33.2 36.3 42.1
4.9 5.6 5.6 8.6 16.2 18.7 23.9 28.1 31.0 36.9 40.0 45.0 50.0 54.6 74.9 82.1 87.8 95.9 111.4
2.2 2.6 2.6 3.9 7.3 8.5 10.8 12.8 14.1 16.8 18.1 20.4 22.7 29.3 34.0 37.3 39.9 43.5 50.6
Quick-Lock 45 laterals
Filament-wound 45 laterals with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints are rated to the same pressures as crosses of the corresponding size. Available in Bondstrand PSXL3 only.Consult Quick-Lock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds. Consult Ameron for availability of reducing laterals. Nominal Size (in/mm) L1 (in/mm) L2 (in/mm) Wt.(lb/kg)
L2
L1 L2
DS
1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300
2.50 64 3.00 76 2.50 64 3.00 76 3.00 76 3.50 89 4.50 114 5.00 127 5.50 140
8.00 10.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 14.50 17.50 20.50 24.50
203 254 203 254 305 368 445 521 622
3.6 1.6 6.6 3.0 3.6 1.6 6.6 3.0 8.7 3.9 15.0 6.8 27.0 12.0 47.0 21.0 67.0 30.0
3
Quick-Lock crosses
L
Filament-wound crosses with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Available in Bondstrand PSXL3 only.Consult Quick-Lock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds. Nominal Size (in/mm) L (in/mm) Rating (psi/bar) Wt.(lb/kg)
DS
2 3 4 6 8 10 12
50 80 100 150 200 250 300
2.50 3.38 4.12 5.62 7.00 8.50 10.00
64 86 105 143 178 216 254
150 150 150 150 100 100 100
10 10 10 10 6.8 6.8 6.8
2.8 5.5 7.0 13.0 23.0 37.0 61.0
1.3 2.5 3.2 5.9 10.0 16.0 27.0
Quick-Lock reducers
Filament-wound tapered body reducers with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Consult Quick-Lock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds. PSXL3 Wt.(lb/kg) PSXJF Wt.(lb/kg)
L DS2 DS1
L (in/mm)
112 x1 2x1 2x112 3x112 3x2 4x2 4x3 6x3 6x4 8x4 8x6 10x6 10x8 12x8 12x10
40x25 50x25 50x40 80x40 80x50 100x50 100x80 150x80 150x100 200x100 200x150 250x150 250x200 300x200 300x250
1.25 2.50 1.25 3.00 2.12 3.00 2.88 3.81 3.69 5.44 3.88 4.62 4.12 5.88 5.38
32 64 32 76 54 76 73 97 94 138 98 117 105 149 137
0.5 0.8 1.3 1.6 3.0 3.2 3.2 5.2 8.6 12.2 14.1 15.5 20.7 23.0 24.3
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.7 1.4 1.4 1.5 2.4 3.9 5.5 6.4 7.0 9.4 10.4 11.1
0.9 1.3 2.2 2.6 5.1 4.5 4.5 7.4 10.4 14.6 17.0 18.5 24.9 27.6 29.2
0.4 0.6 1.0 1.2 2.3 2.0 2.1 3.3 4.7 6.6 7.7 8.4 11.3 12.5 13.3
Quick-Lock couplings
Filament-wound couplings with Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints. Consult QuickLock socket depth table for the dimension, Ds. Nominal Size (in/mm) PSXL3 Wt.(lb/kg) PSXJF Wt.(lb/kg)
Ds t
L1 (in/mm)
t (in/mm)
1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300
2.50 64 3.00 76 2.50 64 3.00 76 3.00 76 3.50 89 4.50 114 5.00 127 5.50 140
0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
0.3 0.6 0.7 1.3 1.7 2.6 3.9 6.1 8.0
0.1 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.8 1.2 1.8 2.8 3.7
0.6 1.2 1.5 2.7 3.6 5.5 5.8 9.1 12.1
0.3 0.5 0.7 1.2 1.6 2.5 2.6 4.2 5.5
Quick-Lock nipples
Filament-wound nipples to fit Quick-Lock socket. The same nipples are used for PSXL3 and PSXJF pipe. Nominal Size (in/mm)
B (in/mm)
Wt.(lb/kg)
1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300
2.25 2.63 3.77 3.77 3.77 4.63 5.13 5.63 6.13
57 67 96 96 96 117 130 143 156
0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 1.0 1.6 2.3 2.8
0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.7 1.1 1.3
Quick-Lock socket depths
Socket depths, Ds, for all pipe and fittings using the Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joint are the same for a given diameter Nominal Size (in/mm) Ds (in/mm)
DS
1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300
1.06 1.25 1.82 1.82 1.82 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00
27 32 46 46 46 57 64 70 76
Flanged 90 long radius elbows

L T*
Flanged 90 elbows with filament-wound flanges. For flange thicknesses, T* see Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M Flanges Product Data, FP168, ANSI B16.5 C1. 150 flanges.
L (in/mm)
PSXL3 Wt.(lb/kg)
PSXJF Wt.(lb/kg)
1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300
5.00 6.00 6.94 8.44 9.94 13.75 17.25 20.75 24.25
127 152 175 214 252 349 438 527 616
3.2 5.0 9.1 13.1 18.8 36.1 66.8 96.4 147.9
1.4 2.3 6.0 3.6 8.5 16.4 30.3 43.7 67.1
4.0 6.5 11.4 16.6 24.4 53.1 85.5 124.4 191.8
1.8 2.9 5.2 7.5 11.1 24.1 38.8 56.5 87.0
Flanged 45 elbows
Flanged 90 elbows with filament-wound flanges. For flange thicknesses, T* see Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M Flanges Product Data, FP168, ANSI B16.5 C1. 150 flanges. Nominal Size (in/mm) L (in/mm) PSXL3 Wt.(lb/kg) PSXJF Wt.(lb/kg)
L T*
1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300
3.25 3.88 5.31 5.94 6.44 8.50 10.25 12.00 13.75
83 98 135 151 164 216 260 305 349
3.1 4.8 8.9 12.7 17.9 31.0 52.7 82.7 125.1
1.4 2.2 4.0 5.8 8.1 14.1 23.9 37.6 56.8
4.0 6.1 10.1 14.9 21.2 39.6 62.0 100.1 151.6
1.8 2.8 4.6 6.8 9.6 18.0 28.2 45.5 68.8
Flanged tees
Flanged tees with filament-wound flanges. For flange thicknesses, T* see Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M Flanges Product Data, FP168, ANSI B16.5 C1. 150 flanges.
L T*
L (in/mm)
PSXL3 Wt.(lb/kg)
PSXJF Wt.(lb/kg)
1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 12
25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300
3.50 4.00 6.44 7.31 8.06 10.38 12.25 14.25 16.25
89 102 164 186 205 264 311 362 413
5.0 7.5 15.3 22.4 32.6 59.0 93.4 148.1 228.0
2.2 3.4 6.9 10.1 14.8 26.8 42.4 67.2 103.5
5.9 8.6 17.4 25.5 36.9 68.7 100.1 160.3 247.2
2.7 3.9 7.9 11.6 16.7 31.2 45.5 72.8 112.2
Flanged reducers
Flanged reducers with filament-wound flanges. For flange thicknesses, T* see Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M Flanges Product Data, FP168, ANSI B16.5 C1. 150 flanges.
T*
L (in/mm)
PSXL3 Wt.(lb/kg)
PSXJF Wt.(lb/kg)
112 x1 2x1 2x112 3x112 3x2 4x2 4x3 6x3 6x4 8x4 8x6 10x6 10x8 12x8 12x10
6
40x25 50x25 50x40 80x40 80x50 100x50 100x80 150x80 150x100 200x100 200x150 250x150 250x200 300x200 300x250
6.50 8.88 8.00 9.75 10.00 10.88 10.75 12.50 12.38 14.62 13.88 15.12 15.12 17.38 17.38
165 225 203 248 254 276 273 317 314 371 352 384 384 441 441
3.7 5.9 7.1 8.8 12.2 14.4 15.9 21.8 27.3 36.6 42.4 50.7 61.8 76.2 84.5
1.7 2.7 3.2 4.0 5.5 6.5 7.2 9.9 12.4 16.6 19.3 23.0 28.1 34.6 38.3
4.1 6.4 8.0 9.9 14.3 15.7 17.2 23.9 29.0 39.0 45.3 53.8 66.0 80.8 89.3
1.9 2.9 3.6 4.5 6.5 7.1 7.8 10.8 13.2 17.7 20.5 24.4 29.9 36.7 40.5
Flanged reducing tees
Flanged reducing tees with filament-wound flanges. For flange thicknesses, see Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M Flanges Product Data, FP168, ANSI B16.5 C1. 150 flanges.
L T*
L (in/mm)
PSXL3 Wt.(lb/kg)
PSXJF Wt.(lb/kg)
2x2x1 2x2x1.5 3x3x2 4x4x2 4x4x3 6x6x2 6x6x3 6x6x4 8x8x3 8x8x4 8x8x6 10x10x4 10x10x6 10x10x8 12x12x4 12x12x6 12x12x8 12x12x10
50x50x25 50x50x40 80x80x50 100x100x50 100x100x80 150x150x50 150x150x80 150x150x100 200x200x80 200x200x100 200x200x150 250x250x100 250x250x150 250x250x200 300x300x100 300x300x150 300x300x200 300x300x250
7.31 8.06 8.06 10.38 10.38 10.38 12.25 12.25 12.25 14.25 14.25 14.25 16.25 16.25 16.25 16.25
186 205 205 264 264 264 311 311 311 362 362 362 413 413 413 413
11.8 13.0 19.5 28.1 31.1 43.3 47.7 51.9 70.3 74.8 82.9 97.0 113.0 127.5 148.1 156.7 169.3 189.1
5.4 5.9 8.9 12.8 14.1 19.6 21.7 23.5 31.9 34.0 37.6 44.0 51.3 57.9 67.2 71.1 76.8 85.8
11.4 11.4 15.1 16.6 24.4 26.4 29.0 39.6 42.2 47.1 56.2 63.1 123.8 140.0 161.7 171.3 185.3 207.7
5.2 5.2 6.9 7.6 11.1 12.0 13.2 18.0 19.2 21.4 25.6 28.7 56.2 63.5 73.4 77.8 84.1 94.3
Deluge Coupling
Outlet is available with 1/2 , 3/4, 1 NPT threads. Threaded portion available in brass or stainless steel.
Nominal Size (in/mm) B
B (in/mm)
PSXL3 Wt.(lb/kg)
PSXJF Wt.(lb/kg)
2 3 4 6
50 80 100 150
6.00 6.00 6.00 6.89
152 152 152 174
7.1 8.8 12.2 14.4
3.2 4.0 5.5 6.5
8.0 9.9 14.3 15.7
3.6 4.5 6.5 7.1
Reducing saddles with fiberglass bushed outlet (IPS) (1, 114 and 112 inch)
(deg.)
PSXL3 Saddle Wt.(lb/kg)
3x112 4x112 6x112 8x112 10x112 12x112

Note 1: Note 2: Note 3:
80x40 100x40 150x40 200x40 250x40 300x40
180 180 90 90 45 45
1.3 1.8 1.0 1.3 0.8 1.5
0.6 0.8 0.5 0.6 0.4 0.7
For bushed 1 and 112-inch outlets, use above 112-inch fiberglass bushed outlet fitted with stainless steel reducing bushing. All components connected to 112-inch fiberglass bushed outlets to be grounded. All above saddles are 6-inches in length.
Reducing saddles with Quick-Lock socket outlet (IPS)
Available in Bondstrand PSXL3 only.

PSXL3 Wt.(lb/kg)
(deg.)
L (in/mm)
B (in/mm)
DS
L B
3x1 3x112 3x2 4x1 4x112 4x2 4x3 6x1 6x112 6x2 6x3 6x4 8x1 8x112 8x2 8x3 8x4 8x6 10x1 10x112 10x2 10x3 10x4 10x6 12x1 12x112 12x2 12x3 12x4 12x6
180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 90 90 90 180 180 180 90 90 90 90 180 180 90 90 90 90 90 180
5.50 5.50 5.50 6.25 6.25 6.25 6.25 7.62 7.62 7.62 7.62 7.62 8.38 8.38 8.38 8.38 8.88 9.25 9.38 9.38 9.38 9.38 9.88 10.38 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62 10.62
140 140 140 159 159 159 159 194 194 194 194 194 213 213 213 213 226 235 238 238 238 238 251 264 270 270 270 270 270 270
6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 9.50 6.00 6.00 6.00 9.50 12.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 9.50 12.00 17.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 9.50 12.00 17.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 9.50 12.00 17.00
152 152 152 152 152 152 241 152 152 152 241 305 152 152 152 241 305 432 152 152 152 241 305 432 152 152 152 241 305 432
2.2 2.5 2.8 3.8 4.0 4.3 6.8 6.6 6.9 7.2 11.4 14.8 10.3 10.6 10.9 17.2 22.2 32.2 12.4 12.6 13.0 20.5 26.4 38.2 14.4 14.6 14.9 23.7 30.3 43.6
1.0 1.1 1.3 1.7 1.8 2.0 3.1 3.0 3.1 3.3 5.2 6.7 4.7 4.8 4.9 7.8 10.1 14.6 5.6 5.7 5.9 9.3 12.0 17.3 6.5 6.6 6.8 10.7 13.7 19.8
Reducing saddles with flanged outlet (IPS)
Available in Bondstrand PSXL3 only.

Length (axial) B (in/mm) PSXL3 Wt.(lb/kg)
(deg.)
L (in/mm)
T*
180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 90 90 90 180 180 180 90 90 90 90 180 180 90 90 90 90 90 180
5.25 5.25 5.25 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 7.38 7.38 7.38 7.38 7.38 8.12 8.12 8.12 8.12 8.62 9.00 9.12 9.12 9.12 9.12 9.62 10.12 10.38 10.38 10.38 10.38 10.38 11.12
133 133 133 152 152 152 152 187 187 187 187 187 206 206 206 206 219 229 232 232 232 232 244 257 264 264 264 264 264 282
6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 9.50 6.00 6.00 6.00 9.50 12.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 9.50 12.00 17.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 9.50 12.00 17.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 9.50 12.00 17.00
152 152 152 152 152 152 241 152 152 152 241 305 152 152 152 241 305 432 152 152 152 241 305 432 152 152 152 241 305 432
3.3 3.9 4.7 4.8 5.4 6.2 9.5 7.7 8.3 9.1 14.1 18.8 11.3 11.9 12.8 19.9 26.3 39.4 13.4 14.0 14.8 23.2 30.4 45.3 15.4 16.0 16.8 26.4 34.3 50.9
1.5 1.8 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8 4.3 3.5 3.8 4.1 6.4 8.6 5.2 5.4 5.8 9.0 11.9 17.9 6.1 6.4 6.7 10.5 13.8 20.6 7.0 7.3 7.6 12.0 15.6 23.1
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Common flange dimensions

F D
L BC Ds
Flange OD A (in) (mm) 4.88 124.0 6.12 155.4 6.00 152.4 7.50 190.5 9.00 228.6 11.00 279.4 13.50 342.9 16.00 406.4 19.00 482.6
Bolt Circle BC (in) (mm) 3.12 79.3 3.88 98.6 2.00 50.8 6.00 152.4 7.50 190.5 9.50 241.3 11.75 298.5 14.25 361.9 17.00 431.8
Overall Thickness D (in) (mm) 1.12 28.4 1.38 35.1 .75 19.1 2.00 50.8 2.00 50.8 2.38 60.4 2.62 66.6 2.88 73.2 3.12 79.3
Bolt Hole Diameter F (in) (mm) .62 15.8 .62 15.8 .62 15.8 .75 19.1 .75 19.1 .88 22.4 .88 22.4 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4
Bolt Bolt Size Count (in) (mm) qty. .50 12.7 4 .50 12.7 4 .50 12.7 4 .62 15.8 4 .62 15.8 8 .75 19.1 8 .75 19.1 8 .88 22.4 12 .88 22.4 12
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Bolt lengths
Recommended bolts lengths for flanges with ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 drilling. Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 1 25 112 40 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300
Hubbed (in) (mm) . . 3.25 82.6 3.50 88.9 3.50 88.9 4.75 120.7 5.25 133.4 5.25 133.4 5.75 146.1
(in) 3.50 4.00 5.25 5.25 5.25 6.50 7.00 7.50 8.00
HD (mm) 88.9 101.6 133.4 133.4 133.4 165.1 177.8 190.5 203.2
van Stone (in) (mm) . . 4.50 114.3 4.50 114.3 4.50 114.3 5.25 133.4 6.25 158.8 6.25 158.8 6.75 171.5
Steel (in) (mm) 3.00 76.2 3.50 88.9 4.00 101.6 4.25 108.0 4.25 108.0 5.00 127.0 5.50 139.7 5.50 139.7 6.00 152.4
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Bolt torques
Bolt torques for standard (hubbed) and heavy duty (hubless) flanges with ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 drilling. Size Range (in) (mm) 1-4 6 - 12 25 - 100 150 - 300 Torque Increments (ftlb) (Nm) 5 10 7 14 Final Torque (ftlb) (Nm) 20 30 28 42
Bolt torques for van Stone flanges with ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 drilling. Size Range (in) (mm) 1-2 3-4 6-8 10 - 12 25 - 50 80 - 100 150 - 200 250 - 300 Torque Increments (ftlb) (Nm) 10 10 20 20 14 14 28 28 Final Torque (ftlb) (Nm) 20 40 60 80 28 56 84 112
10
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Nuts and washers
Recommended nut and washer sizes. Bolt Size (in) (mm) .50 12.7 .62 15.8 .75 19.1 .88 22.4 1.00 25.4 1.12 28.5 1.25 31.7 1.38 35.1 1.50 38.1 1.62 41.1 Nut Thickness (in) (mm) .46 11.7 .56 14.2 .64 16.3 .75 19.1 .86 21.8 .97 24.6 1.06 26.9 1.18 30.0 1.28 32.5 1.59 40.4 Washer Thickness (in) (mm) .12 3.0 .12 3.0 .16 4.1 .16 4.1 .16 4.1 .16 4.1 .16 4.1 .16 4.1 .16 4.1 .16 4.1 Washer OD (in) (mm) 1.06 26.9 1.31 33.3 1.47 37.3 1.75 44.5 2.00 50.8 2.25 57.2 2.50 63.5 2.75 69.8 3.00 76.2 3.50 88.9
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 hubbed and heavy-duty (HD) flanges

D F
L BC Ds
Thickness (D) (in) (mm) . . 1.00 25.4 1.12 28.5 1.25 31.8 1.75 44.4 2.00 50.8 2.00 50.8 2.12 53.9
Wt. (Hubbed Flange) (lb) (kg) . . 1.6 .72 2.5 1.13 3.9 1.78 6.4 2.88 10.0 4.50 14.0 6.30 23.0 10.40
Wt. (HD Flange) (lb) (kg) 1.1 .50 2.3 1.04 2.9 1.31 4.0 1.80 6.1 2.70 10.0 4.50 11.0 5.00 21.0 9.50 32.0 14.40
. . . . .
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 Blind flanges

D

1 25 40 50 40 100 150 200 250 300 112 2 3
BC A
Flange OD A (in) (mm)

4.25 5.00 6.00 7.50 9.00 11.00 13.50 16.00 19.00 108.0 127.0 152.4 190.5 228.6 279.4 342.9 406.4 482.6
Bolt Circle BC (in) (mm)

3.13 3.87 79.4 98.4
Overall Bolt Hole Thickness Diameter D F (in) (mm) (in) (mm)

0.98 0.98 1.18 1.18 1.38 1.58 1.77 1.97 2.36 25 25 30 30 35 40 45 50 60 0.63 0.63 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.87 0.87 1.00 1.00 15.9 15.9 19.1 19.1 19.1 22.2 22.2 25.4 25.4
Bolt Bolt Size Count (in) (mm) qty.

0.50 0.50 0.50 0.62 0.62 0.75 0.75 0.88 0.88 12.7 12.7 12.7 15.8 15.8 19.1 19.1 22.6 22.6 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 12 12
4.75 120.7 6.00 152.4 7.50 190.5 9.50 241.3 11.75 298.5 14.25 362.0 17.00 431.8
4 6 8 10 12
11
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 Common flange dimensions

F D
L BC Ds
Flange OD A (in) (mm) 4.88 124.0 6.12 155.5 6.00 152.4 8.25 209.6 10.00 254.0 12.50 317.5 15.00 381.0 17.50 444.5 20.50 520.7
Bolt Circle BC (in) (mm) 3.50 88.9 4.50 114.3 5.00 127.0 6.62 168.1 7.88 200.2 10.62 269.8 13.00 330.2 15.25 387.4 17.75 450.9
Overall Thickness D (in) (mm) 1.10 27.9 1.38 35.1 2.00 50.8 2.00 50.8 2.00 50.8 2.38 60.5 2.62 66.6 2.88 73.2 3.12 79.3
Bolt Hole Diameter F (in) (mm) .75 19.1 .88 22.4 .75 19.1 .88 22.4 .88 22.4 .88 22.4 1.00 25.4 1.12 28.5 1.25 31.8
Bolt Bolt Size Count (in) (mm) qty. .32 8.1 4 .75 19.1 4 .62 15.7 8 .75 19.1 8 .75 19.1 8 .75 19.1 12 .88 22.4 12 1.00 25.4 16 1.12 28.5 16
Appropriate bolt lengths for ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 flanges may be found in the ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 bolt length table under the heavy-duty and heavy-duty van Stone entries.
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 Heavy-duty flanges and van Stone flanges
Loose ring (van Stone) flanges for Bondstrand Series 2000M IPS pipe and hubless (heavy-duty) flanges. van Stone Flange Setback G (in) (mm) 0.38 9.65 0.38 9.65 0.38 9.65 0.50 12.70 0.87 22.10 1.00 25.40 1.12 28.45 Hubless Flange Weight (lb) (kg) 1.5 0.64 2.3 1.04 3.7 1.68 5.7 2.58 8.1 3.67 14.0 6.35 20.0 9.07 28.0 12.70 41.0 18.60
D G
L BC Ds A
Thickness E (in) (mm) 0.75 19.05 0.88 22.35 0.88 22.35 1.00 25.40 1.12 28.45 1.31 33.27 1.50 38.10
Weight (lb) (kg)
1.6 0.73 2.8 1.27 5.1 2.31 7.0 3.18 12.0 5.44 16.0 7.26 26.0 11.79
ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 Bolt torques
Bolt torques for van Stone flanges with ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 drilling. For hubless (heavy-duty) ANSI B16.5 Cl. 300 flanges, use bolt torques for ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 van Stone flanges. Size Range (in) (mm) 2 3-4 6 8 - 10 12 50 80 - 100 150 200 - 250 300 Torque Increments (ftlb) (Nm) 10 10 20 20 20 14 14 28 28 28 Final Torque (ftlb) (Nm) 30 40 60 80 100 42 56 84 112 136
Important notice
FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP HEADQUARTERS P .O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
12
1997 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP733A (5/01) 5M[186]

Suspended Fire Protection System in Commissary Building

with Bondstrand PSXL3 polysiloxane-phenolic fiberglass pipe and filament-wound fittings
La Salina, Estado Zulia, Venezuela PDVSA Oil & Gas Fire water system Bondstrand PSXL3 pipe and fittings in 2" & 4"; Bondstrand 3000A
FP261 (3/98)
"! Bondstrand PSXL3 pipe and fittings provide protection not only from fire, but also from dense smoke and toxic emissions in the event of a fire. #! Bondstrand PSXL3 pipe and fittings installed above the ceiling in commissary building.
Pipe system
PDVSA looked to Bondstrand PSXL3 piping to provide a high measure of safety for the fire protection system in its commissary in Venezuela. This marks the first onshore use of Bondstrand PSX piping. Extensive testing of Ameron's patented polysiloxane resin system has demonstrated not only its superior fire resistance, but also, very low smoke density and low toxic emissions. Approximately 1100 meters (3600 feet) of 2- and 4-inch diameter Bondstrand PSXL3 and Bondstrand 3000A pipe and fittings were installed in the fire protection system of this commissary. Bondstrand 3000A transports water from the main water pipeline to the fire water system. The PSXL3 piping is installed above the ceiling as part of the sprinkler system.
Advantages
These factors provide an advantage for Bondstrand over steel pipe. Corrosion resistance - Bondstrand is inherently resistant to corrosion and scale build up. It exhibits excellent flow characteristics with a Hazen Williams rating of 150. Bondstrand also provides excellent protection against external corrosion in this marine environment. It will not require frequent replacement due to corrosion. Ease of installation - Light weight fiberglass is easy to handle and install. Amerontrained crews completed the installation. Fire resistance - Bondstrand PSXL3 provides excellent fire resistance coupled with low smoke density and toxic emissions.
Technical support
Ameron Technical Service provided installation training. This ensured that the proper techniques were utilized during installation.

Group Headquarters P .O. Box 801148 Houston TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron-net.com Fiberglass Pipe Division-Asia Ameron Pte. Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 2263 Tel: 65-861 6118 Fax: 65-862 1302/861 7834 Fiberglass Pipe Division-Europe Ameron B.V. J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 587-587 Fax: +31 345 587 561 Telex: 40257 bonds nl Fiberglass Pipe Division-U.S.A. P.O. Box 878 Burkburnett, Texas 76354 Tel: (817) 569-1471 Fax: (817) 569-2764
Double containment without doubling the cost.
BondstrandCX:
one-piece design, featuring integral containment layer, reduces installation time and labor costs.
merons BondstrandCX features a proprietary double-wall, coaxial design that provides integral containment of a wide variety of chemicals. Between the primary pipe and the protective fiberglass outer wall is a porous layer of inert granular material that creates a tight interstitial space. Should a leak occur in the primary system, only a minimal volume of liquid would set off detection sensors.
This one-piece design needs no centralizers, and its slim profile often allows replacement of existing single-wall systems in the same pipe racks or trenches without extensive modification or expansion. Bondstrand CX is very lightweight: a 6" double-wall system weighs 50% less than a conventional 10" over 6" system and 30% less than a minimal 8" over 6" double-wall system. The pipe is easy to install using standard Ameron procedures: once the primary has been tested, you merely apply adhesive to the secondary closures, snap them in place and allow them to cure. These features add up to real cost savings. Now theres no need to compromise with cheaper materials that may not do the job. You can have all the strength and reliability of fiberglass and save money. BondstrandCX saves time, saves space and saves your budget.
Fiberglass Pipe Group 5300 HollisterSuite 111, Houston, Texas 77040 713/690-7777Fax 713/690-2842 www.ameron-net.com

BondstrandCX* Rigid Fiberglass Coaxial Double Containment Pipe & Fittings

for hazardous or corrosive chemicals in buried or aboveground installations
Chemical process piping Drain systems Waste lines Hazardous waste Heavy-metal effluents
Description
BondstrandCX is a one-piece double wall rigid fiberglass double containment system. The pipe and fittings are filament-wound fiberglass reinforced thermosetting resin. The double wall design provides exceptional impact resistance, making BondstrandCX suitable for corrosion and abuse prone applications where single wall fiberglass pipe would not be suitable.
EXTERIOR COATING SECONDARY CONTAINMENT SEAL POROUS LAYER EXT. COATING PRIMARY LINER
Figure 1.
ISO-9001 Between the primary pipe and the secondary pipe is a porous layer of inert granular material. This small interstitial space affords rapid leak detection with a minimal amount of fluid.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
*Patent applied for
FP741B (7/00)
Description (contd)
EXTERIOR COATING SECONDARY CONTAINMENT SEAL POROUS LAYER EXT. COATING PRIMARY FITTING
Figure 2.
For filament wound fittings, coaxial fittings maintain the same type of interstitial space as on the pipe. Separate, easy to install closure pieces permit visual inspection of the primary bond during testing. The closures are then set in place and bonded to securely close the containment piping.
Figure 3. 45 Elbow 90 Elbow Closure
Tee Coupling
Clamshell fittings are available in 2-through 4-inch sizes in 90 elbow, 45 elbow, tee, coupling and termination configurations. 2-piece fittings are bonded in place after primary testing is complete. BondstrandCX is available in all Bondstrand piping systems. Diameters range from 1- to 16-inches (25 to 400 mm).
Advantages
Dual wall design yields high impact resistance. One-piece design is more economical to install than traditional containment systems Small interstitial space provides rapid leak detection. Only a small volume of leaked fluid is needed to reach a detection point to trigger an alarm. Pipe and fittings are lighter weight than standard double containment piping. Secondary closure pieces are adhesive-bonded in minutes. Double contained piping system can be installed in significantly less time than a traditional containment system. Integral containment layer produces a small profile. BondstrandCX is ideal for close tolerance installations. Fittings laying length is identical to that of a single wall fitting of the primary diameter. Fittings can be placed in close proximity. Pipe and fittings are fiberglass reinforced thermosetting resin for outstanding resistance to corrosion. Full range of fittings Available in all Bondstrand pipe series Bill of materials determined in same manner as single pipe system.
Piping series information
Specific information on the service capabilities of the primary system piping may be found in the product data sheet (PDS) for the individual series: Bondstrand PDS Series No. 2000 3000A 3200 4000 5000 7000 Resin System Temp (F/C) 250/120 210/99 150/68 250/120 200/92 Press (psi/bar) 150/10 150/10 200/14 150/10 150/10 150/10 Liner (mil) 20 Service
FP163 epoxy FP516 epoxy FP99 epoxy FP215 epoxy FP216 vinyl ester
FP305 electrically 210/99 conductive
Moderately corrosive media 20-25 General industrial 20-25 General industrial 50 Severely corrosive media 50 Severely corrosive media Antistatic piping for refined hydro carbons and jet fuel
90 elbows
Ds
Fittings are filament wound unless otherwise indicated. Weights are dependent upon materials used in piping. Centerline to Face B (in/mm) 3.62 4.44 4.82 6.32 7.82 11.25 14.50 17.75 21.00 17.62 19.62 91.95 112.78 122.43 160.53 198.63 285.75 368.30 450.85 533.40 447.55 498.35 Laying Length L1 (in/mm) 2.56 3.19 3.00 4.50 6.00 9.00 12.00 15.00 18.00 14.12 15.62 65.02 81.03 76.20 114.30 152.40 228.60 304.80 381.00 457.20 358.65 396.75 Socket Depth Ds (in/mm) 1.06 26.92 1.25 31.75 1.82 46.23 1.82 46.23 1.82 46.23 2.25 57.15 2.50 63.50 2.75 69.85 3.00 76.20 3.50 88.90 4.00 101.60
Nominal Size (in/mm) 1 25 1.5 40 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400
1
Primary Piping System
45 elbows
B L Ds
1
Tees
B L Ds
1
45 laterals
Fittings are filament wound unless otherwise indicated. Weights are dependent upon materials used in piping. Laying Length L11 (in/mm) 2.50 3.00 3.00 3.50 4.50 5.00 5.50 5.50 5.50 63.50 76.20 76.20 88.90 114.30 127.00 139.70 139.70 139.70 Laying Length L21 (in/mm) 8.00 10.00 12.00 14.50 17.50 20.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 203.20 254.00 304.80 368.30 444.50 520.70 622.30 622.30 622.30 Socket Depth Ds (in/mm) 1.82 46.23 1.82 46.23 1.82 46.23 2.25 57.15 2.50 63.50 2.75 69.85 3.00 76.20 3.50 88.90 4.00 101.60
Nominal Size (in/mm) 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

1
L2 L1
Ds
50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Couplings
t Ds
Fittings are filament wound unless otherwise indicated. Weights are dependent upon materials used in piping. Face to Face A (in/mm) 2.50 2.88 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.88 5.38 5.88 6.38 7.75 8.75 63.50 73.15 101.60 101.60 101.60 123.95 136.65 149.35 162.05 196.85 222.25 Pipe Stop t (in/mm) 0.38 9.65 0.38 9.65 0.38 9.65 0.38 9.65 0.38 9.65 0.38 9.65 0.38 9.65 0.38 9.65 0.38 9.65 0.75 19.04 0.75 19.04 Socket Depth Ds (in/mm) 1.06 26.92 1.25 31.75 1.82 46.23 1.82 46.23 1.82 46.23 2.25 57.15 2.50 63.50 2.75 69.85 3.00 76.20 3.50 88.90 4.00 101.60
Tapered Body Reducers

L Ds1 Ds2
Fittings are filament wound unless otherwise indicated. Weights are dependent upon materials used in piping. Laying Length L (in/mm) 1.25 2.50 1.25 3.00 2.12 3.00 2.88 3.81 3.69 5.44 3.88 4.62 4.12 5.88 5.38 7.25 7.00 6.50 6.00 31.75 63.50 31.75 76.20 53.85 76.20 73.15 96.77 93.73 138.18 98.55 117.35 104.65 149.35 136.65 184.15 177.80 165.10 152.40 Socket Depth Ds1 (in/mm) 1.06 1.06 1.12 1.25 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 2.25 2.25 2.50 2.50 2.75 2.75 3.00 3.00 3.50 26.92 26.92 28.45 31.75 46.23 46.23 46.23 46.23 46.23 46.23 57.15 57.15 63.50 63.50 69.85 69.85 76.20 76.20 88.90 Socket Depth Ds2 (in/mm) 1.25 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 2.25 2.25 2.50 2.50 2.75 2.75 3.00 3.00 3.50 3.50 4.00 4.00 31.75 46.23 46.23 46.23 46.23 46.23 46.23 57.15 57.15 63.50 63.50 69.85 69.85 76.20 76.20 88.90 88.90 101.60 101.60
Nominal Size (in/mm) 1.5x1 40x25 2x1 50x25 2x1.5 50x40 3x1.5 80x40 3x2 80x50 4x2 100x50 4x3 100x80 6x3 150x80 6x4 150x100 8x4 200x100 8x6 200x150 10x6 250x150 10x8 250x200 12x8 300x200 12x10 300x250 14x10 350x250 14x12 350x300 16x12 400x300 16x14 400x350
Quick-Lock Reducing Tees

L1 Ds1
Fittings are filament wound unless otherwise indicated. Weights are dependent upon materials used in piping. Laying Length L1 (in/mm) 3.38 4.12 4.12 5.62 5.62 5.62 7.00 7.00 7.00 8.50 8.50 8.50 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 85.85 105 105 143 143 143 178 178 178 216 216 216 254 254 254 254 267 267 267 267 292 292 292 292 292 Laying Length L2 (in/mm) 3.00 3.50 3.88 4.50 4.88 5.12 5.88 6.38 6.62 7.25 7.62 8.00 8.12 8.62 9.00 9.50 9.62 10.00 10.50 11.00 10.38 10.75 11.12 11.62 11.50 76 89 98 114 124 130 149 162 168 184 194 203 206 219 229 241 244 254 267 279 264 273 283 295 292 Socket Depth Ds1 (in/mm) 1.82 1.82 1.82 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.75 2.75 2.75 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 46 46 46 57 57 57 63 63 63 69 69 69 76 76 76 76 89 89 89 89 101 101 101 101 101 Socket Depth Ds2 (in/mm) 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 2.25 1.82 2.25 2.50 1.82 2.25 2.50 2.75 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.50 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 57 46 57 63 46 57 63 69 57 63 69 76 57 63 69 76 89
Nominal Size (in/mm) 3x3x2 4x4x2 4x4x3 6x6x2 6x6x3 6x6x4 8x8x3 8x8x4 8x8x6 10x10x4 10x10x6 10x10x8 12x12x4 12x12x6 12x12x8 12x12x10 14x14x6 14x14x8 14x14x10 14x14x12 16x16x6 16x16x8 16x16x10 16x16x12 16x16x14 80x80x50 100x100x50 100x100x80 150x150x50 150x150x80 150x150x100 200x200x80 200x200x100 200x200x150 250x250x100 250x250x150 250x250x200 300x300x100 300x300x150 300x300x200 300x300x250 350x350x150 350x350x200 350x350x250 350x350x300 400x400x150 400x400x200 400x400x250 400x400x300 400x400x350
L2
Ds2
Clamshell Fittings
L
Vinyl ester molded clamshell. Min. Insertion Face to Depth End of Taper C E (in/mm) (in/mm) 1.35 34 2.76 70 1.35 34 2.54 64 1.35 34 3.44 87
C E 90 Elbow
Nominal Size (in/mm) 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150
Length L (in/mm) 6.51 165 7.79 198 8.75 222
C E 45 Elbow
Length L (in/mm) 5.88 149 7.01 178 7.48 190
C E Tee
Length L (in/mm) 6.51 165 7.79 198 8.75 222
A L
Vinyl ester molded clamshell. Face to Face A (in/mm) 12.75 324 12.81 325 12.25 311 Laying Length L (in/mm) 7.25 184 7.81 198 5.38 136 Min. Insertion Depth C (in/mm) 1.35 34 1.35 34 1.35 34 Face to End of Taper E (in/mm) 2.76 70 2.54 64 3.44 87
Coupling E
A L
Vinyl ester molded clamshell. Face to Face A (in/mm) 3.75 95 3.75 95 3.75 95 Laying Length L (in/mm) 1.05 27 1.05 27 1.05 27 Min. Insertion Depth C (in/mm) 1.35 34 1.35 34 1.35 34
Terminator
Note: This Clamshell is available with standard air valve for testing the secondary containment.
Drains
Floor drains are sized to fit 8-inch Quick-Lock bell ends in the secondary and containment and either 4 or 6-inch Quick-Lock spigot ends in the primary. Smaller primary line sizes can be accommodated by using Quick-Lock reducer bushings. Refer to BONDSTRAND FITTINGS PRODUCT DATA SHEET, FP282, for bushing dimensions.
9.87 8.75 4.00 1.50 5.00 Ds Fits 4-inch QL spigot Fits 8-inch QL bell 1.50 5.00 Ds Fits 6-inch QL spigot Fits 8-inch QL bell 9.87 8.75 6.00
Nominal Pipe Size (in) 2 3 4 6 8
Bell Depth Ds (in) 1.82 1.82 1.82 2.25 2.50
Important notice
GROUP HEADQUARTERS P .O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com

1997 Ameron FP741B (7/00) supercedes FP741 (8/99) 5M [186]

MEK Floor Drain Lines

with Bondstrand CX 2000 no shave fiberglass pipe fittings
Tuscon, Arizona Immations MEK Floor Drain Lines
FP842 (11/99)
Pipe system
Approximately 200 feet 3 thru 6-inch diameter, Bondstrand CX Series 2000 no shave pipe and filament-wound fittings with secondary closures were installed.
Comments from the installing contractor estimated over 50% reduction in installation time when compared to double wall steel.
No shaving tools were required to install the system. The secondary system was closed using a two piece, filamentwound closure. Note the compact assembly allowed by coaxial design of fittings.
Advantages
Corrosion resistance - Bondstrand is inherently resistant to corrosion and scale build up. It exhibits excellent flow characteristics with a Hazen Williams rating of 150. CX Pipe allows faster leak detection through the small interstitial space. CX Pipe has a greater impact resistance than single wall piping. Installation time was cut by over 50%. No Shave pipe requires no shaving tools. Uses same dependable QL design. CX Fittings have same laying length as primary, allowing fittings to be assembled in close proximity.

Large Diameter Pipe in Refinery Fire Protection Piping

with Bondstrand Series 3400 fiberglass pipe & fittings with Key-Lock joining system
Cartagena, Colombia Ecopetrol Fire protection piping Bondstrand Series 3400 pipe, filament wound Key-Lock fittings, up to 36 (900 mm); Series 3200L, 4" through 16" (100 mm-400 mm) with FP346 (4/98) Pronto-Lock II joining system
"! Right, 16" Bondstrand 3200L provides fire protection line to refinery plant.
"! Far right, worker inspects 36" Bondstrand Series 3400 prior to installation.
Pipe system
Over 50,000 feet (15,250 m) of 4- through 36-inch diameter, Bondstrand Series 3400 pipe with Key-Lock fittings and Series 3200L with Pronto-Lock joining system were installed in the fire protection system of this refinery in Colombia. The refinery is located in a subtropical region and close to the Caribbean Ocean. The highly corrosive marine environment, combined with a high water table in the area caused the original steel line to corrode and fail. Ameron's FM-approved and UL Listed Bondstrand fiberglass piping systems are inherently resistant to external corrosion. Bondstrand, used successfully in a variety of marine applications, is able to withstand the harsh marine climate. The mechanical joining systems lowered installation costs by about 60%. No cathodic protection was required.
Advantages
Corrosion resistance - Bondstrand is inherently resistant to corrosion and scale build up. It exhibits excellent flow characteristics with a Hazen Williams rating of 150. Ease of installation - Using a mechanical joining system eliminated the need for welding or complicated joining systems requiring highly-trained crews. Cost savings - Bondstrand reduced the installationcost by about 60%
Bondstrand LD Case History

Crooked Creek Odor Control Reclamation Facility

using Bondstrand Large Diameter Vinyl Ester fiberglass pipe and fittings
Location Client Product

Fiberglass - Composite Pipe Group - Headquarters P .O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
Gwinett County, Georgia Crooked Creek Reclamation Facility Installed By: Alcon Associates 36-, 42- and 60-inch Vinyl Ester Duct
Asia Ameron (Pte) Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 639407 Tel: 65 861 6118 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 info@ameron.com.sg Europe Ameron B.V. J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: +31 345 587 561 info@ameron-fpg.nl Americas P .O. Box 878 Burkburnett, TX 76354 Tel: (940) 569-1471 Fax: (940) 569-2764 Centron International P .O. Box 490 600 FM 1195 South Mineral Wells, Texas 76068 Tel: (940) 325-1341 Fax: (940) 325-9681 http://www.centrongre.com
FP867 (11/00)

Odor Control FRP Duct

Deer Island, Massachusetts Deer Island Waste Water Treatment Plant, Batteries C & D Installed by: Worcester Air Conditioning 14 through 66-inch Vinyl Ester Duct
Asia Ameron (Pte) Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 639407 Tel: 65 861 6118 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 info@ameron.com.sg
Europe Ameron B.V. J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: +31 345 587 561 info@ameron-fpg.nl
Americas P .O. Box 878 Burkburnett, TX 76354 Tel: (940) 569-1471 Fax: (940) 569-2764
Centron International P .O. Box 490 600 FM 1195 South Mineral Wells, Texas 76068 Tel: (940) 325-1341 Fax: (940) 325-9681 http://www.centrongre.com
FP868 (11/00)

Cooling Tower Distribution Header

Geismar, Louisiana Geismar Olefin Plant Installed by: Union Texas Petrochemical Co. Large Diameter Vinyl Ester Duct
FP869 (11/00)

FRP Elevator Castings for Buckhead MARTA Station

Atlanta, Georgia Buckhead MARTA Station Installed by: Kenneth Haire 24-inch Vinyl Ester Elevator Castings
FP870 (11/00)

FRP Duct for Scrubbers in Precious Metals Recovery

Seneca, South Carolina Englehard Chemical Company Installed by: Davis Mechanical Contractors, Inc. 4- through 48-inch Vinyl Ester Duct
FP871 (11/00)

Fittings Dimensions
for Bondstrand Series 2000, 4000, 5000, and 7000 fiberglass piping systems in 1 through 16-inch sizes
Table of contents
Introduction.......................................................................02 Manufacturing methods ...................................................02 Assembly instructions ......................................................02 90 elbows.........................................................................03 90 flanged elbows............................................................03 90 combination elbows ...................................................04 45 elbows.........................................................................04 45 flanged elbows............................................................05 45 combination elbows ...................................................05 221/2 elbows .....................................................................05 Tees ...................................................................................06 Reducing tees ...................................................................06 Flanged tees......................................................................07 Combination tees..............................................................07 Flanged reducing tees.......................................................08 45 laterals.........................................................................08 45 flanged laterals............................................................09 Tapered body reducers .....................................................09 Flanged tapered body reducers ........................................10 Combination reducers (flanged small end)........................10 Combination reducers (flanged large end) ........................11 Pipe nipples.......................................................................11 Couplings and end caps ...................................................12 Crosses .............................................................................12 Flanges..............................................................................13 Reducing flanges ..............................................................13 Blind flanges......................................................................14 Heavy-duty flanges ...........................................................14 Orifice flanges ...................................................................14 Maintenance couplings.....................................................15 Adapters (threaded and Victaulic) .....................................15 Molded plugs ....................................................................15 Molded reducer bushings .................................................16 Blank saddles....................................................................16 Reducing saddles (flanged and Quick-Lock outlets) .......17 Reducing saddles (bushed outlets)...................................18 Pressure ratings for fittings................................................19 Important note...................................................................20 FP 282A (5/98)
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Introduction
Tolerance for centerline-to-face dimensions on fittings with flanged ends is 1/8 inch; for centerline-to-face dimensions with bell-end fittings 116 inch: and for angular measures is 1. Shipping weights are approximate. The Quick-Lock bell end has a 1/2 taper and is the standard end configuration. All other end configurations, including size reductions, are made to order. Flanges are drilled in accordance with ANSI B16.5, Class 150. Other drillings specifications are available upon request. For pressure and temperature ratings; refer to product data sheet for specific series.
Manufacturing methods
Filament winding
Material Epoxy resin Vinylester resin Glass fibers
Compression molding
Machining
Epoxy resin Vinylester resin Discontinuous glass fibers 316 stainless steel
Applicable Fittings Elbows, tees, couplings Flanges, laterals, nipples Saddles, crosses, reducers Maintenance couplings Special angle fittings Flanges, bushings, plugs Caps, blind flanges Elbows, 45, 90; tees Eccentric reducers Orifice flanges Saddles for reductions
Assembly instructions
Consult the following publications for installation details regarding Bondstrand Series 2000, 4000, 5000, 5020 and 7000 piping systems: Quick-Lock Adhesive-bonded Bell and Spigot Joints, FP170. Contains instructions for preparing the Quick-Lock adhesive joint, using end preparation tools, applying and curing adhesives and mounting Bondstrand flanges on fiberglass pipe. Usage instructions for the various Bondstrand adhesives are included in the adhesive kits. Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand fiberglass flanges, FP196. Contains information pertinent to selection of gaskets, nuts, washers, and bolts when joining Bondstrand fiberglass flanges to fiberglass flanges and to flanges of other materials. Includes recommended bolt torques and bolt tightening sequence diagrams. Maintenance Coupling Assembly for butt-end joints, FP199. Assembly instructions for the Bondstrand maintenance coupling.
90 elbows
Fittings are filament wound unless otherwise indicated. Fittings marked with an asterisk (*) are molded.
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 01 25 112 40 02 50 03 80 Laying Length (L) in. mm 2.56 65 03.19 81 03.00 76 02.01* 51 04.50 114 02.61* 66 06.00 152 03.69* 94 09.00 229 05.25* 133 12.00 305 15.00 381 18.00 457 14.12 359 15.62 397 Overall Length (B) in. mm 3.62 04.44 04.82 03.83 06.32 04.43 07.82 05.51 11.25 07.50 14.50 17.75 21.00 17.62 19.62 92 113 122 97 161 113 199 140 286 191 368 451 533 448 498 Socket Depth (Ds) in. mm 1.06 1.25 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 2.25 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.50 4.00 27 32 46 46 46 46 46 46 57 57 64 70 76 89 102 Approx Wt lb. kg 1 1 1 1 3 2 4 3 8 7 15 25 41 37 68 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.4 0.9 1.8 1.4 3.6 3.2 6.8 11.3 18.6 16.8 30.8
04 100 06 150 41 08 10 12 14 16 200 250 300 350 400
90 flanged elbows
Flanged 90 elbows feature filament-wound bodies and filament-wound (f/w) or molded (m) flanges. They are available in ANSI short-radius (s/r) or long-radius (l/r) laying lengths. Flanged short-radius elbows meeting ANSI laying lengths are not available in 1, 11/2, 14 or 16 inch sizes. Fittings marked with two asterisks (**) are available only with filament-wound flanges.
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 1 25 11 2 40 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 Radius Type Laying Length (L) in. mm 5.00** 127** 6.00** 152 4.50 114 6.50 165 5.50 140 7.75 197 6.50 165 9.00 229 8.00 203 11.50 292 9.00 229 14.00 356 11.00 279 16.50 419 12.00 305 19.00 483 21.50** 546 12.00** 305 Flange Thickness At Face At Hub (t) (D) in. mm in. mm 1.13 1.38 1.00 1.00 1.13 1.13 1.25 1.25 1.75 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.13 2.13 2.81 3.25 29 35 25 25 29 29 32 32 44 44 51 51 51 51 54 54 71 83 1.13 1.38 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.38 2.38 2.63 2.63 2.88 2.88 3.13 3.13 3.81 4.25 29 35 51 51 51 51 51 51 60 60 67 67 73 73 80 80 97 108 Approx Wt Flange Type (m) (f/w) lb. kg lb. kg 5 5 8 9 11 13 22 26 35 41 50 57 82 91 2.3 2.3 3.6 4.1 5.0 5.9 10.0 11.8 15.9 18.6 22.7 25.9 37.2 41.3 1 1 4 5 7 8 10 12 18 22 29 37 43 54 77 86 150 180 0.5 0.5 1.8 2.3 3.2 3.6 4.5 5.4 8.2 10.0 13.2 16.8 19.5 24.5 34.9 39.0 68.0 81.6
L t
l/r l/r s/r l/r s/r l/r s/r l/r s/r l/r s/r l/r s/r l/r s/r l/r l/r l/r
90 combination elbows
Only center-to-flange-face dimensions correspond to ANSI laying lengths. The fitting body is filament wound; flanges are available in molded (m) or filamentwound (f/w) variants. Dimensions marked with an asterisk (*) indicate molded flanges. Fittings marked with two asterisks (**) are available only with filamentwound flanges.
Overall Length (B) in. mm 3.37 4.44 6.56 8.56 7.56 9.81 8.56 11.31 10.50 14.00 11.75 16.75 14.00 19.50 15.25 22.25 17.62 19.62 86 113 167 217 192 249 217 287 267 356 298 425 356 495 387 565 448 498 Laying Length (L) in. mm 2.31 3.19 4.75 6.75 5.75 8.00 6.75 9.25 8.25 11.75 9.25 14.25 11.25 16.75 12.25 19.25 14.12 15.62 59 81 121 171 146 203 171 235 210 298 235 362 286 425 311 489 359 397 Socket Depth (Ds) in. mm 1.06 27 1.25 32 1.81 46 1.81 46 1.81 46 1.81 46 1.81 46 2.06 52 2.25 57 2.25 57 2.50 64 2.50 64 2.75 70 2.75 70 3.00 76 3.00 76 3.50 89 4.00 102 4 4 6 6 8 10 16 20 26 32 38 45 61 70 Approx Wt Flange Type (m) (f/w) lb. kg lb. kg 1.8 1.8 2.7 2.7 3.6 4.5 7.3 9.1 11.8 14.5 17.2 20.4 27.7 31.8 2 3 3 4 5 6 8 10 14 18 23 31 34 45 61 70 85 104 0.9 1.4 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.7 3.6 4.5 6.4 8.2 10.4 14.1 15.4 20.4 27.7 31.8 38.6 47.2
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 01 25 0112 40 02 50 03 80 04 100 06 150 08 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400
Radius Type
Laying Length (A) in. mm 127 152 114 165 140 197 165 229 203 292 229 356 279 419 305 483 546 610
Flange Thickness At Face At Hub (t) (D) in. mm in. mm 1.13** 1.38** 1.00 1.00 1.13 1.13 1.25 1.25 1.75 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.13 2.13 2.88** 3.25** 29 35 25 25 29 29 32 32 44 44 51 51 51 51 54 54 73 83 1.13 29 1.38 35 2.00 51 2.00 51 2.00 51 2.00 51 2.00 51 2.00 51 2.38 60 2.38 60 2.63 67 2.63 67 2.88 73 2.88 73 3.13 80 3.13 80 3.75 95 4.25 108
l/r l/r s/r l/r s/r l/r s/r l/r s/r l/r s/r l/r s/r l/r s/r l/r l/r l/r
5.00 6.00 4.50 6.50 5.50 7.75 6.50 9.00 8.00 11.50 9.00 14.00 11.00 16.50 12.00 19.00 21.50 24.00
45 elbows
Fittings are filament wound unless otherwise designated. Fittings marked with an asterisk (*) are molded.
Nominal Pipe Size in. mm 01 0112 02 03 04 06 08 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Laying Length (L) in. mm 0.88 1.12 1.38 1.38* 2.00 1.62* 2.50 2.42* 3.75 3.31* 5.00 6.25 7.50 4.69 5.38 22 28 35 35 51 41 64 61 95 84 127 159 191 119 137 Overall Length (B) in. mm 1.94 2.37 3.20 3.20 3.82 3.43 4.32 4.23 6.00 5.56 7.50 9.00 10.50 8.19 9.38 49 60 81 81 97 87 110 107 152 141 191 229 267 208 238 Socket Depth (Ds) in. mm 1.06 1.25 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 2.25 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.50 4.00 27 32 46 46 46 46 46 46 57 57 64 70 76 89 102 Approx Wt lb. kg 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 5 8 9 16 26 38 45 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.9 0.9 1.4 1.4 2.3 3.6 4.1 7.3 11.8 17.2 20.4
45 flanged elbows
Flanges are filament wound unless otherwise designated. Fittings marked with an asterisk (*) have molded flanges. Laying lengths meet ANSI criteria.
Nominal Pipe Size in. mm 02 03 04 06 08 10 12 14 16 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Laying Length (L) in. mm 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00 5.50 6.50 7.50 12.25** 13.94** 64 76 102 127 140 165 191 311 354 Flange Thickness At Face At Hub (t) (D) in. mm in. mm 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.13 2.81 3.25 25 29 32 44 51 51 54 71 83 2.00 51 2.00 51 2.00 51 2.38 60 2.63 67 2.88 73 3.13 80 3.81 97 4.25 108 5 7 10 21 32 50 76 Approx Wt (m) lb. kg 2.3 3.2 4.5 9.5 14.5 22.7 34.5 . (f/w) lb. kg 04 1.8 06 2.7 10 4.5 17 7.7 29 13.2 47 21.3 70 31.8 59 26.8 77 34.9
45 combination elbows
Nom Pipe Size in. mm *2 *3 *4 *6 *8 10 12 14 16 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Laying Length (A) in. mm 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00 5.50 6.50 7.50 12.25** 13.94** 64 76 102 127 140 165 191 311 354
Flanges are available in molded (m) or filament-wound (f/w) construction. Dimensions marked with an asterisk (*) indicate molded flanges.
Overall Length ) (B) in. mm 4.56 5.06 6.06 7.50 8.25 9.50 10.75 16.00* 18.20* 116 129 154 191 210 241 273 406 462 Laying Length (L) in. mm 2.75 3.25 4.25 5.25 5.75 6.75 7.75 12.50** 14.20** 70 83 108 133 146 171 197 318 361 Socket Depth (Ds) in. mm 1.82 1.82 1.82 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.50 4.00 46 46 46 57 64 70 76 89 102 Approx Wt Flange Type (m) (f/w) lb. kg lb. k 3 5 7 15 23 38 55 63 69 1.4 2.3 3.2 6.8 10.4 17.2 24.9 28.6 31.3 *3 *4 7 13 23 38 54 60 66 1.4 1.8 3.2 5.9 10.4 17.2 24.5 27.2 29.9
Flange Thickness At Face At Hub (t) (D in. mm in. mm 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.13 2.81 3.25 25 29 32 44 51 51 54 71 83 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.38 2.63 2.88 3.13 3.81 4.25 51 51 51 60 67 73 80 97 108
221/2 elbows
Fittings feature filament-wound Quick-Lock bell ends. Elbows with angles such as 111/4, 30, 60 and 75 and other special angles are available. Consult your Ameron representative.
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 1 112 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Laying Length (L) in. mm 0.38 0.38 0.81 1.00 1.12 1.12 2.25 2.62 3.00 3.25 3.50 10 10 21 25 28 28 57 67 76 83 89 Overall Length (B) in. mm 1.44 1.63 2.62 2.81 2.94 3.38 4.63 5.38 6.00 6.75 7.50 37 41 67 71 75 86 118 137 152 171 191 Socket Depth (Ds) in. mm 1.06 27 1.25 32 1.82 46 1.82 46 1.82 46 2.25 57 2.50 64 2.75 70 3.00 76 3.50 89 4.00 102 Approx Wt lb. kg 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.3 2.0 4.0 7.0 13.0 16.0 26.0 30.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.8 3.2 5.9 7.3 11.8 13.6
Tees
Fittings are filament wound unless otherwise noted. Molded fittings are indicated with an asterisk (*).
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 1 112 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Laying Length (L) in. mm 1.06 1.19 2.00* 2.50 2.69* 3.38 3.69* 4.12 5.25* 5.62 7.00 8.50 10.00 10.50 11.50 27 30 51 64 68 86 94 105 133 143 178 216 254 267 292 Overall Length (B) in. mm 2.12 2.44 3.81 4.32 4.50 5.20 5.50 5.94 7.50 7.87 9.50 11.25 13.00 14.00 15.50 54 62 97 110 114 132 140 151 191 200 241 286 330 356 394 Socket Depth (Ds) in. mm 1.06 1.25 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 2.25 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.50 4.00 27 32 46 46 46 46 46 46 57 57 64 70 76 89 102 1 1 3 2 5 4 7 5 14 11 18 32 46 65 97 Approx Wt lb. kg 0.5 0.5 1.4 0.9 2.3 1.8 3.2 2.3 6.4 5.0 8.2 14.5 20.9 29.5 44.0
Reducing tees
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 2x2x1 3x3x2 4x4x2 4x4x3 6x6x2 6x6x3 6x6x4 8x8x3 8x8x4 8x8x6 10x10x4 10x10x6 10x10x8 12x12x4 12x12x6 12x12x8 12x12x10 14x14x6 14x14x8 14x14x10 14x14x12 16x16x6 16x16x8 16x16x10 16x16x12 16x16x14 50x50x25 80x80x50 100x100x50 100x100x80 150x150x50 150x150x80 150x150x100 200x200x80 200x200x100 200x200x150 250x250x100 250x250x150 250x250x200 300x300x100 300x300x150 300x300x200 300x300x250 350x350x150 350x350x200 350x350x250 350x350x300 400x400x150 400x400x200 400x400x250 400x400x300 400x400x350 Laying Length (L1) in. mm 2.50 3.38 4.12 4.12 5.62 5.62 5.62 7.00 7.00 7.00 8.50 8.50 8.50 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00 10.50 10.50 10.50 10.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 64 86 105 105 143 143 143 178 178 178 216 216 216 254 254 254 254 267 267 267 267 292 292 292 292 292
Fittings are filament wound

Laying Length (L2) in. mm 2.25 3.00 3.50 3.88 4.50 4.88 5.12 5.88 6.12 6.62 7.25 7.62 8.00 8.12 8.62 9.00 9.50 9.62 10.00 10.50 11.00 10.38 10.75 11.12 11.62 11.50 57 76 89 99 114 124 130 149 155 168 184 194 203 206 219 229 241 244 254 267 279 264 273 282 295 292 Overall Length (B1) in. mm 4.31 5.19 5.93 5.93 7.87 7.87 7.87 9.50 9.50 9.50 11.25 11.25 11.25 13.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 109 132 151 151 200 200 200 241 241 241 286 286 286 330 330 330 330 356 356 356 356 394 394 394 394 394 Overall Length (B2) in. mm 3.31 4.81 5.31 5.68 6.31 6.69 6.93 7.69 7.94 8.87 9.06 9.87 10.50 9.93 10.87 11.50 12.25 11.87 12.50 13.25 14.00 12.63 13.25 13.87 14.62 15.00 84 122 135 144 160 170 176 195 202 225 230 251 267 252 276 292 311 301 318 337 356 321 337 352 371 381 Socket Depth (Ds1) in. mm 1.81 1.81 1.81 1.81 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.75 2.75 2.75 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 46 46 46 46 57 57 57 64 64 64 70 70 70 76 76 76 76 89 89 89 89 102 102 102 102 102 Socket Depth (Ds2) in. mm 1.06 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 2.25 1.81 2.25 2.50 1.81 2.25 2.50 2.75 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.50 27 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 57 46 57 64 46 57 64 70 57 64 70 76 57 64 70 76 89 Approx Wt lb. kg 3 4 5 5 8 9 10 14 15 17 20 24 28 30 34 38 42 45 50 55 60 70 75 80 85 90 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.3 3.6 4.1 4.5 6.4 6.8 7.7 9.1 10.9 12.7 13.6 15.4 17.2 19.1 20.4 22.7 24.9 27.2 31.8 34.0 36.3 38.6 40.8
Flanged tees
Flanges are filament wound unless otherwise noted. Molded flanges available in 2- through 12-inch sizes. Fittings noted with with asterisk (*) do not meet ANSI laying lengths. Flange thickness with double asterisk (**) represents molded flange dimension.
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 1 25 112 40 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 8 10 12 14 16 150 200 250 300 350 400 Laying Length (L) in. mm 3.50 4.00 4.50 5.50 6.50 6.50 8.00 9.00 11.00 12.00 18.00* 20.00* 89 102 114 140 . 165 165 203 229 279 305 457 508 Flange Thickness At Face At Hub (t) (D) in. mm in. mm 1.13 1.38 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.56** 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.13 2.81 3.25 29 35 25 29 32 40 44 51 51 54 71 83 1.13 1.38 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.38 2.63 2.88 3.13 3.81 4.25 29 35 51 51 51 60 67 73 80 97 108 Approx Wt lb. kg 2 3 7 11 17 17 32 47 70 114 220 280 0.9 1.4 3.2 5.0 7.7 7.7 14.5 21.3 31.8 51.7 99.8 127.0
Combination tees
Flanges are filament wound unless otherwise noted. Molded flanges are available in 2- through 12-inch sizes. Any combination of flanged or QuickLock ends is available. Fittings noted with an asterisk (*) do not match ANSI laying length dimensions. Quick-Lock bell ends in 14- and 16-inch sizes are integrally wound.
Laying Length (B) mm 1.06 1.19 4.75 5.75 6.75 8.25 9.25 11.25 12.25 10.50 11.50 27 30 121 146 171 210 235 286 311 267 292 At Face (t) in. mm 1.13 1.38 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.13 2.81 3.25 Flange Thickness At Hub (D) in. mm 1.13 1.38 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.38 2.63 2.88 3.13 3.81 4.25 29 35 51 51 51 60 67 73 80 97 108 Approx Wt 1 cplg 2 flgs lb. kg 3 4 6 10 14 28 41 61 98 130 145 1.4 1.8 2.7 4.5 6.4 12.7 18.6 27.7 44.5 59.0 65.8 3 4 5 8 12 24 35 52 82 120 130 2 cplg 1 flg lb. kg 1.4 1.8 2.3 3.6 5.4 10.9 15.9 23.6 37.2 54.4 59.0
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Laying Length (A) in. mmin 3.50 4.07 4.50 5.50 6.50 8.00 9.00 11.00 12.00 18.00* 20.00* 89 103 114 140 165 203 229 279 305 457 508
29 35 25 29 32 44 51 51 54 71 83
Flanged reducing tees
Flanges are filament wound unless otherwise noted. Molded flanges available in 2- through 12-inch sizes. Fittings with asterisk (*) do not meet ANSI laying lengths. Flange thicknesses with double asterisk (**) represent molded flange dimensions.
Laying Length (L1) in. mm Laying Length (L2) in. mm 5.50 6.50 6.50 6.50 6.50 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 11.00 11.00 11.00 11.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 14.39 15.25 16.25 17.25 15.12 16.00 16.88 17.88 19.06 140 165 165 165 165 203 203 203 203 229 229 229 229 279 279 279 279 305 305 305 305 305 366 387 413 438 384 406 429 454 484 Flange Thickness At Face At Hub (t1) (D1) in. mm in. mm 1.13 1.25 1.56** 1.25 1.56** 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.13 2.13 2.13 2.13 2.13 2.81 2.81 2.81 2.81 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 29 32 40 32 40 44 44 44 44 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 54 54 54 54 54 71 71 71 71 83 83 83 83 83 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.38 2.38 2.38 2.38 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.63 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.81 3.81 3.81 3.81 4.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 51 51 51 51 51 60 60 60 60 67 67 67 67 73 73 73 73 80 80 80 80 80 97 97 97 97 108 108 108 108 108 Flange Thickness At Face At Hub (t2) (D2) in. mm in. mm 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.13 1.13 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.56** 1.13 1.25 1.75 1.56** 1.25 1.56** 1.75 2.00 1.25 1.56** 1.75 2.00 2.00 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.13 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.13 2.81 25 25 25 29 29 25 29 32 40 29 32 44 40 32 40 44 51 32 40 44 51 51 44 51 51 54 44 51 51 54 71 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.38 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.38 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.38 2.63 2.88 2.38 2.63 2.88 3.13 2.38 2.63 2.88 3.13 3.81 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 60 51 51 51 60 51 51 51 60 67 73 60 67 73 80 60 67 73 80 97 Approx Wt lb. kg 10 15 15 16 16 25 27 29 29 32 37 42 43 50 50 57 64 75 75 85 95 105 155 170 185 200 200 215 230 245 260 4.5 6.8 6.8 7.3 7.3 11.3 12.2 13.2 13.2 14.5 16.8 19.1 19.5 22.7 22.7 25.9 29.0 34.0 34.0 38.6 43.1 47.6 70.3 77.1 83.9 90.7 90.7 97.5 104.3 111.1 117.9
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 3x3x2 4x4x2 4x4x3 6x6x2 6x6x3 6x6x4 8x8x3 8x8x4 8x8x6 10x10x4 10x10x6 10x10x8 12x12x4 12x12x6 12x12x8 12x12x10 14x14x6 14x14x8 14x14x10 14x14x12 16x16x6 16x16x8 16x16x10 16x16x12 16x16x14 80x80x50 100x100x50 100x100x80 150x150x50 150x150x80 150x150x100 200x200x80 200x200x100 200x200x150 250x250x100 250x250x150 250x250x200 300x300x100 300x300x150 300x300x200 300x300x250 350x350x150 350x350x200 350x350x250 350x350x300 400x400x150 400x400x200 400x400x250 400x400x300 400x400x350
5.50 6.50 6.50 6.50 6.50 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 11.00 11.00 11.00 11.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.00 18.00* 18.00* 18.00* 18.00* 20.00* 20.00* 20.00* 20.00* *20.00*
140 165 165 165 165 203 203 203 203 229 229 229 229 279 279 279 279 305 305 305 305 305 457 457 457 457 508 508 508 508 508
45 laterals
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Laying Length (L1) in. mm 2.50 3.00 3.00 3.50 4.50 5.00 5.50 5.50 5.50 64 76 76 89 114 127 140 140 140
Laying Length (L2) in. mm 8.00 10.00 12.00 14.50 17.50 20.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 203 254 305 368 445 521 622 622 622
Socket Depth (Ds) in. mm 1.82 46 1.82 46 1.82 46 2.25 57 2.50 64 2.75 70 3.00 76 3.50 89 4.00 102
Approx Wt lb. kg 4 7 9 15 27 47 67 87 110 1.8 3.2 4.1 6.8 12.2 21.3 30.4 39.5 49.9
45 flanged laterals
Flanges are filament wound and meet ANSI B16.5 Cl 150 requirements.
Nominal Pipe Size in. mm 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Laying Length (L1) in. mm 6.44 6.94 6.94 8.25 9.76 10.75 11.75 13.06 14.00 164 176 176 210 248 273 298 332 356 Laying Length (L2) in. mm 11.94 13.94 15.94 19.25 22.75 26.25 30.75 32.00 33.00 303 354 405 489 578 667 781 813 838 Flange Thickness At Face At Hub (t) (D) in. mm in. mm 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.13 2.81 3.25 25 29 32 44 51 51 54 71 83 2.00 51 2.00 51 2.00 51 2.38 60 2.63 67 2.88 73 3.13 80 3.81 97 4.25 108 Approx Wt lb. kg 9 4.1 14 6.4 20 9.1 34 15.4 57 25.9 89 40.4 136 61.7 201 91.2 269 122.0
Tapered body reducers

Nom Pipe Size in. mm 1 2 x1 2x1 2x112 3x2 4x2 4x3 6x3 6x4 8x4 8x6 10x6 10x8 12x8 12x10 14x10 14x12 16x12 16x14
1
Overall Length (L) in. mmin 3.56 5.38 4.32 5.75 6.62 6.50 7.88 7.75 9.75 8.63 9.62 9.37 11.38 11.12 13.50 13.50 13.50 13.50 90 137 110 146 168 165 200 197 248 219 244 238 289 282 343 343 343 343
Laying Length (L) mm 1.25 2.50 1.25 2.12 3.00 2.88 3.81 3.69 5.44 3.88 4.62 4.12 5.88 5.38 7.25 7.00 6.50 6.00 32 64 32 54 76 73 97 94 138 99 117 105 149 137 184 178 165 152
Socket Depth (Ds1) in. mm 1.06 1.06 1.25 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 2.25 2.25 2.50 2.50 2.75 2.75 3.00 3.00 3.50 27 27 32 46 46 46 46 46 46 57 57 64 64 70 70 76 76 89
Socket Depth (Ds2) in. mm 1.25 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 2.25 2.25 2.50 2.50 2.75 2.75 3.00 3.00 3.50 3.50 4.00 4.00 32 46 46 46 46 46 57 57 64 64 70 70 76 76 89 89 102 102
Approx Wt lb. kg 0.4 0.6 1.0 1.4 2.0 2.0 4.0 4.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 8.0 14.0 13.0 36 .0 37.0 54.0 57.0 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.9 0.9 1.8 1.8 3.2 3.2 4.1 3.6 6.4 5.9 16.3 16.8 24.5 25.9
40x25 50x25 20x40 80x50 100x50 100x80 150x80 150x100 200x100 200x150 250x150 250x200 300x200 300x250 350x250 350x300 400x300 400x350
Flanged tapered body reducers

Nominal Pipe Size in. mm 112x1 2x1 2x11 2 3x2* 4x2* 4x3* 6x3* 6x4* 8x4* 8x6* 10x6* 10x8* 12x8* 12x10* 14x10* 14x12* 16x12* 16x14* 40x25 50x25 20x40 80x50 100x50 100x80 150x80 150x100 200x100 200x150 250x150 250x200 300x200 300x250 350x250 350x300 400x300 400x350 Laying Length (L) in. mm 6.50 8.75 8.00 6.00 7.00 7.00 9.00 9.00 11.00 11.00 12.00 12.00 14.00 14.00 16.00 16.00 18.00 18.00 165 222 203 152 178 178 229 229 279 279 305 305 356 356 406 406 457 457
Flanges are filament wound. Flanges in 2-, 3- and 4-inch sizes are available only in heavy-duty (hubless) configuration. Molded flanges available in 2- through 12-inch sizes. Fittings with asterisk (*) meet ANSI laying lengths.
Flange Thickness At Face At Hub (t1) (D1) in. mm in. mm 1.38 1.00 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.25 1.75 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.13 2.13 2.81 2.81 3.25 3.25 35 25 25 29 32 32 44 44 51 51 51 51 54 54 71 71 83 83 1.38 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.38 2.38 2.63 2.63 2.88 2.88 3.13 3.13 3.81 3.81 4.25 4.25 35 51 51 51 51 51 60 60 67 67 73 73 80 80 97 97 108 108 Flange Thickness At Face At Hub (t2) (D2) in. mm in. mm 1.13 1.13 1.38 1.00 1.00 1.13 1.13 1.25 1.25 1.75 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.13 2.13 2.81 29 29 35 25 25 29 29 32 32 44 44 51 51 51 51 54 54 71 1.13 1.13 1.38 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.38 2.38 2.63 2.63 2.88 2.88 3.13 3.13 3.81 29 29 35 51 51 51 51 51 51 60 60 67 67 73 73 80 80 97 4 5 6 9 10 11 15 17 21 23 28 35 45 50 73 84 100 115 Approx Wt lb. kg 1.8 2.3 2.7 4.1 4.5 5.0 6.8 7.7 9.5 10.4 12.7 15.9 20.4 22.7 33.1 38.1 45.4 52.2
Combination reducers (flanged small end)

Nom Pipe Size in. mm 3x2 4x2 4x3 6x3 6x4 8x4 8x6 10x6 10x8 12x8 12x10 14x10 14x12 16x12 16x14 80x50 100x50 100x80 150x80 150x100 200x100 200x150 250x150 250x200 300x200 300x250 350x250 350x300 400x300 400x350 Laying Length* (L) in. mm 6.25 7.25 7.25 9.25 9.25 11.25 11.25 12.25 12.25 14.25 14.25 16.13 16.13 18.13 18.38 159 184 184 235 235 286 286 311 311 362 362 410 410 461 467
Flanges are filament wound with tapered body. Molded flanges available in 2- through 12-inch sizes.
Overall Length (B) in. mm 8.06 9.06 11.06 11.06 11.06 13.06 13.50 14.50 14.75 16.75 17.00 19.88 19.13 21.13 21.88 205 230 281 281 281 332 343 368 375 425 432 505 486 537 556
Flange Thickness At Face (t) in. mm 1.13 1.25 1.25 1.75 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.13 2.13 2.82 2.82 3.25 3.25 29 32 32 44 44 51 51 51 51 54 54 72 72 83 83 At Hub (D) in. mm 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.38 2.38 2.63 2.63 2.88 2.88 3.13 3.13 3.81 3.81 4.25 4.25 51 51 51 60 60 67 67 73 73 80 80 97 97 108 108 8 9 10 13 14 18 19 24 29 39 41 59 56 78 82
Approx Wt lb. kg 3.6 4.1 4.5 5.9 6.4 8.2 8.6 10.9 13.2 17.7 18.6 26.8 25.4 35.4 37.2
* Laying length is measured from contact surface to pipe stop in Quick Lock bell.
10
Combination reducers (flanged large end)

Nom Pipe Size in. mm 3x2 4x2 4x3 6x3 6x4 8x4 8x6 10x6 10x8 12x8 12x10 14x10 14x12 16x12 16x14 80x50 100x50 100x80 150x80 150x100 200x100 200x150 250x150 250x200 300x200 300x250 350x250 350x300 400x300 400x350 Laying Length* (A) Overall Length (B) in. mm 06.25 07.25 07.25 09.25 09.25 11.25 11.25 12.25 12.25 14.25 14.25 16.13 16.13 18.13 18.38 159 184 184 235 235 286 286 311 311 362 362 410 410 461 467
Standard flanges are filament wound. Molded flanges available in 2- through 12-inch sizes.
Flange Thickness At Face At Hub (t) (D) in. mm 08.06 09.06 09.06 11.25 11.25 13.75 13.75 15.00 15.00 17.25 17.25 19.88 19.88 22.38 22.38 205 230 230 286 286 349 349 381 381 438 438 505 505 568 568 Approx Wt in. mm 1.00 1.00 1.13 1.13 1.25 1.25 1.75 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.13 2.13 2.81 25 25 29 29 32 32 44 44 51 51 51 51 54 54 71 in. mm 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.38 2.38 2.63 2.63 2.88 2.88 3.81 4.25 4.25 51 51 51 51 51 51 60 60 67 67 73 73 97 108 108 07 08 09 11 13 15 17 19 26 29 34 39 47 54 66 lb. kg 3.2 3.6 4.1 5.0 5.9 6.8 7.7 8.6 11.8 13.2 15.4 17.7 21.3 24.5 29.9
* Laying length is measured from contact surface to pipe stop in Quick Lock bell.
Pipe nipples
Overall Length (A) in. mm 2.25 2.62 3.75 3.75 3.75 4.62 5.12 5.62 6.12 7.25 8.25 57 67 95 95 95 117 130 143 155 184 210
Approx Wt lb. kg 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.9 1.4 1.9 2.4 6.7 9.7 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.9 1.1 3.0 4.4
11
Couplings and end caps

Nom Pipe Size in. mm 1 11 2 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Overall Length (A) in. mm 2.50 2.88 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.88 5.38 5.88 6.38 7.75 8.75 64 73 102 102 102 124 137 149 162 197 222
Couplings are filament wound. End caps consist of filament-wound couplings with molded plugs bonded in.
Socket Depth (Ds) in. mm 1.06 1.25 1.81 1.81 1.81 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.50 4.00 27 32 46 46 46 57 64 70 76 89 102 Outside Dia (D) in. mm 1.62 2.31 2.81 3.94 5.06 7.19 9.25 11.38 13.38 14.69 16.94 41 59 71 100 129 183 235 289 340 373 430 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.75 0.75 Pipe Stop (t) in. mm 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 19 19 0.2 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.4 2.4 4.0 5.0 7.0 12.0 14.0 Approx Wt Cplg lb. kg 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.6 1.1 1.8 2.3 3.2 5.4 6.4 0.9 1.0 1.2 2.2 3.4 8.4 14.0 22.0 22.0 Cap lb. kg 0.4 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.5 3.8 6.4 10.0 10.0
Crosses
Crosses are filament wound. Mitered crosses are available in 14- and 16-in sizes. Contact Ameron for dimensions and pressure ratings.
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 Laying Length (L) in. mm 2.50 3.38 4.12 5.62 7.00 8.50 10.00 64 86 105 143 178 216 254 Socket Depth (Ds) in. mm 1.81 1.81 1.81 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 46 46 46 57 64 70 76 Approx Wt lb. kg 3 6 7 13 23 37 61 1.4 2.7 3.2 5.9 10.4 16.8 27.7
12
Flanges
Filament-wound and molded flanges correspond to ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 classification. Sealing ring thicknesses for 1- and 11/2-inch flanges are 0.035; for 2- through 8-inch flanges, 0.047; and for 10- through 16-inch flanges, 0.060, respectively. Molded flanges are indicated with an asterisk (*).See Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand fiberglass flanges, FP196, for recommendations on gasket selection, nut and washer dimensions, bolt lengths and torques, and tightening sequences.
Flange Dia (A) in. mm Bolt Circle (BC) in. mm 3.13 3.88 4.75 4.75 6.00 6.00 7.50 7.50 9.50 9.50 11.75 11.75 14.25 14.25 17.00 17.00 18.75 21.25 80 99 121 121 152 152 191 191 241 241 298 298 362 362 432 432 476 540 Laying Length (L) in. mm 0.063 0.125 0.188 0.188 0.188 0.188 0.188 0.188 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.125 0.312 0.250 2 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 6 Flange Thickness At Hub At Face (D) (t) in. mm in. mm 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.38 2.38 2.63 2.63 2.88 2.88 3.13 3.13 3.81 4.25 51 51 51 51 51 51 60 60 67 67 73 73 80 80 97 108 1.00 1.00 1.13 1.13 1.25 1.56 1.75 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.13 2.13 2.81 3.25 25 25 29 29 32 40 44 44 51 51 51 51 54 54 71 83 Socket Depth (Ds) in. mm 1.06 1.25 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 1.82 2.25 2.25 2.50 2.50 2.75 2.75 3.00 3.00 3.50 4.00 27 32 46 46 46 46 46 46 57 57 64 64 70 70 76 76 89 102 Hole Count Hole Dia in. mm 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 16 0.63 0.63 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.12 1.12 16 16 19 19 19 19 19 19 22 22 22 22 25 25 25 25 28 28 Bolt Dia in. mm 0.50 0.50 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 1.00 1.00 13 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 19 19 19 19 22 22 22 22 25 25 1 2 2 2 3 3. 4 4 7 7 10 12 14 16 22 27 37 53 Approx Wt lb. kg 0.5 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.4 1.4 1.8 1.8 3.2 3.2 4.5 5.4 6.4 7.3 10.0 12.2 16.8 24.0
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 1 25 112 40 2 50 3 80
4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400
4.25 108 5.00 127 6.00 152 6.00* 152 7.50 191 7.50* 191 9.00 229 9.00* 229 11.00 279 11.00* 279 13.50 343 13.50* 343 16.00 406 16.00* 406 19.00 483 19.00* 483 21.00 533 23.50 597
Reducing flanges
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 2x1 2 3x2 4x2 4x3 6x3 6x4 8x4 8x6 10x6 10x8 12x8 12x10
1
Reducing flanges are of molded construction. See assembly instructions for bolting and gasket recommendations. Use 12-inch drive to avoid wrench socket to flange hub interference while torquing bolts.
Bolt Circle (BC) in. mm 3.88 6.00 7.50 7.50 9.50 9.50 11.75 11.75 14.25 14.25 17.00 17.00 99 152 191 191 241 241 298 298 362 362 432 432 Laying Length (L) in. mm 0.50 13 0.12 3. 0.12 3 0.12 3 0.69 18 0.69 18 0.94 24 0.50 13 0.75 19 0.50 13 0.75 19 0.50 13 Flange Thickness At Hub At Face (D) (t) in. mm in. mm 2.38 1.93 1.93 1.93 2.50 2.50 2.75 2.75 3.00 3.00 3.25 3.25 60 49 49 49 64 64 70 70 76 76 83 83 2.38 1.12 1.25 1.25 1.75 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.12 2.12 60 28 32 32 44 44 51 51 51 51 54 54 Hole Dia (F) in. mm 1.88 1.81 1.81 1.81 1.81 1.81 1.81 2.25 2.25 2.50 3.00 3.00 48 46 46 46 46 46 46 57 57 64 76 76 Hole Socket Count Depth (Ds) in. mm 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 0.63 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 16 19 19 19 22 22 22 22 25 25 25 25 Bolt Dia in. mm 0.50 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 13 16 16 16 19 19 19 19 22 22 22 22 Approx Wt lb. kg 2 0.9 3 1.4 6 2.7 5 2.3 12 5.4 11 5.0 21 9.5 17 7.7 29 13.2 24 10.9 43 19.5 36 16.3
Flange Dia (A) in. mm 5.00 7.50 9.00 9.00 11.00 11.00 13.50 13.50 16.00 16.00 19.00 19.00 127 191 229 229 279 279 343 343 406 406 483 483
50x40 80x50 100x50 100x80 150x80 150x100 200x100 200x150 250x150 250x200 300x200 300x250
13
Blind flanges
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 Flange Dia (A) in. mm 6.00 7.50 9.00 11.00 13.50 16.00 19.00 152 191 229 279 343 406 438
Blind flanges are molded.

Bolt Circle (BC) in. mm 4.75 6.00 7.50 9.50 11.75 14.25 17.00 121 152 191 241 298 362 432 Flange Thickness At Face At Holes (D) (t) in. mm in. mm 1.18 1.25 1.43 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 30 32 36 64 70 76 83 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.13 25 29 32 44 51 51 54 Hole Count Hole Dia (F) in. mm 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.88 0.88 1.00 1.00 19 19 19 22 22 25 25 Bolt Dia in. mm 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.75 0.75 0.88 0.88 16 16 16 19 19 22 22 Approx Wt lb. kg 3 1.4 4 1.8 6 2.7 14 6.4 23 10.4 35 15.9 55 24.9
4 4 8 8 8 12 12
Heavy-duty flanges
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 1 112 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Flange Dia (A) in. mm 4.25 5.00 6.00 7.50 9.00 11.00 13.50 16.00 19.00 21.00 23.50 108 127 152 191 229 279 343 406 483 533 597 Bolt Circle (BC) in. mm 3.13 3.88 4.75 6.00 7.50 9.50 11.75 14.25 17.00 18.75 21.25 80 99 121 152 191 241 298 362 432 476 540
Heavy-duty (hubless) flanges are filament-wound.

Laying Length (L) in. mm 0.06 2 0.13 3. 0.19 5 0.19 5 0.19 5 0.13 3 0.13 3 0.13 3 0.13 3 0.31 8 0.25 6 Flange Thickness (D) in. mm 1.13 29 1.38 35 1.94 49 1.94 49 1.94 49 2.38 60 2.63 67 2.88 73 3.13 80 3.81 97 4.25 108 Socket Depth (Ds) in. mm 1.06 27 1.25 32 1.82 46 1.82 46 1.82 46 2.25 57 2.50 64 2.75 70 3.00 76 3.50 89 4.00 102 Hole Count Hole Dia (F) in. mm 0.63 0.63 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.88 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.12 1.12 16 16 19 19 19 22 22 25 25 28 28 Bolt Dia in. mm 0.50 0.50 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.75 0.75 0.88 0.88 1.00 1.00 13 13 16 16 16 19 19 22 22 25 25 1 2 3 4 6 10 14 21 32 45 59 Approx Wt lb. kg 0.5 0.9 1.4 1.8 2.7 4.5 6.4 9.5 14.5 20.4 26.8
4 4 4 4 8 8 8 12 12 12 16
Orifice flanges
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Flange Dia (A) in. mm 6.00 7.50 9.00 11.00 13.50 16.00 19.00 21.00 23.50 152 191 229 279 343 406 483 533 597 Bolt Circle (BC) in. mm 4.75 6.00 7.50 9.50 11.75 14.25 17.00 18.75 21.25 121 152 191 241 298 362 432 476 540
Orifice flanges are filament-wound.

Laying Length (L) in. mm 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.31 0.25 5 5 5 3 3 3 3 8 6 Flange Thickness Maximum Minimum (D) (F) in. mm in. mm 3.38 3.38 3.38 3.75 4.00 4.25 4.50 5.00 5.50 86 86 86 95 102 108 114 127 140 2.38 60 2.50 64 2.63 67 2.94 75 3.19 81 3.25 83 3.50 89 4.00 102 4.50 114 Socket Hole Depth Count (Ds) in. mm 1.82 46 1.82 46 1.82 46 2.25 57 2.50 64 2.75 70 3.00 76 3.50 89 4.00 102 4 4 8 8 8 12 12 12 16 Hole Dia in. mm 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.88 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.12 1.12 19 19 19 22 22 25 25 28 28 Bolt Dia in. mm 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.75 0.75 0.88 0.88 1.00 1.00 16 16 16 19 19 22 22 25 25 Approx Wt lb. kg 3 5 7 11 17 24 36 49 57 1.4 2.3 3.2 5.0 7.7 10.9 16.3 22.2 25.9
14
Maintenance couplings
Bondstrand maintenance coupling kits include inner and outer sections, hose clamp(s), and instructions for assembly (Bondstrand Installation Maintenance Coupling, FP199). Adhesive must be ordered separately.
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 1 112 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Overall Length in. mm 2.50 3.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.88 5.38 5.88 6.38 7.38 8.38 64 76 102 102 102 124 137 149 162 187 213 Pressure Rating psi. N/m2 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 1.03x106 1.03x106 1.03x106 1.03x106 1.03x106 1.03x106 1.03x106 1.03x106 1.03x106 1.03x106 1.03x106 Adhesive Kits Required 6 oz.
1
2 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 6 8
Adapters (threaded and Victaulic)
Filament-wound adapters are available in Quick-Lock bell x NPT threaded male (M), and Quick-Lock bell x Victaulic male end (V) configurations.
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 1 112 2 3 25 40 50 80 End Type Overall Length (A) in. mm 2.38 2.81 3.57 4.16 4.36 5.00 4.63 5.19 4.67 6.00 60 71 91 106 111 127 118 132 119 152 Socket Depth (Ds) in. mm 0.87 1.37 1.81 1.81 1.81 1.81 1.81 1.81 2.25 2.25 22 35 46 46 46 46 46 46 57 57 Inside Dia (B) in. mm 0.76 19 1.43 36 1.89 48 1.89 48 2.80 71 2.80 71 3.89 99 3.89 99 5.90 150 5.90 150 Approx Wt lb. kg 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.2 1.6 1.6 2.6 2.6 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.7 1.2 1.2
4 100 6 150
M M M V M V M V M V
Molded plugs
50 psi maximum
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 Total Thickness (A) in. mm 1.94 1.94 1.94 2.38 2.63 2.88 3.13 49 49 49 60 67 73 80 Approx Wt lb. kg 0.6 1.3 2.0 6.0 10.0 17.0 27.0 0.3 0.6 0.9 2.7 4.5 7.7 12.2
15
Molded reducer bushings
Nom Pipe Size in. mm 3x2 4x2 4x3 6x3 6x4 8x4 8x6 10x6 10x8 12x8 12x10 80X50 100x50 100x80 150x80 150x100 200x100 200x150 250x150 250x200 300x200 300x250
Overall Length (A) in. mm 1.94 1.94 1.94 2.38 2.38 2.63 2.63 2.88 2.88 3.13 3.13 49 49 49 60 60 67 67 73 73 80 80
Pipe Stop (L) in. mm 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.56 0.56 0.81 0.38 0.63 0.38 0.63 0.38 3 3 3 14 14 21 10 16 10 16 10
Eccentricity (E) in. mm 0.25 0.75 0.13 1.25 0.63 1.63 0.63 1.63 0.63 1.63 0.63 6 19 3 32 16 41 16 41 16 41 16
Approx Wt lb. kg 0.7 0.3 1.5 0.7 0.8 0.4 4.1 1.9 3.1 1.4 8.0 3.6 5.0 2.3 12.0 5.4 7.0 3.2 15.0 6.8 8.0 3.6
Blank saddles
Blank saddles are filament wound and are used for pipe support and restraint. Thickness for all saddles is 0.56 inches. Available in same lengths as reducing saddles.
Nom Pipe Size inmm 1 112 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Approx Wt lb/inkg/mm 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.2 0.05 0.09 0.09 0.14 0.18 0.23 0.27 0.36 0.45 0.50 0.54 Adhesive Kits Required (3 oz ) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 112 112 2 2 (6 oz )
16
Reducing saddles with flanged and Quick-Lock outlets

Nom Size in.mm 03 80 1,1 2, 2
1
Both filament-wound and molded flanges are available. Saddles are filament wound. See Quick-Lock coupling table for socket depth, Ds. See Quick-Lock flange table for flange thickness.
Laying Length (L) Nominal Thickness (t) in.mm 133 152 152 187 187 187 207 207 219 229 232 232 245 257 264 264 264 283 279 279 279 298 305 305 305 324 Saddle Girth (a) degrees 180 180 180 180 180 180 90 180 180 180 90 90 180 180 90 90 90 180 90 90 90 180 90 90 90 180 4 7 7 18 18 18 14 17 22 30 17 17 31 40 27 27 27 53 37 37 37 64 53 53 53 75
Outlet Nom Size in.mm
in. mm 0.56 0.81 0.81 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 1.31 14 21 21 27 27 27 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33
Length (B) in.mm 6.00 6.00 9.50 6.00 9.50 12.00 6.00 9.50 12.00 17.00 6.00 9.50 12.00 17.00 6.00 9.50 12.00 17.00 6.00 9.50 12.00 17.00 6.00 9.50 12.00 17.00 152 152 241 152 241 305 152 241 305 432 152 241 305 432 152 241 305 432 152 241 305 432 152 241 305 432
Approx Wt (Flg) (Q/L) lb.kg lb.kg 1.8 3.2 3.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 6.4 7.7 10.0 13.6 7.7 7.7 14.1 18.1 12.2 12.2 12.2 24.0 16.8 16.8 16.8 29.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 34.0 3 5 5 14 14 14 11 13 16 21 1.4 2.3 2.3 6.4 6.4 6.4 5.0 5.9 7.3 9.5
Adhesive Kits Required 3 oz. 6 oz. 1111 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 2 2 2 5
25, 40, 50 25, 40, 50 80 25, 40, 50 80 100 25, 40, 50 80 100 150 25, 40, 50 80 100 150 25, 40, 50 80 100 150 25, 40, 50 80 100 150 25, 40, 50 80 100 150
5.25 6.00 6.00 7.38 7.38 7.38 8.13 8.13 8.63 9.00 9.13 9.13 9.63 10.13 10.38 10.38 10.38 11.13 11.00 11.00 11.00 11.75 12.00 12.00 12.00 12.75
04 100 06 150
1,1 2, 2 3
1
1,112, 2 3 4 1,112, 2 3 4 6 1,112, 2 3 4 6 1,112, 2 3 4 6 1,112, 2 3 4 6 1,112, 2 3 4 6
08 200
1 1
10 250
14 6.4 14 6.4 27 12.2 35 15.9 23 23 23 46 35 35 35 49 41 41 41 67 10.4 10.4 10.4 20.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 22.2 18.6 18.6 18.6 30.4
1 1 1 1
12 300
14 350
16 400
17
Reducing saddles (bushed outlets)
Standard reducing saddles come with 11 /2-in NPT plastic bushing. All smaller bushings are 316 stainless steel. Other materials available on special order. Saddles are filament wound.
Nom Size in.mm 2 50
1
Outlet Nom Size in.mm 4, 38, 12, 34 1 6, 9, 13, 19 25 6

3
Length (B) in.mm 4.00 102 6.00 152 4.00 102 4.00 102 6.00 152 4.00 102 4.00 102 6.00 152 4.00 102 4.00 102 6.00 152 4.00 6.00 4.00 4.00 6.00 4.00 6.00 4.00 6.00 4.00 6.00 102 152 102 102 152 102 152 102 152 102 152
Saddle Girth (a) degrees 180 180 90 180 180 90 180 180 180 180 180 90 180 45 90 90 45 90 45 90 45 45
Approx Wt lb.kg 1.0 2.0 1.6 1.6 3.9 2.0 2.0 4.0 2.4 2.4 4.6 2.8 5.2 3.8 3.8 6.3 4.2 7.4 4.2 7.4 4.2 7.4 0.5 0.9 0.7 0.7 1.8 0.9 0.9 1.8 1.1 1.1 2.1 1.3 2.4 1.7 1.7 2.9 1.9 3.4 1.9 3.4 1.9 3.4
Adhesive Kits Required 3 oz. 6 oz. 1111111111 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
80
1 3
4
1
4, 8, 2, 4
1 1
6, 9, 13, 19 25, 30, 40 6, 9 6, 9, 13, 19 25, 30, 40 6, 9, 13 6, 9, 13, 19 25, 30, 40 6, 9, 13, 19 25, 30, 40 6, 9, 13 19 25, 30, 40 6, 9, 13, 19 25, 30, 40 6, 9, 13, 19 25, 30, 40 6, 9, 13, 19 25, 30, 40
1,1 4, 1 2 4 100
1
4, 8 4, 38, 12, 34 1,114, 112

1 3
150
4, 38, 12 4, 38, 12, 34

1
1,114, 112 8 200 4, 8, 2, 4 1,114, 112 1 3 1 4, 8, 2 3 4 1 1,1 4, 112 1 3 1 3 4, 8, 2, 4 1,114, 112 1 3 1 3 4, 8, 2, 4 1,114, 112 1 3 1 3 4, 8, 2, 4 1,114, 112
1 3 1 3
10 250
12 300 14 350 16 400
Fittings Pressure Ratings

45 elbows, bell end 90 elbows, bell end 45 elbows, flanged 90 elbows, flanged Tees, bell end Tees, flanged
Bondstrand Series 2000, 4000, 5000 and 7000 fittings
Filament-wound Quick-Lock Flanged psi bar psi bar 300 300 375 300* 325 275* 300 200* 225 175* 225 150* 200 150* 175 150* 150 150 21 21 26 21* 22 19* 21 14* 16 12* 16 10* 14 10* 12 10* 10 10 300 300 375 300* 325 275* 300 200* 225 175* 225 150* 200 150* 150 150* 150 150 21 21 26 21* 22 19* 21 14* 16 12* 16 10* 14 10* 10 10* 10 10
Molded Quick-Lock psi bar 300 200* 225 150* 175 125* 150 100* 21 14* 16 10* 12 9* 10 7*
Flanged psi bar 300 200* 225 150* 175 125* 150 100* 21 14* 16 10* 12 9* 10 7*
*Note: Pressure ratings for Series5000 are lower than for other pipe series.
18
Fittings Pressure Ratings (contd.)

Tapered body reducers Tapered body reducers, flanged Flanges Flanges, blind Saddles, bell end Crosses, bell end Crossed, flanged * End caps Reducer bushings
Bondstrand Series 2000, 4000, 5000 and 7000 fittings
Nom Tapered body reducers Saddles, bell end Pipe Tapered body reducers, flanged Saddles, flanged Size Flanges Blind Flanges in. mm psi bar psi bar 1 112 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 600 550 450 350 350 250 225 175 150 150 150 41 38 31 24 24 17 16 12 10 10 10 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Crosses, bell end End caps Crosses, flanged Reducer bushings psi 150 150 150 100 100 100 100 bar 10 10 10 7 7 7 7 psi 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 bar 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Laterals, bell end Laterals, flanged Sleeve couplings Adapters, threaded Adapters, grooved
Nom pipe Size in. mm 1 112 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Laterals, bell end Laterals, flanged psi bar 150 150 * 150 150* 150 150* 100 100* 100 100* 100 100* 100 100* 10 10* 10 10* 10 10* 7 7* 7 7* 7 7* 7 7*
Sleeve couplings psi 450 450 450 450 425 350* 400 350 300 250 250 225* 200 175* 170 150* 165 150* 165 150* bar 31 31 31 31 29 24* 28 24* 21 17* 17 16* 14 12* 12 10* 11 10* 11 10*
Adapters, threaded Adapters, grooved psi bar 200 150* 200 150* 150 100* 150 100* 14 10* 14 10* 10 7* 10 7*
*Note: Pressure ratings for Series5000 are lower than for other pipe series.
19
Important notice

Group Headquarters P .O. Box 801148 Houston TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com Fiberglass Pipe DivisionAsia Ameron (Pte) Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 639407 Tel: 65 861 6118 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Fiberglass Pipe DivisionEurope Ameron B.V. J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: +31 345 587 561 Telex: 40257 bonds nl Fiberglass Pipe DivisionAmericas P.O. Box 878 Burkburnett, Texas 76354 Tel: (940) 569-1471 Fax: (940) 569-2764 Fiberglass Pipe DivisionCentron International P.O. Box 490 600 FM 1195 South Mineral Wells, Texas 76068 Tel: (817) 325-1341 Fax: (817) 325-9681
1991 Ameron FP282A (5/98) supersedes FP282 (9/91) Printed in U.S.A. 5M[186]
Pronto-Lock
heavy-duty mechanical coupling system
Introduction
Pronto-Lock* is a heavy-duty threaded coupling system with a positive seal O-ring that provides a fast, simple, rugged and reliable means to install fiberglass pipe. The versatility of Pronto-Lock permits inexperienced crews to install pipe in all weather conditions and types of services. Large, fast-advance Acme type thread: Rugged molded fiberglass threads that prevent galling and will not crossthread. Standard size O-ring: Use the standard Buna-N O-ring or choose from the broad selection available on special order. Molded O-ring groove: Precisely positioned O-ring insures positive sealing and prevents movement, assuring pressure integrity. Tapered sealing surfaces: During assembly, tapered surfaces precompress the O-ring for a positive sealeven in vacuum service.
Features
User benefits
Lower, more predictable installation costs because the pipe is installed quickly under all weather conditions. Specially trained crews are unnecessary since no special techniques or tools are required. Immediate reusability permits handling, testing and backfilling without waiting for adhesives to cure. Reusability of the mechanical joint permits use on temporary lines.
Construction
Pronto-Lock is made of fiberglass reinforced thermosetting resin with pressure, temperature and corrosion resistance equal to or greater than the pipe ratings. The threads and the O-ring grooves are molded; the female end is filament wound for extra strength. Male and female ends are bonded onto the the pipe and the O-ring is placed in the groove at the plant. The pipe comes ready for assembly. Specifying engineers recognize the total cost in getting todays pipe in service for profitable, uninterrupted service in the future. Material cost, corrosion protection and welding mean labor, time and money. Thousands of miles of proven experience installing Bondstrand pipe is testimony to the economic advantages and dependability of reinforced thermosetting resin pipe (RTRP). Now Pronto-Lock goes one step further than the adhesive joining system with a reduction in labor of 25% and reduction in joint installation time of 50%. In normal conditions, a 3-man crew can install 1800 feet of 2-inch Bondstrand pipe with Pronto-Lock every hour. Pipe crossings, ditch water, rain, cold weather and marshlands are no problem. Pipe with Pronto-Lock can be put into service immediately.
* U.S. Patent No. 3,784,239
Installation savings
FP128D (1/95
Relative installation cost and time requirements
Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150
4-man Crew 40-ft Steel Pipe Welded (ft/8 hours) 3000 2400 1800 1300
3-man Crew 3-man Crew 30-ft RTRP 40-ft Ameron RTRP Bell x Spigot Pronto-Lock Adhesive Bonded Mechanical Joint (ft/8 hours) (ft/8 hours) 6000 15000 5000 12500 4200 10800 3400 7200
Ease of installation
Bondstrand pipe with the Pronto-Lock joint installs twice as fast as pipe with adhesive joints, even by unskilled crews. Simply lubricate and insert the threaded male end into the female end and turn the pipe until the connection is firm. Tighten the joint with a strap wrench on the female end to insure full makeup. No adhesive. No welding. The joint makes up pronto! Buried lines. Pronto-Lock allows immediate placement in the ditch, testing and backfillinggreatly reducing open ditch time. Overhead lines. Pronto-Lock on lightweight Bondstrand fiberglass pipe allows safe, quick assembly on overhead pipe racks. Surface lines. Bondstrand fiberglass pipe can be installed above ground. Temporary lines. Pronto-Lock can be reused. The molded threads, when lubricated, prevent galling and facilitate reuse. Individual system components may not have the same ratings as the pipe. Refer to the detailed product information for the specific components to determine the pressure rating for the system as a whole.
Areas of application
Crossovers and tools
Crossover pieces to make transitions to steel and crossovers with a choice of special end connections (grooved ends, NPT threads or flanged ends) are available on special order.
This literature and the information and recommendations it contains are based on data reasonably believed to be reliable. However, such factors as variations in environment, application or installation, changes in operating procedures, or extrapolation of data may cause different results. Ameron makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose, as to the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the recommendations or information contained herein. Ameron assumes no liability whatsoever in connection with this literature or the information or recommendations it contains. Written comments regarding this document are invited. Please write Engineering Manager, Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Group.
Important notice
Fiberglass Pipe Group P.O. Box 801148 Houston TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842
Fiberglass Pipe Division Asia No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 2263 Tel: 862-1301 Telex: 38960 AMERON RS Fax: 862-1302 Fiberglass Pipe Division Europe J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: 03455-73341 Telex: 40257 BONDS NL Fax: 03455-75254 Fiberglass Pipe Division The Americas P.O. Box 878 Burkburnett, Texas 76354 Tel: (817) 569-1471 Fax: (817) 569-4012
1985 Ameron FP128D (1/95) supersedes FP128C (12/93) Printed in U.S.A. 5M
Pronto-Lock II
heavy-duty mechanical coupling system for fiberglass pipe
Introduction
Recognizing the need for a simple, reliable coupling system in the 8 to 16-inch nominal pipe sizes, Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division designed Pronto-Lock II* so that only the male threaded portion of the coupling has to turn in order to lock the joint. This feature allows for limited axial movement and also permits the incorporation of a 2 angular deflection capability that is unavailable in steel and conventional adhesive-bonded fiberglass piping systems. The angular deflection capability allows the pipeline to conform much more readily to changes in terrain and minimizes the number of elbows required. The deflection capabilities of the Pronto-Lock II coupling do not affect the integrity of the O-ring seal. Pronto-Lock II employs a tapered male end which, after being lubricated, is inserted into the female end, compressing the O-ring, thus providing a leakproof connection. The locking sleeve is then spun into place, positively locking the joint into position. The female end of Pronto-Lock II is fiberglass-reinforced epoxy and is filament wound onto the pipe in the factory. The male end is machined and attached in the factory by adhesive bonding. The male end and the locking sleeve are made of centrifugally cast chopped fiberglass reinforcement and epoxy resins. The resilient bearing ring is Buna-N. The O-ring material is selected to be compatible with the system fluid. Buna-N is standard, but other materials such as EPR and Viton A are available. Consult BONDSTRAND CORROSION GUIDE, FP132, or Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Division for selection of the proper O-ring material.
* U.S. Patent No. 4,014,568
User benefits
Lower, more predictable installation costs because the pipe is installed quickly under all weather conditions. Specially trained crews are unnecessary since no special techniques or tools are required. Immediate usability permits handling, testing and backfilling without waiting for adhesives to cure. Reusability of the mechanical coupling permits use on temporary lines.
FP125E (1/95)
Operation
Fig.1. The Pronto-Lock II coupling prior to insertion of the male end into the female end.
Fig.2. After insertion, an effective seal is made. The two ends are joined in a leak-tight assembly, but are free to separate as long as the piping remains axially unrestrained.
Fig.3. The Pronto-Lock II coupling completely made up: axial restraint of the joint by the threaded locking sleeve assures that the pipe ends cannot pull apart.
Angular deflection
The Pronto-Lock II coupling can accommodate up to 2 angular deflection off the centerline when properly made up.
Fig.4. The positions of the mating surfaces in the straight run (nondeflected) configuration.
2
2
Fig.5. The mating surfaces in the maximum 2 angular deflection condition.
Expansion/contraction
The Pronto-Lock II coupling can accommodate both tensile and compressive axial loads. When the joint is made, the O-ring is compressed against the male end and maintains leak-tight integrity of the coupling under tensile, neutral and compressive axial load conditions. Although the no-load position cannot be determined exactly in an assembled coupling, the total capacity for axial movement is about 38 inch.
Fig.6. The joint with no axial loading.
Fig.7. The joint under tensile axial load: movement is limited such that the free space between the bearing ring and the locking sleeve is taken up and the bearing ring is compressed. The joint is restrained from pulling apart by the locking sleeve.
Fig.8. The joint under compressive axial load: the coupling slides together until the male end wedges inside the female end.
Only a light torque is needed to make up the locking sleeve. Owing to the limited thread make-up of the sleeve into the female end, excess torque will not advance the threads to compress the bearing ring on a properly inserted joint. Since there is a mechanical interference at both ends of the axial travel, axial travel cannot accumulate and cause the joint to separate. No tightening is necessary after the joint has been put into operation. The coupling can be disassembled, if necessary. However, about 10 inches of axial clearance is required to separate a disassembled Pronto-Lock II joint.
Fittings
Ameron manufactures a complete line of fittings in the 8 to 16-inch nominal pipe size range. All are available with the Pronto-Lock II coupling system that provides a uniontype connection at every joint. The concept can be applied to all fittings, providing a totally mechanical, all-fiberglass system that forgives the minor angular or dimensional variations that occur in all complex piping arrangements. The standard fitting comes equipped with Pronto-Lock II female ends. Pronto-Lock II male ends are also available. Special layouts and fittings can be factory prefabricated from shop drawings by Ameron and then shipped to the job ready for assembly. Where piping must be tailored to special alignments for a specific job, the pipe can be cut and tapered and the Pronto-Lock male ends bonded onto the pipe under controlled factory conditions. Thus, field assembly and installation can be carried out regardless of weather conditions.
Prefabrication
Reusability
The mechanical joining of Pronto-Lock II also enables the user to recover and reuse pipe and fittings. Piping systems can be modified and relocated without having to scrap usable fittings. Since make-up of the Pronto-Lock II joint does not depend on curing adhesives, welding metals or favorable weather conditions, significant reductions in labor and installation time are realized. The following table gives typical installation rates for welded-steel pipelines and for fiberglass pipelines employing adhesive-bonded bell and spigot joints and the Pronto-Lock II coupling system, respectively. Large pipe sizes require larger crews and additional equipment. With lightweight fiberglass pipe these needs range from 25 to 50% less than steel pipe. 30-ft Fiberglass Pipe Bell and Spigot Adhesive Joint 3-man Crew (ft/8 hr shift) 2400 2100 1800 1500 1200 40-ft Fiberglass Pipe Pronto-Lock II Mechanical Joint 3-man Crew (ft/8 hr shift) 6600 6000 5400 4200 3600
Ease of installation
40-ft Steel Pipe Welded Joint 4-man Crew (ft/8 hr shift) 1000 800 600 420 300
Individual system components may not have the same ratings as the pipe. Refer to the detailed product information for the specific components to determine the pressure rating for the system as a whole.
Important notice
Ameron 1991 FP125E (1/95) supersedes FP125D (3/94) Printed in U.S.A. 5M [186]

FIBERGLASS-COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP
PSX 20 Adhesive Kit

Epoxy siloxane adhesive for bonding fiberglass pipe and fittings with tapered joints.
Description
PSX20 adhesive is a patented two-part epoxy siloxane adhesive designed for permanently joining fiberglass pipe and fittings with taper/taper joints. PSX20 is a non-flowing thixotropic paste offered in easy-to-use kits. The PSX20 epoxy adhesive kit contains an adhesive resin, hardener, mixing spatula, brush and assembly instructions. The adhesive resin is a dark red paste with sand, The adhesive hardener is a white paste. The mixed adhesive color is red. PSX20 can be used to connect epoxy, vinyl ester or phenolic systems. Ameron PSX20 adhesive is Listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) under File MH 9162 for use in Nonmetallic Underground Piping for Flammable Liquids. PSX20 adhesive is particularly suited for piping systems conveying petroleum products including diesel fuels, kerosene, etc., alcohols and alcohol-gasoline mixtures, or oxygenated fuels. It is also approved by Underwriters Laboratories for use with MTBE fluids. Using the sandpaper supplied in the adhesive kit, clean both surfaces thoroughly to remove all dirt, grease and foreign materials. Make sure the bonding surfaces are free of moisture. Do not touch the bonding surfaces with bare hands, dirty or greasy gloves or rags after cleaning them. In cold weather it is necessary to warm the resin to 50F (10C) to permit good mixing and easier application. Open both resin and hardener containers. Using the stick supplied, put all of the hardener into the resin container. Never split a kit. At 77F (25C) the pot life of PSX20 adhesive is 20 to 30 minutes. The pot life decreases with rising temperatures: Adhesive Minimum Joint Temperature Pot Life (min.) Cure Time (F) (C) (minutes) (hours) 50 10 70 12 65 18 40 6 75 24 25 4 95 35 10 3 In extremely cold or windy conditions, use insulation to prevent rapid dissipation of heat from the cure reaction. Cap the ends of the piping to prevent the passage of cold air. In severe cold conditions, warm air may be blown through the interior of the pipe. A heat cure is recommended for installations with service temperatures above 180F (82C) or operating pressures over 300 psi. For ambient temperature conditions below 50F (10C), an external heat cure must be used. A minimum heat cure time of at least 30 minutes is recommended for 2- through 6-inch pipe. Even after the adhesive has turned solid at ambient temperatures, heat curing will promote chemical cross-linking of the adhesive, thus increasing its strength, temperature resistance and corrosion resistance. A single Chem Cure Pak may be applied or an Ameron-approved electric heat blanket may be used. The heat cure may be applied at any time after the bond is made and before the pipe has been tested or put into service.
TM
Listings and approvals
UL
mn
Preparation of bonding surface
Mixing the adhesive
Pot life and Cure time
U.S. Patent No. 4250074, 4257645
FP698A (5/01)
Kit sizes and bonds per kit
Adhesive kits are available in 3-, 5- and 8-oz. sizes. The table below indicates the number of bonds per kit for each pipe size. Values in the table are based on the quantity of adhesive required by an experienced crew working at a temperature of 75F (24C) with a 30 minute adhesive pot life. Kit size
(oz.) 3 5 8 2 7 12 3 5 8 14 4 4 6 9
Bonds per kit per pipe size

6 2 3 4 8 1 2 3 10 1 2 3 12 1 2 14 1 2 16 1
Shear Strength Comparison
Polysiloxane-epoxy adhesive demonstrates a significant improvement in bonding capabilities over conventional epoxy adhesives. When cured at room temperature, PSX20 achieves 15 to 20% greater shear strength than conventional epoxy adhesives. With elevated temperature cures, lap shear strength increases to 20 to 35% over standard epoxy adhesives. PSX20 also offers significant improvements over conventional epoxy adhesives when bonding phenolic based laminates. When applied according to manufacturers instructions, PSX20 yields a secure bond for Dualoy, Bondstrand and Bondstrand PSX products. Do not store kits in areas above 100 (38C) or below 32F (0C), or in the direct sunlight in warm weather. In cold weather warm the resin to at least 60F (16C) but not above 100F (38C) to permit good mixing and easier application. Do not use adhesive past its expiration date. Hardener: The hardener is irritating to the skin, eyes and respiratory tract. It is toxic orally and may cause sensitization. Resin: The resin is irritating to skin and eyes and may cause sensitization. Hardener: Do not get in eyes, on skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapor; use caution when opening can. Wear rubber gloves and apron and NIOSH-approved respirator. Wash thoroughly after handling. Resin: Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Wear rubber gloves and eye protection. Wash thoroughly after handling. In case of contact Eyes: Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Call a physician. Skin: Wash skin with water and soap, if available. Clothing: Remove contaminated clothing and wash before reuse. Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. Give oxygen or artificial respiration if necessary. Ingestion: If patient is conscious, give 1 to 2 glasses of water to dilute. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician immediately.
Storage
Toxicity
Handling precautions
First aid
FOR CHEMICAL EMERGENCY
SPILL, LEAK, FIRE, EXPOSURE OR ACCIDENT
CALL CHEMTREC
DAY OR NIGHT
1-800-424-9300
Toll-free in the continental U.S. 483-7616 in District of Columbia
For calls originating outside the continental U.S.
202-483-7616 Washington D.C. collect

ALL CALLS ARE RECORDED
Important Notice
FIBERGLASS-COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP - HEADQUARTERS P .O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
Fiberglass Pipe Division Asia Ameron (Pte) Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 639407 Tel: 65 861 6118 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Fiberglass Pipe Division Europe Ameron B.V. J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: +31 345 587 561 Telex: 40257 bonds nl Fiberglass Pipe Division Americas P .O. Box 878 Burkburnett, TX 76354 Tel: (940) 569-1471 Fax: (940) 569-2764 Fiberglass Pipe Division Centron International P .O. Box 490 600 FM 1195 South Mineral Wells, Texas 76068 Tel: (940) 325-1341 Fax: (940) 325-9681
1996 Ameron FP698A (5/01) supersedes FP698 (4/96) Printed in U.S.A. [186]2.5M

PSX 34 Adhesive Kit

Epoxy siloxane adhesive for bonding fiberglass pipe and fittings
Description
The PSX34 epoxy adhesive kit contains an adhesive resin, hardener, mixing spatula, brush and assembly instructions. The adhesive resin is a dark red paste with sand. The adhesive hardener is a white paste. The mixed adhesive color is red. PSX34 is a two-part epoxy siloxane adhesive formulated for permanently bonding Quick-Lock joints on Ameron fiberglass-reinforced pipe and fittings. PSX34 can be used to connect all epoxy and phenolic piping systems, and most vinyl ester systems. Ameron PSX34 adhesive is listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) under File MH 9162 for use in Nonmetallic Underground Piping for Flammable Liquids and with Underwriters Laboratories of Canada under File CMH 715. PSX34 adhesive is Listed by the National Sanitation Foundation under NSF Standard 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects for use in Potable Water Service and Commercial Hot Water Applications.
Listings and approvals
UL
U LC
Instructions
Prior to handling, read all Toxicity, Precaution and First Aid information below. Before mixing the adhesive, insure that the bonding surfaces are correctly prepared and are clean and dry. Open the resin and hardener containers. Using the mixing spatula, scrape all of the hardener into the resin container. Mix the resin and the hardener with the spatula for at least 60 seconds. Scrape the sides, bottom and lid of the resin container occasionally to get all of the hardener into the mix. Never attempt to split a kit. The resin and the hardener have been packaged at the correct ratio for optimum adhesive performance. Apply a uniform coat of the mixed adhesive to both bonding surfaces and draw the parts firmly together. Detailed joint assembly instructions may be found in QUICK-LOCK INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, FP170.
Pot life and cure time
For installations with service temperatures below 180F (82C) and pressures below 150 psi (1.03 MPa), PSX34 bonds can be put into service with ambient temperature cures as indicated in the table (See page 2 of this section.). However, it is highly recommended that an external heat source be used to force cure the adhesive. The adhesive and bonding surfaces should be warmed to 70F (21C) prior to mixing and applying the adhesive. Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved heating blanket. The table also indicates the pot life (working time) of the adhesive at various temperatures. The pot life is the time from the initial mixing of the resin and hardener until the adhesive in the container begins to thicken and is no longer usable. For systems with anticipated service temperatures above 180F (82C) or operating pressures over 150 psi (1.03 MPa), or when installing any system at ambient temperatures below 40F (5C), the adhesive joint must be cured with an external heat source. A heat cure using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket is recommended. The heat cure may be applied at any time after the bond is made and before the line is tested or put into service. The heat may be applied immediately after making the bond while the adhesive is still liquid or after it has gelled to a solid.
ISO-9001
Minimum cure times of 30 minutes for 1- through 6-inch pipe and 45 minutes for 8- through 16-inch lines are recommended. Even after the adhesive has solidified at ambient temperatures, heat curing will enhance the chemical cross-linking of the adhesive, increasing the strength, temperature resistance and corrosion resistance of the adhesive. When used in fire protection service all joints must be force-cured with an external heat source regardless of ambient temperature.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
U.S. Patent No. 4250074, 4257645
FP735D (7/01)
Pot life and cure time (cont'd.)
Ambient Temperature1 (F) 40 60 70 80 100 (C) 5 16 21 27 38
Adhesive Pot Life (minutes) 70 40 30 20 8
Minimum Joint Cure Time2 (hours) 12 7 5 4 3
Minimum Time to Move 2 (hours) 11 6 4 3 2
1) At temperatures below 40F (5C), an external heat source must be used to force cure the adhesive. The adhesive and the bonding surfaces should be warmed to 70F (21C) before mixing and applying the adhesive. Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket. When using adhesive at ambient temperatures above 100F (38C), make provisions to keep adhesive cool to extend pot life. 2) Times indicate when cure is sufficient to permit moving the bonded joint. The minimum joint cure time must elapse prior to hydrotesting.
Adhesive kit sizes and bonds per kit

Bonds per Kit Quick-Lock Joints
PSX34 adhesive kits are available in 3 oz., 5 oz. and 8 oz. sizes. The values in this table are based on the quantity of adhesive required by an experienced crew working at a temperature of 80F (27C). All sizes available in 6-packs.
Kit Size
(fl oz) 1/25 1.5/40 2/50
Nominal Pipe Size (in/mm)

3/80 4/100 5/125 6/150 8/200 10/250 12/300
1
14/350
16/400
1
3 5 8
10
6 10
4 7 10
3 5 8
2 3 6
1 2 5
1 1 3
2 1 2
2 1 2
2 1 1
1 2 1
2 1
Storage
Do not store kits in areas above 100F (38C) or below 32F (0C), or in the direct sunlight in warm weather. In cold weather warm the resin to at least 60F (16C) but not above 100F (38C) to permit good mixing and easier application. Do not use adhesive past its expiration date. Hardener: The hardener is irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. It is toxic orally and may cause sensitization. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves, protective apron and NIOSH-approved respirator. Wash thoroughly after handling. Resin: The resin may be mildly irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves and eye protection. Wash thoroughly after handling. In case of contact Eyes: Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Call a physician. Skin: Wash skin with soap and water. Clothing: Remove contaminated clothing and wash before reuse. Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. Give oxygen or artificial respiration if necessary.
FOR CHEMICAL EMERGENCY SPILL, LEAK, FIRE, EXPOSURE OR ACCIDENT CALL CHEMTREC - DAY OR NIGHT 1-800-424-9300 Toll-free in the continental U.S. 483-7616 in District of Columbia For calls originating outside the continental U.S. 202-483-7616 -Washington D.C. collect
Toxicity and precautions
First aid
Ingestion: If catalyst is swallowed and person ALL CALLS ARE RECORDED is conscious, give plenty of water or milk to drink. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician. If resin is swallowed, give 100 grams (about 14 lb) activated charcoal slurry in water. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician.
Important Notice
1997 Ameron FP735D (7/01) supercedes FP735C (4/00) Printed in U.S.A. 5M [186]

PSX 60 Structural Adhesive Kit

Epoxy siloxane electrically conductive adhesive for bonding fiberglass pipe and fittings
Description
The PSX60 epoxy adhesive kit contains an adhesive resin, hardener, mixing spatula and assembly instructions. The adhesive resin is a red paste with sand filler. The adhesive hardener is a white paste. The mixed adhesive color is red. PSX60 is a two-part epoxy siloxane adhesive formulated for permanently bonding Quick-Lock or tapertaper joints on Ameron fiberglass-reinforced pipe and fittings. PSX60 can be used to connect most epoxy, vinyl ester and phenolic piping systems. Prior to handling, read all Toxicity, Precaution and First Aid information below. Before mixing the adhesive, insure that the bonding surfaces are correctly prepared and are clean and dry. Open the resin and hardener containers. Using the mixing spatula, scrape all of the hardener into the resin container. Mix the resin and the hardener with the spatula for at least 60 seconds. Scrape the sides, bottom and lid of the resin container occasionally to get all of the hardener into the mix. Never attempt to split a kit. The resin and the hardener have been packaged at the correct ratio for optimum adhesive performance. Apply a uniform coat of the mixed adhesive to both bonding surfaces and draw the parts firmly together. Detailed joint assembly instructions may be found in QUICK-LOCK INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, FP170 and BELL X SPIGOT JOINTS, FP807.
Instructions
Pot life and cure time
For installations with service temperatures below 180F (82C) and pressures below 150 psi (1.03 MPa), PSX60 bonds can be put into service with ambient temperature cures as indicated in the table (See page 2 of this section.). However, it is highly recommended that an external heat source be used to force cure the adhesive. The adhesive and bonding surfaces should be warmed to 70F (21C) prior to mixing and applying the adhesive. Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved heating blanket. The table also indicates the pot life (working time) of the adhesive at various temperatures. The pot life is the time from the initial mixing of the resin and hardener until the adhesive in the container begins to thicken and is no longer usable. For systems with anticipated service temperatures above 180F (82C) or operating pressures over 150 psi (1.03 MPa), or when installing any system at ambient temperatures below 40F (5C), the adhesive joint must be cured with an external heat source. A heat cure using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket is recommended. The heat cure may be applied at any time after the bond is made and before the line is tested or put into service. The heat may be applied immediately after making the bond while the adhesive is still liquid or after it has gelled to a solid. Minimum cure times of 30 minutes for 1- through 6-inch pipe and 45 minutes for 8- through 16-inch lines are recommended. Even after the adhesive has solidified at ambient temperatures, heat curing will enhance the chemical cross-linking of the adhesive, increasing the strength, temperature resistance and corrosion resistance of the adhesive. When used in fire protection service all joints must be force-cured with an external heat source regardless of ambient temperature.
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
U.S. Patent No. 4250074, 4257645
FP827 (6/99)
Pot life and cure time (cont'd.)
Ambient Temperature1 (F) 40 60 70 80 100 (C) 5 16 21 27 38
Adhesive Pot Life (minutes) 70 40 30 20 8
Minimum Joint Cure Time2 (hours) 12 7 5 4 3
Minimum Time to Move 2 (hours) 11 6 4 3 2
1) At temperatures below 40F (5C), an external heat source must be used to force cure the adhesive. The adhesive and the bonding surfaces should be warmed to 70F (21C) before mixing and applying the adhesive. Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved electric heating blanket. When using adhesive at ambient temperatures above 100F (38C), make provisions to keep adhesive cool to extend pot life. 2) Times indicate when cure is sufficient to permit moving the bonded joint. The minimum joint cure time must elapse prior to hydrotesting.
PSX60 adhesive kits are available in 3 fluid oz., 5 fluid oz. and 8 fluid oz. sizes. The values in this table are based on the quantity of adhesive required by an experienced crew working at a temperature of 80F (27C). Bonds per Kit
Kit Size Nominal Pipe Size (in/mm)
1/25 1.5/40 2/50 3/80 4/100 5/125 6/150 8/200 10/250 12/300
1
Quick-Lock Joints
(fl oz)
14/350
16/400
1
3 5 8
10
6 10
4 7 10
3 5 8
2 3 6
1 2 5
1 1 3
2 1 2
2 1 2
2 1 1
1 2 1
2 1
Storage
Do not store kits in areas above 100F (38C) or below 32F (0C), or in the direct sunlight in warm weather. In cold weather warm the resin to at least 60F (16C) but not above 100F (38C) to permit good mixing and easier application. Do not use adhesive past its expiration date. Hardener: The hardener is irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. It is toxic orally and may cause sensitization. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves, protective apron and NIOSH-approved respirator. Wash thoroughly after handling. Resin: The resin may be mildly irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves and eye protection. Wash thoroughly after handling. In case of contact Eyes: Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Call a physician. Skin: Wash skin with soap and water. Clothing: Remove contaminated clothing and wash before reuse. Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. Give oxygen or artificial respiration if necessary.
FOR CHEMICAL EMERGENCY SPILL, LEAK, FIRE, EXPOSURE OR ACCIDENT CALL CHEMTREC - DAY OR NIGHT 1-800-424-9300 Toll-free in the continental U.S. 483-7616 in District of Columbia For calls originating outside the continental U.S. 202-483-7616 -Washington D.C. collect
First aid
Ingestion: If catalyst is swallowed and person ALL CALLS ARE RECORDED is conscious, give plenty of water or milk to drink. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician. If resin is swallowed, give 100 grams (about 14 lb) activated charcoal slurry in water. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician.
Important Notice
1997 Ameron FP827 (6/99) Printed in U.S.A. 5M [186]
Bondstrand Product Datawith assembly instructions

Bondstrand RP6B Adhesive Kit

epoxy adhesive for bonding fiberglass pipe and fittings in potable water and food service
Description
RP6B is a two-part amine-cured epoxy resin system formulated for bonding permanent Quick-Lock joints on Ameron fiberglass-reinforced epoxy pipe and fittings. RP6B is FDAapproved for use in potable water and food lines. The RP6B adhesive kit contains resin, hardener, mixing spatula, paper towels and assembly instructions. A heat cure is required before joints are tested or put into service. The resin is a white paste with sand filler. The hardener is a black paste. The mixed adhesive is dark grey. After insuring that the bonding surfaces are dry and clean, completely mix all of the catalyst (hardener) with the resin. Never split a kit. Apply a uniform coat to both bonding surfaces and draw both parts firmly together. Required cure times must be observed. For service temperatures up to 150F (66C), a minimum cure of 30 minutes is recommended for joining pipe and mounting flanges and a minimum cure of 45 minutes for joining fittings. For service temperatures above 150F(66C), increase the cure times to 60 and 75 minutes, respectively. Detailed joint assembly instructions may be found in QUICKLOCK INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, FP170.
Instructions
RP6B is a gap-filling adhesive designed to fill the space between the straight spigot and the slightly tapered bell (3) in the Quick-Lock joint. For proper adhesive distribution (2), apply a generous layer of adhesive to the outside of the spigot and a thin layer to the inside of the bell (1).

The values in this table are based on the quantity of adhesive required by an experienced crew working at a temperature of 80F (27C).
Kit Total Size Pkg Wt
(fl oz) (lb) 1/25 1.5/40 2/50 3/80
Bonds per Kit

4/100 5/125 6/150 8/200 10/250 12/300 14/350 16/400
1
3 6
4 1 2
1
10
2 4
1 2
1 2
2 1
2 1
1 1
2 2
1 1
4 2
1 1
4 2
Important: Be aware of the working time available after the adhesive has been mixed. It may not be possible to achieve the listed number of bonds in the smaller sizes because of the available working time (pot life) of the adhesive. See the adhesive kit package for approximate working times.
Pot life
ISO-9001
Pot Life and Cure Time (minutes)

F/C 3-oz kit 6-oz kit 70/21 80/27 90/32 100/38 50 45 30 25 20 15 9 7
1) Pot life is measured from when resin and hardener are first mixed until the adhesive starts to thicken and harden and can no longer be used.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
An external heat source must be used to force cure the adhesive. The adhesive and bonding surfaces should be warmed to 70F (21C) prior to mixing and applying the adhesive. Adhesive may be force cured using an Ameron-approved heating blanket.
FP460E (12/98)
Hardener The hardener is irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. It is toxic orally and may cause sensitization. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves and apron and NIOSH-approved respirator. Wash thoroughly after handling. Resin The resin may be mildly irritating to skin, eyes and respiratory tract. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapors. Wear rubber gloves and eye protection. Wash thoroughly after handling.
First aid
In case of contact Eyes Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Call a physician. Skin Wash skin with soap and water. Clothing Remove contaminated clothing and wash before reuse. Inhalation Remove to fresh air. Give oxygen or artificial respiration if necessary. Ingestion If catalyst is swallowed and person is conscious, give plenty of water or milk to drink. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician. If resin is swallowed, give 100 grams (about 14 lb) activated charcoal slurry in water. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician.
FOR CHEMICAL EMERGENCY

SPILL, LEAK, FIRE, EXPOSURE OR ACCIDENT
CALL CHEMTREC - DAY OR NIGHT: 1-800-424-9300

Toll-free in the continental U.S.
483-7616 in District of Columbia

For calls originating outside the continental U.S.: 202-483-7616 Washington, D.C., collect ALL CALLS ARE RECORDED
Important Notice

Group Headquarters P .O. Box 801148 Houston TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron-net.com Fiberglass Pipe Division-Asia Ameron (Pte) Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 2263 Tel: 65 861 6118 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Fiberglass Pipe Division-Europe Ameron B.V. J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 573-341 Fax: +31 345 575 254 Telex: 40257 bonds nl Fiberglass Pipe Division-U.S.A. P.O. Box 878 Burkburnett, Texas 76354 Tel: (817) 569-1471 Fax: (817) 569-2764
1990 Ameron FP460E (12/98) supersedes FP460D (1/97) Printed in U.S.A 5M[186]
Bondstrand Product Data with assembly instructions

Bondstrand RP105B Adhesive Kit

vinyl ester adhesive for bonding fiberglass pipe and fittings
Description
The RP105B vinyl ester adhesive kit contains a paste resin, liquid catalyst, mixing spatula and assembly instructions. The resin contains aluminum oxide grit and is off-white in color with black specks. The catalyst is a white liquid. The mixed adhesive is light gray. RP105B is formulated for bonding permanent Quick-Lock joints on Ameron fiberglassreinforced vinyl ester pipe and fittings. After insuring that the bonding surfaces are dry and clean, completely mix all of the catalyst with the resin. Never split a kit. Apply adhesive to both bonding surfaces and draw both parts firmly together. Required cure times must be observed. Detailed joint assembly instructions may be found in Quick-Lock Installation Instructions, FP170.
Instructions
RP105B is a gap-filling adhesive designed to fill the space between the straight spigot and the slightly tapered bell (3) in the Quick-Lock joint. For proper adhesive distribution (2), apply a generous layer of adhesive to the outside of the spigot and a thin layer to the inside of the bell (1).

RP105B will cure within 3 hours at ambient temperatures above 60F. Below 60F, or to accelerate cure, an external heat source must be used. If ambient temperature is below 60F, or a more rapid cure is required below 80F, use an Ameron approved electric heat blanket to supply external heat following the procedure in Steps A and B. Joint surfaces should be warmed to 70F prior to application of adhesive when ambient temperature is below 60F. A) Turn the heat blanket on for 15 minutes, then turn it off. B) Allow the bond to set an additional 15-20 minutes before moving.
Pot life
Pot Life and Cure Time

F/C Pot life (min) Cure time (hr) 60/16 25 3 70/21 15 2 80/27 10 1 90/32 8 1

ISO-9001
The values in this table are based on the quantity of adhesive required by an experienced crew working at a temperature of 80F (27C). Kit Total Size Pkg Wt (fl oz) (lb) 1/25 3 6
14 12
Bonds per Kit

11 2/40 2/50 3/75 4/100 6/150 8/200 10/250 12/300 14/350 16/400
12 12 12 12 14 12 14 12
10
3 6
2 4
1 2
CERTIFICATED FIRM
1)
RP105B adhesive kits are available in 3 fluid ounce (90 ml) and 6 fluid ounce (180 ml) sizes.
FP421E (11/96)
Resin: The resin contains styrene and should be used only in good ventilation. In the absence of good ventilation, a NIOSH-approved organic vapor respirator should be used. The resin may be irritating to the skin and eyes and may cause sensitization. Avoid breathing vapors. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Wash thoroughly after handling. Catalyst: The catalyst is a liquid dispersion containing benzoyl peroxide in dibutylphthalate. Do not heat above 110F before using. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Wash thoroughly after handling.
First aid
In case of contact Eyes: Immediately flush eyes with lots of water for at least 15 minutes. Call a physician. Skin: Wash skin with soap and water. Clothing: Remove contaminated clothing and wash before reuse. Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. Give oxygen or artificial respiration if necessary. Ingestion: If catalyst is swallowed and person is conscious, give plenty of water or milk to drink. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician. If resin is swallowed, give 100 grams (about 1/4 lb) activated charcoal slurry in water. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician.
Important notice
FOR CHEMICAL EMERGENCY SPILL, LEAK, FIRE, EXPOSURE OR ACCIDENT
CALL CHEMTREC - DAY OR NIGHT 1-800-424-9300


For calls originating outside the continental U.S. 202-483-7616 -Washington D.C. collect ALL CALLS ARE RECORDED
1990 Ameron FP421E (11/96 ) supersedes FP421D (5/95) Printed in U.S.A. 5M[186]
Bondstrand Corrosion Guide

Bondstrand Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings

for industrial, marine, offshore, and military applications
How to use this guide
Bondstrand pipe and fittings are suitable for the applications listed up to the maximum recommended temperature. However, due to variations in actual service conditions, this corrosion guide should be considered only a recommendation and not a guarantee. Note that combinations of chemical solutions are often far more aggressive than the individual components. For applications not listed, contact Ameron Applications Engineering. For service designated CM, consult manufacturer (Ameron) for possible limitations. When no concentration is shown, recommendations apply to any concentration to 100% or to saturation.
Service considerations
The recommendations in this guide are based on continuous operating conditions. Temperature ratings are usually higher for cyclic or occasional exposure. Contact Ameron Applications Engineering for recommendations concerning systems with: Cyclic chemical exposure Temperature and concentration excursions exceeding those listed Waste streams or solutions containing mixtures of materials listed herein or containing traces of materials with CM rating Solutions containing materials not listed herein Secondary containment piping. Ameron will also provide complimentary service analysis, piping recommendations and value engineering.
2000 Series piping systems
Series 2000 A lined epoxy system using the Quick-Lock joint for continuous operating temperatures to 250F (121C) generally and to 300F (149C) for selected substances. Series 2000M A lined epoxy system for marine and offshore applications with chemical resistance properties similar to Series 2000, but with greater resistance to external collapse for in-tank operation under vacuum. Series 2000M-FP A lined epoxy system with the same service capabilities and chemical resistance as Series 2000M for marine and offshore fire protection systems; incorporates an external intumescent coating which greatly enhances the fire resistance properties of the system.
FP132I (1/01)
2000 Series piping systems (cont.)
Series 2000MP A lined epoxy system rated to 250F (121C) and 125 psig (8.5 bar) meeting MIL-P-28584B requirements for steam condensate, hot water, district heating and similar piping applications with chemical resistance properties similar to Series 2000. Fittings Filament-wound epoxy. Adhesives Type 34 for most applications; Type 6 for foodstuffs.
Key-Lock (K/L) joined piping systems
Series 2400 A lined epoxy system for operating temperatures to 200F (93C) when employing the Key-Lock mechanical joint or 250F (121C) when using a taper/taper adhesive-bonded joint. See Series 2000 for corrosion resistance properties. Series 3400 An unlined epoxy system with joining identical to those of Series 2400. Also available in a lined variant upon request. Consult Ameron for specific corrosion resistance properties.
3000(A) Series piping systems
Series 3000A A lined epoxy system for operating temperatures to 210F (99C). Designed for water/wastewater applications requiring less wall thickness or less temperature resistance than Series 2000. Series 3200 A lined epoxy system designed to meet Underwriters Laboratories requirements for underground fire protection systems. All Series 3200 pipe and fittings are rated to 200 psig at 150F (14 bar at 66C). Contact Ameron for recommendations regarding corrosion resistance. Series 3300 A lined epoxy system rated to temperatures to 150F (66C) and pressures to 300 psig (21 bar) in 8 through 12-inch sizes. Corrosion resistance properties of Series 3300 are identical to those of Series 3200. Fittings Molded epoxy (2 to 6 inches); filament-wound epoxy (8 to 16 inches). Adhesive Type 34
Series 4000 A lined epoxy system similar to Series 2000 in temperature capabilities, but with a thicker liner for even greater corrosion and erosion resistance. Fittings Filament-wound epoxy. Adhesives Type 34 for most applications; Type 6 for foodstuffs.
Series 5000 A vinyl ester system for severely corrosive services at temperatures to 200F (93C). Fittings Filament-wound or molded vinyl ester. Adhesives Type 105
Series 7000 An unlined epoxy system incorporating high-strength conductive carbon filaments in the wall of pipe and fittings that, when properly installed and grounded, prevent the accumulation of static electrical charges. Joined using either the Quick-Lock adhesive joint or flanges. Series 7000M A marine variant of Series 7000 with resistance to external collapse similar to that of Series 2000M. Series 7000M is widely used on vessels transporting refined petroleum products. Fittings Filament-wound epoxy with electrically conductive filament reinforcement. Adhesive Type 60
Corrosion resistance tables
Substance
Concentration
Temperature Limit (F) for Piping Series 2000 3000A 4000 5000 7000 K/L 100 150
CM CM CM
O-ring Matl
E N CM CM CM CM E CM CM CM CM N N N N N N N N CM N N CM CM N/E N/E N/E E
Acetaldehyde Acetic acid 10% Acetic acid 10 20% Acetic acid 20 50% Acetic acid 50 100% Acetic anhydride Acetone Acetonitrile Acetophenone Acrylic acid Acrylonitrile Air Alcohol, amyl Alcohol, butyl Alcohol, ethyl (ethanol) Alcohol, isobutyl Alcohol, isopropyl Alcohol, methyl (methanol) Alcohol, polyvinyl Allyl chloride Aluminum acetate 10% Aluminum chloride Aluminum chlorohydroxide 50% Aluminum hydroxide Aluminum nitrate Aluminum potassium sulfate (alum) Aluminum sulfate Ammonia gas (dry) Ammonium bicarbonate 50% Ammonium carbonate 15% Ammonium carbonate 15 50% Ammonium chloride Ammonium hydroxide 20% Ammonium hydroxide 20 29% Ammonium nitrate 25% Ammonium nitrate >25% Ammonium persulfate Ammonium phosphate Ammonium sulfate 40% Ammonium sulfate >40% Ammonium thiocyanate Ammonium thiosulfate Amyl acetate Amyl chloride Aniline Antimony pentachloride Antimony trichloride Aqua regia Arsenic acid Barium acetate Barium carbonate Barium chloride Barium hydroxide Barium nitrate Barium sulfate Barium sulfide Beer Benzaldehyde
80 150
CM CM CM
100 150
CM CM CM
CM
CM
CM
200 200 100

CM CM CM CM CM
150
CM CM CM CM
150
CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
100 120 120 120

CM
100
CM
100 100
CM CM
120 120 120 120

CM
75
CM
100
CM
75
CM
100 300 200 200 180 180 180 150 150 120 250 270 100 200 250 270 270 150 220 180 180 270 180 150 225 225 100 200 270 270 150 150 100 100 100 100 220
CM
250 175 175 150 150 150 100 150 100 210 210
CM
200 210 210 210 150 200 180 180 210 180 150 200 200 80 200 210 210 120 120 100 100 100
CM
180
CM
100 300 200 200 180 180 180 150 150 120 250 270 100 200 250 270 270 150 220 180 180 270 180 150 225 225 100 200 270 270 150 150 100 100 100 100 220
CM
200 100 100

CM
100 100
CM
100
CM
100 250 150 150 150 150 150 100 100

CM
200 150 150 150 150 150 100 100

CM
150 200
CM
200 200
CM
200 200
CM
150 180 200 200 100 150 100 100 200 150 100 200 200 180 150 200 200 100 100
CM CM CM
180 200 210 210 150 180 150 150 120 100 100 210 210
CM
180 200 200 200 150 150 150 150 120 100 100 200 200
CM
E E N E E N N/E E N N N/E CM CM E
150 210 210 100 100

CM CM
150 200 200 100 100

CM CM
v
E CM CM CM N
100 150
CM
75 75 150
CM
75 75 150
CM
180 180 200 250 220 200 225 225 200 100
180 180 200 210 200 150 210 210 200

CM
180 180 250 250 220 200 250 225 200 100
180 150 200 200 150 150 200 180 150

CM
150 150 180 200 200 150 180 180 180

CM
150 150 180 200 200 150 180 180 180

CM
CM N/E N/E CM N N/E N/E N E
10%
25%
E = EPR N = Buna-N V = Viton A CM = Consult manufacturer When a choice is shown (N/E), proper selection will depend on concentration, temperature and pressure.
Substance Benzene Benzene sulfonic acid Benzoic acid Black liquor Borax Boric acid Boric acid Boric acid Brine (< 20% salts) Bromine (dry) Bromine (liquid) Bromine water Bromine (wet) Butadiene Butane Butyl acetate Butyl cellosolve Butyraldehyde Butyric acid Calcium bisulfate Calcium bisulfite Calcium carbonate Calcium chlorate Calcium chloride Calcium hydroxide Calcium hypochlorite Calcium hypochlorite Calcium nitrate Calcium phosphate Calcium sulfate Caprylic acid Carbon dioxide (dry) Carbon disulfide Carbonic acid Carbon monoxide Carbon tetrachloride Castor oil Chloride dioxide (wet) Chlorine gas (dry) Chlorine gas (wet) Chloroacetic acid Chloroacetic acid Chloroacetic acid Chlorobenzene Chloroform Chlorosulfonic acid Chromic acid Chromic acid Chromic acid Chrome alum Citric acid Copper acetate Copper chloride Copper cyanide Copper nitrate Copper sulfate Corn syrup Cresylic acid
Concentration
Temperature Limit (F) for Piping Series 2000 3000A 4000 5000 7000 K/L 150 220 220 150 250 225 225 225 250
CM CM
O-ring Matl v v v v
N N/E E E N/E CM CM E CM
4% 4 20% >20%
125 200 200 125 210 200 200 200 190

CM CM
150 220 220 200 250 225 225 225 250

CM CM
CM
200 200 150 200 200 200 200 200

CM CM CM CM
120 180 200 150 200 200 200 200 210

CM CM
120 180 180 150 200 200 200 200 200

CM CM
4%
150
CM
100
CM
150
CM
150
CM
150
CM
150 150 150 150 150 200 270 270 270 150 270 200 150 150 250 250 250 150 250 75 180 200 150 220
CM CM CM
150 150 150 150 120 150 210 210 210 125 210 180 120 120 210 210 210 150 210
CM
150 150 150 150 150 200 270 270 270 150 270 200 150 150 250 250 250 150 250 75 180 200 150 220
CM CM CM
100 100
CM CM CM
120 120 100 100

CM
120 120 100 100

CM
v
N CM E E
180 200 200 200 200 200 180 200 100 200 200 200 150 200
CM
150 200 200 200 100 210

CM
150 200 200 200 100 200 150 150 150 200 200 200 120 200 75 150 150 150 200
CM CM CM
v
N N N CM N N E E N/E N N CM N/E N N N
< 20% 20%
175 200 125 210

CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
180 200
CM
10% 10 25% 25 50%
100 100
CM
100 100
CM
200 150 200 200 200 200 150

CM CM CM
150 150 200 200 200 120 200 75 150 150 150 200
CM CM CM
v
N CM CM CM
75
CM CM
75
CM CM
100
CM CM
100
CM CM CM CM CM
75
CM CM CM CM CM
75
CM CM CM CM CM
v v v v
CM CM CM CM CM N N E N N N N N CM
5% 5 20% 20 30%
CM CM CM
200 100
CM
200 250 180 250 220 250 220 220

CM
180 210 150 210 210 210 210 210

CM
200 250 180 250 220 250 220 220

CM
200 200 180 200 200 200 220 180

CM
150 210 150 200 180 200 210 200

CM
150 200 150 200 180 200 200 200

CM
Temperature Conversions C = 59(F - 32)
F C
75 100 125 150 180 200 210 225 250 270 300 24 38 52 66 82 93 99 107 121 132 149
Substance
Concentration
Temperature Limit (F) for Piping Series 2000 3000A 4000 5000 7000 K/L 250 200 220 220 150 150 180 180 180
CM
O-ring Matl
N/E N/V N N N/V N/V N/V CM E CM CM CM
Crude oil (sweet or sour) Cupric fluoride Cupric nitrate Cupric sulfate Cyclohexane Cyclohexanol Detergents Diallyl phthalate Dibutyl phthalate Diacetone alcohol Dicalcium phosphate Dichloroacetaldehyde Dichlorobenzene Dichloroethylene Diesel fuel Diethanolamine Diethyl ketone Diethyl ether Diethylene glycol Diethylene triamine Dimethylamine Dimethyl formamide Dimethyl phthalate Diphenyl ether Dipropylene glycol Disodium methyl arsenate Ethyl acetate Ethyl acrylate Ethyl alcohol alcohol, ethyl Ethyl benzene Ethyl cellosolve Ethyl chloride Ethyl ether Ethyl tert-butyl ether (ETBE) Ethylene chlorohydrin Ethylene diamine Ethylene dichloride Ethylene glycol (aq.) Fatty acids Ferric acetate Ferric chloride Ferric chloride Ferric chloride Ferric nitrate Ferric sulfate Ferrous chloride Ferrous nitrate Ferrous sulfate Fire Fighting Foam* Fire Fighting Foam* Fluoboric acid Fluorine Fluosilicic acid Fluosilicic acid Formaldehyde Formic acid
210 200 200 200 150 150 180 180 180

CM
250 250 250 250 150 150 180 180 180

CM
200 200 200 200 120

CM
210 150 180 180 120 100 120 120 120

CM
200 200 180 180 120 100 120 120 120

CM
150 150 180

CM
150
CM
125
CM
150
CM
120
CM CM CM
100
CM
100
CM CM CM
150
CM
150
CM
150
CM
100
CM
v
CM N/V CM CM CM N/V CM CM CM
250
CM CM
210
CM CM
250
CM CM
150
CM CM CM
200
CM CM CM
200
CM CM CM
100 200
CM CM CM
80 150
CM CM CM
100 200
CM CM CM
180
CM CM CM
180
CM CM CM CM
180
CM CM CM CM
100 120 200 220 150 120 150 150

CM
100 100 175 200 125 100 125 100

CM CM CM
100 120 200 220 150 120 150 150

CM
100
CM
150 100
CM CM
100 150 200 120 120 100 120

CM
100 150 200 120 120 100 120

CM
v v v
N
E E
CM CM CM CM CM
v
E CM CM CM
100 120 150

CM CM
125
CM CM
100 120 150

CM CM
100
CM CM
100 100 100

CM CM
100 200 100

CM CM
v
CM
v
N/E
270 225 200 220 205 205 200 225 220 220 220 150 150 200
CM CM CM
210 210 180 210 210 210 200 210 210 210 210
CM CM
270 225 200 220 205 205 200 225 220 220 220 150 150 200
CM
200 200 180 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
CM CM
210 100 200 170 150 150 150 210 200 200 200
CM CM
200 100 200 170 150 150 150 160 200 200 200
CM CM
v
N N N N N N N N N N N CM CM CM CM N CM
20% 20 40% 40 60%
* Fire Fighting Foam (FFF)

& PSX Series Pipe
Temp. (F) Limit for Piping Series PSX PSX L3 Jetfire 150 150 150 150
FFF Type ATC AFFF
Conc. 3 or 6% 3 or 6%
O -ring Matl
N N
ATC 3 or 6% AFFF 3 or 6%
150
CM CM CM
200
CM
150
CM CM CM
150
CM CM CM
10% 10 25% 40% 10%
150
CM
150
CM
100
CM
150
CM
200 100 150 150
75
CM
75
CM
Substance Formic acid Freon Fuel oil Furfural Gasoline Gluconic acid Glucose Glycerine (aq.) Glycerine Glyoxal Green liquor
Concentration 10 25%
Temperature Limit (F) for Piping Series 2000 3000A 4000 5000 7000 K/L
CM CM CM CM CM CM
O-ring Matl
CM CM N CM
100
CM
CM CM
CM CM
220
CM
210
CM
220
CM
180
CM
210
CM
200
CM
50%
100% 30%
225 180 220 300 300 120 180 200 150 250
CM
210 150 210 210 210 120 150 175 150 210
CM CM CM
225 180 250 300 300 120 200 200 150 250
CM
150 100 200 200 200

CM CM
150 150 200 210 210

CM
150 120 200 200 200

CM
N CM N N/E N/E CM CM
100 150 100 200

CM CM CM
100 150 100 200

CM CM CM
Heptane Hexane Hydraulic oils Hydrazine Hydrobromic acid 10% Hydrobromic acid 10 48% Hydrochloric acid 1% Hydrochloric acid 1 10% Hydrochloric acid 10 20% Hydrochloric acid 20 37% Hydrofluoric acid 5% Hydrogen chloride gas (dry) Hydrogen peroxide 30% Hydrogen sulfide (dry) Hydrogen sulfide (wet) Hydrochlorous acid 10% Iodine n-Isopropyl acetate Jet fuel (JP-A, JP-8 ) Juice, orange Kerosene Lactic acid Latex Lauric acid n-Lauryl alcohol Lead acetate Lead nitrate Levulinic acid Lime Linseed oil Lithium chloride Lithium hydroxide Lube oil Magnesium carbonate Magnesium chloride Magnesium hydroxide Magnesium nitrate Magnesium sulfate Maleic acid Maleic acid
180 120 200

CM
N N N CM E E E
100 100 150 150 120

CM CM
125 125 100

CM CM
120 120 200 200 200 180

CM
150
CM
150
CM
150
CM
250 180 120 120 150 250 250 250 225 225 220 220 250 220 220 200 250 225 150 250 220 270 270 250 270 220 220
200 175 100 80 125 210 210 210 210 210 210 200 210 210 210 200 210 210 150 210 210 210 210 210 210 200 200
250 180 150 120 150 250 250 250 225 225 220 250 250 220 220 220 250 225 150 250 220 270 270 250 270 220 220
120 120 200 200 200 150 150 150 150 180 180 180 100
CM
75
CM CM CM CM
75
CM CM CM CM
v v
CM CM
150
CM
150
CM
v v
E E E
150 100
CM
150 100
CM
120 120 200 200 210 170 210 200 200 200 170 200 180 200 210 150 200 170 210 210 200 210 170 170
120 120 200 200 200 170 160 200 200 200 170 200 180 200 160 150 200 170 200 200 200 120 120 120
v
E
180 180 200 200 120 200 200 200 200 200 180 200 200 120 200 200 200 150 200 200 200 200
N/E N/E
N/E CM N/E E/V E N/E N/E N/V N/V N CM N
N/E N/E E/V N/E N/E
5% 5 35%
v v
Temperature Conversions C = 59(F - 32)
F C
75 100 125 150 180 200 210 225 250 270 300 24 38 52 66 82 93 99 107 121 132 149
Substance
Concentration
Temperature Limit (F) for Piping Series 2000 3000A 4000 5000 7000 K/L 220 150 220 220 270
CM CM
O-ring Matl v v
N N N CM CM E CM CM CM CM CM CM CM N/E
Maleic acid > 35% Maleic anhydride Mercuric chloride Mercurous chloride Mercury Methacrylic acid Methyl chloride Methyl ethyl ketone Methyl isobutyl alcohol Methyl isobutyl carbitol Methyl isobutyl ketone Methyl methacrylate Methyl sulfonic acid Methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) Methylene chloride Mineral oil Naphtha Naphthalene Natural gas Nickel chloride Nickel nitrate Nickel sulfate Nitric acid Nitric acid Nitric acid Nitric acid Nitrogen solutions Oil, sour crude Oil, diesel Oil, lubricating Oleic acid Oleum Olive oil Oxalic acid Oxalic acid Oxalic acid
200 150 210 210 210

CM CM
220 150 220 220 270

CM CM
200 120 200 200 200

CM CM CM
150 150 200 200 200

CM CM
100 150 200 200 200

CM CM
100 180 120 150 100

CM
80 170 100 125 75

CM CM CM
100 180 120 150 100

CM
120
CM CM CM NR CM CM
100 150
CM
100 150
CM
100
CM CM
100
CM CM
120
CM
120
CM
100
CM
200
CM
270 225 200 250 270 220 225 120 75 75

CM
210 210 200 210 210 210 210 75 75 75

CM
270 225 200 250 270 220 225 120 75 75

CM
200 180 200 200 200 200 200 150 150 100 100 100 200 180 180 200
CM
210 210 150 210 210 180 210

CM CM CM CM CM
200 200 150 200 160 180 160 75

CM CM CM CM
v v N/V N/V
N N E CM CM CM CM
1% 1 5% 5 10% 10 20%
150 250 250 220 220

CM
125 210 210 210 200

CM
150 250 250 220 220

CM
210 200 200 200

CM
200 200 200 200

CM
N N N
10% 10 20% 20 50%
220 150
CM CM
200 150
CM CM
250 150
CM CM
200 200 200

CM
200 150
CM CM
200 150
CM CM
v v N/V N/V N/V N/V

N/V
Palmitic acid Perchloric acid Perchloroethylene Petroleum ether Phenol 1% Phenol 1 5% Phenol 5 100% Phosphoric acid 2% Phosphoric acid 2 10% Phosphoric acid 10 50% Phosphoric acid 50 85% Phosphorous oxychloride Phthalic anhydride Pickling acid (5% H2SO4, 0.25% coal coal tar inhibitor, water) Picric acid Pine oil
220
CM
210
CM
220
CM
200
CM CM CM CM CM CM
200
CM
200
CM
120 100 100 100

CM
100 100
CM CM CM
120 100 100 100

CM
100
CM
100
CM
v v
CM
75
CM CM
75
CM CM
v v
CM E E E E CM CM
100 100 100 100

CM
100 100 75
CM CM
100 100 100 100

CM
200 200 200 200

CM
100 75 75
CM CM
100 75 75
CM CM
220 100 100 150
200 80 100 125
220 180 100 150
200 200 100 150
200
CM CM
200
CM CM
v
N/V
150
150
Substance
Concentration
Temperature Limit (F) for Piping Series 2000 3000A 4000 5000 7000 K/L 220 150 150 150 220 220 100 270 225 200 220 220 200 150 150 150 270
CM CM
O-ring Matl
E E N N N N/E N N/E N/E N/E N N N E E E N/E N CM N/E N/E N N/E
Plating solution (17% NiSO4, 5% NiCl2, 30% H3BO3, water) Polyvinyl acetate emulsion Polyethylene glycol (E-200) Polyethylene glycol (P-400) Potassium bicarbonate Potassium bromide Potassium carbonate 50% Potassium chloride Potassium cyanide Potassium dichromate 10% Potassium ferricyanide Potassium ferrocyanide Potassium fluoride 30% Potassium hydroxide 25% Potassium hydroxide 25 50% Potassium hydroxide 50 75% Potassium nitrate Potassium permanganate 10% Potassium persulfate Potassium phosphate Potassium sulfate Propane Propylene glycol Quatenary ammonium salts Silver nitrate Sodium acetate Sodium aluminum sulfate Sodium benzoate Sodium bicarbonate 10% Sodium bicarbonate 10 20% Sodium bisulfate Sodium bisulfite Sodium bromate Sodium bromide Sodium carbonate < 10% Sodium carbonate 10% Sodium chlorate 50% Sodium chloride Sodium cyanide < 6% Sodium cyanide 6% Sodium dichromate 10% Sodium ferricyanide Sodium ferrocyanide Sodium hydrosulfide Sodium hydroxide 10% Sodium hydroxide 10 40% Sodium hydroxide 40 50% Sodium hypochlorite 514% Sodium hypochlorite (stable) 10% Sodium hypochlorite (stable) 11 18% Sodium nitrate Sodium nitrite Sodium silicate Sodium sulfate Sodium sulfide 10% Sodium sulfite Sodium thiocyanate
Temperature Conversions C = 59(F - 32) F C
210 150 120 210 200 200 100 210 210 180 200 200 200 150 150 150 210
CM CM
220 150 180 180 270 220 100 270 225 200 220 220 220 180 180 180 270
CM CM
180 250 150 270 120 220 220 220 200 250 250 250 220 150 250 200 100 250 270 225 225 200 270 270 120 150 150 150
CM CM CM
150 210 125 210 120 200 200 200 200 210 210 210 200 125 210 210 150 200 210 210 210 180 210 210 100 150 150 150
CM CM CM
180 270 150 270 120 220 220 250 200 250 250 250 220 180 250 200 200 250 270 225 225 200 270 270 120 180 180 180
CM CM CM
180 100 150 150 150 200 150 200 180 200 200 200 150 120 100 100 200 150 180 100 180 100 200 100 200 200 200 180 180 150 200 200 140 200 150 150 180 200 200 200 200 200 200 100 100 100 150 150
CM CM
120 100 150 150 100 200

CM
120 100 150 150 100 200

CM
210 210 150 200 200 150 100 100

CM
200 200 150 200 200 150 100 100

CM
210
CM CM
200
CM CM
150 210 100 210 100 200 200 200 180 180 180 200 200 150 210 210 150 210 210 210 200 180 200 200
CM
150 200 100 200 100 200 200 200 180 180 180 200 200 150 200 200 150 200 200 200 200 180 200 200
CM
CM
E/V E N CM N/V N/V N/E N/E N N N N CM N/E N/E N/E E E E CM E E CM
100
CM CM CM CM CM
100
CM CM CM CM CM
270 250 220 270 200 200 200
210 210 210 210 200 200 200
270 250 220 270 200 200 200
200 200 200 200 150 200 180
210 200 200 210 200 200 200
200 200 200 200 200 200 200
v v v N/E
E N/E N/E N N
75 100 125 150 180 200 210 225 250 270 300 24 38 52 66 82 93 99 107 121 132 149
Substance
Concentration
Temperature Limit (F) for Piping Series 2000 3000A 4000 5000 7000 K/L 150 250 250 220 220 200 100 220 100 150
CM
O-ring Matl v
N N N/E N/V N
Sodium thiosulfate Stannic chloride Stannic sulfate Stannous chloride Stearic acid Strontium chloride Styrene Sugar solutions Sulfamic acid Sulfite liquors Sulfur chloride Sulfur dioxide gas (dry) Sulfur trioxide Sulfuric acid Sulfuric acid Sulfuric acid Sulfuric acid Sulfuric acid Sulfuric acid Sulfuric acid Sulfuric acid Sulfurous acid
< 25%
125 210 210 210 210 200 100 210 100 125
CM
150 270 270 220 220 200 100 250 100 150
CM
200 200 200 200 200 200 100 180 180 200
CM
120 200 200 200 200 200 75 200 100 100

CM
120 200 200 200 200 200 75 200 100 100

CM
v
N/V N
v v
E
2% 2 5% 5 10% 10 20% 20 25% 25 50% 50 70% > 70%
180 150 150 125 100 100 100 100 100

CM
150 150 100 80

CM CM CM CM CM CM
200 180 180 180 180 180 150 150 100

CM
200 160 200 200 200 200 180 180 120

CM
150 100 75
CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
120 100 75
CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
v v v v v v v v
CM
200 200 225 100 180 120

CM
180 200 210

CM
200 200 225 100 180 120

CM
200 200 200

CM CM
120 200 210 100

CM
120 200 200 100

CM
v
N N/E CM
Tall oil Tannic acid tert-Amyl methyl ether (TAME) Tetrachloroethylene Tetraethyl lead Thionyl chloride Toluene Transformer oil 1,1,1 Trichloroethane Trichloroethylene Triethanolamine Triethylamine Triphenyl phosphite Trisodium phosphate Turpentine Urea Vinegar Vinyl acetate
150 120
CM
100
CM CM
100
CM
100
CM
v v
CM
25%
150 300 150 120 150 100 120 200 150 200 200 150 150 125 100
CM
125 210
CM
100 150 100 120 200 125 150 150 120 150 125 100
CM
150 300 150 120 150 100 120 200 150 200 200 150 150 125 100
CM
200
CM CM CM CM
100 210
CM CM
100 210 150

CM
v
N/V V
v
E CM CM CM N/V
150
CM
150
CM
120 150
CM
100 150 120 150 150 100 120 110 100

CM CM
100 150 120 150 150 100 120 110 100

CM CM
150 200
CM
CM
E/V CM
Water, chlorinated 50 ppm Water, chlorinated 50 500 ppm Water, chlorinated 500 2000 ppm Water, chlorinated 2000 3500 ppm Water, chlorinated brine Water, deionized Water, demineralized Water, distilled Water, fresh Water, salt Water, sea Water, steam condensate White liquor Xylene Zinc acetate
120 250 250 250 250 270 270 250 150 150 180
120 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 150 125 150
120 250 250 250 250 270 270 250 200 150 180
180 150 110 110 150 180 200 200 200 200 200 200 150
CM
N N N N N N/E N/E N/E N/E N/E N/E N/E N/E
210 210 210 210 210 210 210

CM
200 200 200 200 200 200 200

CM
150 150
150 150
v
E
180
Substance Zinc chloride Zinc phosphate Zinc sulfate
Concentration
Temperature Limit (F) for Piping Series 2000 3000A 4000 5000 7000 K/L 250 180 200 210 150 210 250 180 250 200 200 200 200 150 200 200 150 200
O-ring Matl
N/E CM N/E
Mechanical joining systems
Pronto-Lock and Pronto-Lock II Available on all 3000A Series products. These joints utilize an O-ring seal with locking threads. Key-Lock (K/L) Available for Series 2400 and 3400 in diameters from 2 to 40 inches . The Key-Lock joint utilizes an O-ring seal with locking keys.
Fittings
Filament-wound fittings Compatible with, and equivalent in corrosion resistance to the premium corrosion resistant epoxy or vinyl ester piping systems offered by Ameron (i.e. Series 4000 and Series 5000). These fittings also may be used with Series 2000 where higher strength, greater impact resistance, etc., are desired. Molded fittings Offer an economical alternative to filament-wound fittings with corrosion performance equivalent to Series 2000 or Series 3000A.
Key-Lock and Pronto-Lock O-ring Selection Guide
Temperature Range Code N E V Polymer Buna-N (Nitrile) Ethylene propylene rubber (EPR) Fluorocarbon (Viton A) F -30 to +225 -65 to +250 -15 to +375 C -5 to +105 -55 to +125 -25 to +190
Where a choice of materials is shown (i.e. N/E), the proper material selection will depend on the concentration, temperature and pressure of the system.
Bondstrand adhesives
Type 6 34 60 105
Joint Type Q/L Q/L Q/L
Primary Use Foodstuffs Antistatic piping Resistance to acids
Areas of Use All All All All
Pipe Resin System Epoxy Epoxy Epoxy Vinyl ester
Temperature F 300 300 250 200 C 149 149 121 93
Q/L or T/T General Service
10
Subhead
CALL CHEMTREC - DAY OR NIGHT 1-800-424-9300


For calls originating outside the continental U.S. 202-483-7616 -Washington D.C. collect ALL CALLS ARE RECORDED
11
Important Notice
Fiberglass Pipe Division Asia Ameron (Pte) Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 639407 Tel: 65 861 6118 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Fiberglass Pipe Division Europe Ameron B.V. J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: +31 345 587 561 Fiberglass Pipe Division Americas P.O. Box 878 Burkburnett, TX 76354 Tel: (940) 569-1471 Fax: (940) 569-2764 Fiberglass Pipe Division Centron International P.O. Box 490 600 FM 1195 South Mineral Wells, Texas 76068 Tel: (940) 325-1341 Fax: (940) 325-9681
1986 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP132I (1/01) supersedes FP132H (11/99) 10M [369]
Bondstrand Installation
Quick-Lock Adhesive-bonded Bell and Spigot Joints

for Bondstrand fiberglass piping systems
Introduction
Follow these instructions to make the Quick-Lock bell and spigot joint for Bondstrand pipe and fittings using Ameron epoxy or vinylester adhesives. The instructions show you how to cut the pipe, prepare the pipe ends, mix and apply the adhesive, make the joint and cure the adhesive. To determine the appropriate Bondstrand adhesive for your installation, consult Bondstrand Chemical Resistance Guide, FP132. FP132 is available from Ameron or your Bondstrand supplier. Complete usage instructions for the adhesives are contained in each adhesive kit. Store adhesives at temperatures below 100F (38C). Use adhesives before the date stamped on the adhesive kit package.
The Quick-Lock joint has been used successfully in Bondstrand fiberglass piping systems throughout the world for over thirty-five years. Typical of Bondstrand installations is this vacuum unit drain piping in a Saudi Arabian desalination plant.
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP170E (8/00)
Cutting pipe
Measure the desired length and scribe the pipe using a pipefitters wraparound or heating blanket. When holding the pipe in a vise, use a 14-inch (6 mm) thick rubber pad (or equal) to protect the pipe from damage. Use a hacksaw or power saw with abrasive wheel to cut the pipe. Check the squareness of cut. Pipe up to 4 inches (100 mm) should be square to within 116 inch (1.5 mm); larger pipe to within 18 inch (3 mm). Use a disc grinder or file to correct squareness. Danger! Do not inhale dust produced by cutting and grinding. Provide adequate ventilation or wear OSHA-approved dust mask.
Scribe the pipe with chalk or a white marker to assure squareness of cut (top). Bondstrand pipe may be cut using a fine-tooth hacksaw or a power saw with abrasive wheel (bottom). See FP811 AMERON RECOMMENDED SAFETY PRACTICES for proper personal protective equipment.
End preparation
Use the Bondstrand B-1 end preparation tool for 2 through 8-inch sizes. For 10-inch pipe and larger, several shavers are available from Ameron and are referenced in the equipment list at the end of these instructions. Instructions for adjusting and operating the end preparation tools are provided with the tools. The instructions may also be obtained from your local Bondstrand representative.
End preparation (continued)
End preparation tools can be used manually, but a portable power drive is advisable if preparing a number of joints. Check the OD of the prepared end with a Pi Tape to ensure the following dimensions are obtained:
The cutter wheels on the B-1 tool are designed to cut when the tool is rotating in the clockwise direction. Attempts to cut with the tool in counterclockwise rotation will bend the cutter wheels and reduce the effectiveness of the tool. Similarly, when withdrawing the tool after completing a cut, stop the drill motor and simply pull the tool out of the pipe. Do not reverse the drill rotation when withdrawing as this will also tend to bend the cutter wheels.
The B-1 tool (top) requires no adjustment and is used to prepare pipe ends in sizes to 8 inches. Pipe ends in 10 and 12 inch sizes are prepared with the M74 tool. The M80 tool (not shown) is used for larger sizes.
Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 1 25 1.5 40 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400
Prepared Spigot Diameter maximum minimum (in) (mm) (in) (mm) 1.29 32.9 1.28 32.5 1.88 47.8 1.87 47.5 2.35 59.6 2.33 59.2 3.47 88.0 3.45 87.6 4.45 112.9 4.43 112.5 5.51 139.9 5.49 139.5 6.56 166.6 6.54 166.2 8.56 217.4 8.54 217.0 10.70 271.7 10.68 271.3 12.70 322.6 12.68 322.2 13.95 354.2 13.93 353.8 15.93 404.5 15.91 404.1
All bonding surfaces must be clean and dry and must be sanded within two hours of assembly. Sand the bonding surfaces with a 14-inch drill motor and flapper sander. See the equipment list at the end of these instructions for drill motor and flapper sander specifications. Sanded surfaces should show a dull, fresh finish, not a polished look. Dont forget to sand the end of the spigot.
End preparation (continued)
Wipe the sanded surfaces thoroughly with a clean, dry cloth, or use a duster brush to remove dust particles. If surfaces become wet, warm with Bondstrand heating blanket or hot air gun until dry, then resand. Protect the bonding surfaces from moisture during bad weather by tenting over the working area. Do not touch the prepared surfaces with bare hands or soiled gloves that would leave an oily film. Caution: Clean and dry sanded surfaces are required for proper bonding.
When using pneumatic tools, the air supply must be dry and oil-free as moisture or oil on bonding surfaces will interfere with the adhesive.
Check the outside diameter of the prepared pipe end with a Pi Tape (left). Permissible diameter ranges are marked on the tape and must conform to the values tabulated on the previous page. Sand all bonding surfaces within two hours of applying adhesive: the inside of the fitting (top right), the cut end of the pipe (center left), and the outside of the spigot (bottom left). Remove dust from all sanded surfaces with a clean rag (bottom right).
Spigot insertion depths and diameters
Measure back from the end of the spigot the distance shown in the following table and scribe a line using a white grease pencil or soapstone. When the spigot is bottomed to the pipe stop in the bell, the scribed line will be 1 inch (25 mm) from the end of the bell. Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) 1 25 1.5 40 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 Mark in from spigot end (in) (mm) 2 116 52 2.14 57 2.1316 71 2.1316 71 2.1316 71 3.14 82 3.14 82 3.1 2 89 3.34 95 4. 101 4.1 2 114 5. 127
Before applying adhesive, put an insertion depth reference mark on the spigot by measuring back from the pipe end by the amount tabulated above. After joining, the reference mark should be 1 inch from the end of the bell.
Alignment of fittings
To ensure proper alignment of fittings, matchmark the mating pieces before applying adhesive. Taking care to avoid contaminating the bonding surfaces, dry fit the pieces, then mark each piece for subsequent realignment.
Assure proper alignment of fittings by matchmarking the mating pieces while dry fitting.
Applying the adhesive
Select the adhesive kit per the following table: Bonds per Kit
Kit Size
(fl oz) 1/25 1.5/40 2/50 3/80

4/100 5/125 6/150 8/200 10/250 12/300 14/350
1
16/400
1
3 5 8
10
6 10
4 7 10
3 5 8
2 3 6
1 2 5
1 1 3
2 1 2
2 1 2
2 1 1
1 2 1
2 1
Important: Be aware of the working time available after the adhesive has been mixed. It may not be possible to achieve the listed number of bonds in the smaller sizes because of the available working time (pot life) of the adhesive. See the adhesive kit package for the approximate working times.
Add all of the hardener to the resin (left). After mixing thoroughly, apply a thin layer to the inside of the bell (right).
When the joint is ready to be bonded, add the curing agent to the resin. Stir thoroughly for at least one minute or until no streaks are visible. Apply the mixed adhesive to the bonding surfaces immediately. If the mix has started to gel in the container, discard and start a new kit. Appearance of gelled or lumpy material indicates that the mix has started to cure. Use the disposable spatula supplied in the kit to apply a thin layer (132 inch or 1 mm) of adhesive to the surface of the bell including the pipe stop. Excess adhesive in the bell will restrict flow inside the joint. Apply adhesive liberally to the entire spigot surface and a thin layer to the cut end of the pipe. Excess adhesive on the spigot surface will be forced out when the bell and the spigot are joined.
Proper adhesive application
In a properly made joint, the adhesive applied to the bell is pushed to the inside of the joint where it forms a bead that protects the cut edge of the pipe. Excess adhesive applied to the pipe spigot is pushed to the outside of the joint and can be easily removed. Too much adhesive in the bell may restrict flow through the pipe.
Apply a generous layer of adhesive to the outside of the spigot (left). In addition, apply a thin layer of adhesive to the cut end of the pipe (right).
When the joint is assembled, some of the adhesive in the bell is pushed to the inside by the end of the spigot. When correctly applied, a thin layer of adhesive in the bell (center) forms a small bead that will protect the cut end of the pipe.
Correct
Too much adhesive in the bell may restrict flow inside the pipe (bottom).
Incorrect
Joint assembly
Without rotating the spigot, insert it into the bell until it rests firmly against the pipe stop. For 6-inch (150 mm) pipe and larger, use a comealong to seat the joint and hold it in place. Support the bands on wooden blocks on each side of the joint so the comealong can remain snug while the heating blanket is wrapped around the joint and the joint is cured. Joints 6 inches or less in size may be made by tapping on a wooden block placed over pipe end to seat the spigot in bell.
Before joining the pipe, align the faces of the bell and spigot parallel with one another (left). When making largediameter joints, use a comealong to join the pipe (right) and to hold the joint together during the cure.
Joint assembly (continued)
Join fittings to pipe using one of the two methods described above. It may be necessary to back up an elbow, tee, lateral, etc., with a sandbag or similar shock absorber while tapping pipe spigots into fittings. Caution: Never use a metal hammer directly on Bondstrand pipe or fittings.
Joints in the small diameters can be made up with a rubber mallet (or equal) and a block of wood (left). Never strike pipe or fittings directly with a hammer or mallet. Check the insertion depth after making the joint (right). The reference mark should be 1 inch from the end of the bell.
When mounting a flange, make sure that the vertical (center left) and rotational alignment (bottom right) meet the requirements stated in the text.
Remove excess adhesive for good appearance (second from top left). Sand the inside of the flange before applying adhesive (second from bottom left). Clean excess adhesive where the flange lip contacts the spigot to avoid contamination of the flange face (bottom left).
Align flanges, tees and other fittings to the matchmarks as you make the joint to avoid rotating the part while assembling. Check rotational alignment of flange bolt holes and squareness of flange faces. Flanges with bolt holes more than 116 inch (1.5 mm) out of rotational alignment, or faces more than 116 inch out of square across the flange face, or any angular errors of more than 1 2 in the axial or rotational alignment of bell and spigot are likely to cause subsequent assembly problems. If the joint is misaligned, pull it apart, remove adhesive from the pipe stop area, reapply adhesive and rejoin before adhesive starts to set up.
Force curing adhesive joints
When force curing the adhesive, place the thermostat end of the Bondstrand heating blanket against the assembled joint with the thermostat side facing out. Wrap the remainder of the blanket around the joint so that any overlap covers the thermostat. Tie the blanket in place with any nonconducting tie. In general, Ameron recommends the use of insulation around the heating blanket. This is essential when the air temperature is below 40F (4C). Fiberglass insulation backed with aluminum foil generally works well. Insulation should overlap the blanket sides about 4 inches (100 mm) each way and be tied down near the edges to trap the heat. Turn on the heating blanket and mark the starting time on the pipe. Check the blanket after a short period to assure it is heating. A 30-minute cure is recommended for joining pipe and mounting flanges and a 45-minute cure for joining fittings.
Position the heating blanket with the thermostat facing out (left). Wrap the loose end of the blanket over the thermostat and secure with an electrically nonconductive tie (right).
Mark the starting time for the cure on the pipe (center right). If the temperature might drop below 40F (4C), insulate the blanket with fiberglass insulation backed with aluminum foil or the equivalent (bottom right).
Caution: Do not move, vibrate, or
Force curing flanges
Flange mounting requires a special blanket wrap. Lay the blanket flat with the thermostat down and, starting at the thermostat end, roll it up. Insert the rolled blanket into the pipe end to the depth of the fresh joint, leaving the cord and part of the blanket exposed as shown. Fill the space inside the rolled blanket with fiberglass insulation to ensure that the blanket remains snugly against the inside joint surface.
When curing a flange, place the heating blanket inside the pipe so that the thermostat faces the center of the pipe. Insulate the space inside the blanket.
Equipment list
The following tools are recommended for installing Bondstrand pipe:

(a) B-1 end preparation tool (1 to 8 inch) (FP376 B-1 TOOL INSTALLATION GUIDE) M80 pipe shaver and arbors (10 to 16 inch) (FP515 M80 PIPE SHAVER INSTRUCTIONS) Note: M74 pipe shaver can be used for (2 to 12 inch) Hacksaw or power saw with abrasive wheel Half-inch heavy-duty drill operating at 450 to 600 rpm; preferably with pistol grip, spade grip and side handles (Black and Decker Model 1321) Pipe vise (Pilot No. 20) and 14-inch (6 mm) thick elastomeric pads Flapper wheel sander (available from Ameron) with electric or air drill motor with 14-inch (6 mm) drive, 1700-2200 rpm (faster drills will produce a polished surface) Rubber mallet, 2 lb (1 kg), Shore Durometer A 70-80, 212 to 3 inch diameter Comealong for 6-inch (150 mm) pipe and larger, Dayton No. 2Z614 Heating blankets (four sizes available from Ameron) Pipefitters wraparound, level and white grease pencil or soapstone Duster brush and clean rags Dust mask, eye protection and gloves Folding rule, 10 ft (3 m) Tape , 50 ft (15 m) Portable power drive, Ridgid No. 700 or Amaz-O-Thred 181D for M74 and M80 pipe shavers Pi Tape measuring tape Disc grinder or file (optional)
(b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) (m) (n) (o) (p)
10
Equipment list (continued)
The B-1 pipe tool is available in sizes from 1 through 8 inches. Tools for the 2, 3 and 4-inch sizes are seen here (left). Pipe is most easily cut using a power saw with abrasive wheel (right).
The B-1 pipe tool requires a 12 inch drill motor with handles on both sides (left), and, preferably, a spade grip. A pipe vise and 14-inch rubber pads (or equal) are highly recommended for cutting, end preparation and spool work (upper right). Bonding surfaces must be sanded using a 40-grit flapper sander (lower right).
Small-diameter joints may be made up with a rubber mallet (or equal) and wooden block (left). Large-diameter joint make-up requires comealongs (right).
Adhesives for the Quick-Lock joint are force-cured with Ameron electric heating blankets (left). An ample supply of clean rags and dust brushes is required to keep all bonding surfaces clean (right).
A pipefitters wraparound, a level and a grease pencil are suggested for alignment and marking (left). Essential safety wear includes eye protection, dust mask and clean cotton gloves (right).
11
Conversions
Important Notice
1982 Ameron FP170E (8/00) supersedes FP170D (9/96) Printed in U.S.A. 7.5M [124]
Adhesive-bonded Bell and Spigot Joints

for Bondstrand no-shave pipe
Installation
1. 2.
Cut pipe to length as shown in FP170D QUICK-LOCK ADHESIVE-BONDED BELL

AND SPIGOT JOINTS.
Using 40 to 120 grit sandpaper, sand the first 2 to 3 of the end of pipe and the Quick-Lock socket of the fitting to be bonded. Dont forget to sand the end of the pipe. There should be no glossy areas left on the bond area of the pipe. Note: DO NOT USE TRADITIONAL SHAVING TOOLS FOR SANDING THE PIPE. FLAPPER SANDERS ARE ACCEPTABLE
3.
All bonding surfaces must be clean and dry and must be sanded within two hours of assembly. Sanded surfaces should show a dull, fresh finish, not a polished look. Wipe the sanded surfaces thoroughly with a clean, dry cloth, or use a duster brush to remove dust particles. If surfaces become wet, warm with a Bondstrand heating blanket or hot air gun until dry, then resand. Protect the bonding surfaces from moisture during bad weather by tenting over the working area. Do not touch the prepared surfaces with bare hands or soiled gloves that would leave an oily film. Mark spigot insertion depth according to FP170D QUICK-LOCK ADHESIVEBONDED BELL AND SPIGOT JOINTS and follow the remaining instructions for alignment, adhesive application, joint assembly and force curing.
4.
5.
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP170 Addendum (10/99)

Installation Practices
for Bondstrand CX Pipe
Scope
This procedure is used in addition to Ameron Literature FP170D (Quick Lock Installation Procedure). For Ameron Literature see your local Bondstrand provider or call Ameron International, Fiberglass Pipe Division. These instructions are intended to be used for the Installation of Bondstrand CX Piping. To determine the proper adhesive for the installation see Bondstrand Chemical Resistance guide, FP132. PSX34 adhesive will be suitable for most services. PSX34 adhesive is Listed by the National Sanitation Foundation under NSF Standard 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects for use in Potable Water Service and Commercial Hot Water Applications. Use PSX34 unless the guide recommends RP105, or if electrical conductivity is required (RP-60). Complete usage instructions for the adhesive is provided in each kit. Use the adhesive before the date stamped on the adhesive kit package. Use the Jacket Cutter to cut the jacket to the specified length (see table 1 on left). Set the depth of the wheel to cut the outer wall only. DO NOT CUT THE PRIMARY WALL. Make sure the grinding wheel does not grind into the sand. Cut only to the white tape that separates the secondary pipe wall from the sand. Cutting into the sand will reduce the life of the wheel. When cutting the jacket, there should only be one longitudinal cut. Use this same cut path to pull out the jacket cutter. This will save wear on the cutter wheel. Start the cut by pushing tool on to the pipe until the tool bottoms out. Rotate the pipe or tool to part the jacket. Pull tool out along the same longitudinal cut. Once the jacket is cut, use a utility knife to cut through the remaining tape. Use a blunt end object to remove the wall of the jacket. Be careful not to damage primary pipe wall. Use the standard spigot cutting tool to shave the spigot on the primary pipe, if necessary. Note: For no-shave pipe, no spigot shaving tools are necessary for primary or secondary pipe. If outside diameter (O.D.) is slightly large, use flapper sander to reduce O.D. Note: B-1F tools are used for 2-8. M80 shavers are used for 10-16. See the Quick Lock procedure FP170 for spigot lengths and diameters. Use the Unique Taper Tool (Model 010), with the modified 3 cutter blade, to shave spigot on outer wall for 2-6 inch pipe diameters. Use M-80 tool (adjusted) to shave secondary spigot on 8-16 inch pipe. For no-shave pipe, sand the outer wall of the pipe to the length of the secondary spigot. Ensure that all glossy surfaces are removed from bonding area. Follow Ameron Literature FP667 for basic operating instructions of the Unique Taper Tool. Follow Ameron Literature FP515 for basic operating instructions on the M-80 shaver. Use Table 2 for length and O.D. of the spigot on the secondary wall. Angle is 0 on spigot. Note: To set length of spigot, using the unique taper tool, the insertion depth of the collet on the taper tool should be adjusted. Measure from end of secondary wall to tip of cutting blade. Use the modified (3 long) cutter to cut spigot on secondary piping.
Introduction
End Preparation
Table 1.
Jacket Removal Length Size (in) 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 Length (in) 21/2 21/2 21/2 27/8 33/4 33/4 33/4 33/4 33/4
Secondary Spigot
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP821B (7/00)
Secondary Spigot (contd)
O.D. & Length of Spigot on the Secondary Wall Nominal Pipe Size (in) 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
(1)
Table 2. Angle on spigot is 0.
Spigot O.D. .015 Standard Pipe No-Shave Pipe (in) (in) 2.657 2.585 3.782 3.700 4.866 4.700 6.992 6.820 9.007 11.185 13.185 14.439 16.487
Spigot Length(1) 1/16 (in) 118 118 118 118 158 158 158 158 158
Or length of no-shave pipe which needs to be completely sanded prior to bonding.
Bonding
Primary Piping See Literature FP170D for proper bonding techniques. Leave secondary spigots as clean as possible while bonding primary as this will save time when ready to bond secondary closures. Secondary Piping Test Primary piping before assembly of secondary closures (see below). Sand all bonding surfaces before bonding. Use the matched closures and bond across spigots on pipe wall and female component. Be careful not to cover the sand layer with adhesive. Use a hose clamp to secure closures until bond has set. Do not allow the closures to move while curing. Do not test until full cure has been obtained. Each end of the secondary piping must be closed if containment is to be pressure tested. Reference FP822 TERMINATION FIELD WELD KITS for Bondstrand CX Pipe for guidance.
Testing
Primary Piping Test primary pipe before assembly of secondary closures. During testing, inspect all joints and monitor the cut ends of the containment piping (jacket). If a leak occurs in the primary piping, it will be visible at this point. Note: If the primary pipe is being tested pneumatically, a soapy water solution can be used over the cut end of the jacket to show integrity. This provides 100% inspection of the primary system. Secondary Piping Once cure is complete, remove the clamps and test using the test ports in the closures at either end of the pipe system. Regulate air pressure going into the test assembly. The secondary space is small which allows pressure to build very quickly. Not using a regulator may cause damage to the test gauge. Note: Two sets of closures with test ports should be used for testing each line or section of line (if pipe is separated into zones). Use one of these closures near each end of the line or section. This will show communication from one end to the other and assure the line has been pressurized along its full length. Test the secondary at required pressure. Net pressure on outside of primary not to exceed the external pressure rating of the pipe.
Important Notice
2000 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP821B (7/00) 5M[124]
Installation Guide
Adhesive-bonded Bell x Spigot Joints

for Series 3000A & 3200A
General
The bell and spigot joint is made by the adhesive bonding of a tapered spigot into a tapered bell. The tapers machined in the bell and on the spigot end are matching tapers of a pre-determined angle, 13/4 (2-6) and 2 (8-16). Each length of bell and spigot pipe will have a factory-tapered spigot on one end and a tapered bell attached to the other end. Fittings are manufactured to accept the tapered spigot end of the pipe.
Factory installed bell
Factory or field taper
Installation Preparation
a. String the pipe along the right-of-way.
ISO-9001
b. After insuring that the tapered bell & spigot end are clean and dry, the end caps should be replaced until the joint is ready to be made. c. Make a thorough inspection of the pipe wall and tapered spigot end for any signs of cracking or impact damage.
FP807 (11/98)
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Adhesive Mixing & Application
a. Insure that the taper and bonding surfaces are clean. If the surfaces are oily or greasy, they should be cleaned by sanding or with cleaner (not supplied). It is imperative that the bonding surfaces be clean and dry before adhesive application. A light sanding to freshen the surfaces should be done. b. Mix adhesive according to directions taking careful notice of the working life. Please review adhesive kit instructions prior to mixing. c. Apply a thin coating of adhesive to both spigot and bell bonding surfaces. Enough adhesive should be used to form a bead surrounding the pipe when insertion has been completed. Only enough adhesive to wet the surfaces is needed. More is not better.
2-6 Pipe
The spigot end should be inserted without rotation until contact of the matching taper in the bell is felt. At this point, the spigot end should be rotated while applying force to the joint. A slight reverse twist (1/4 turn) will lock the joint. The rotation of the spigot end will redistribute the adhesive evenly and work any air out of the joint.
8-16 Pipe
a. Insert dry, then measure and mark the insertion depth of the spigot end on the exterior pipe wall. (See Tables 1, 2 & 3 for insertion depths in pipe and fittings, respectively.)
b. Remove the exterior gloss up to the recorded insertion depth using a flapper sander or sandpaper. A light sanding of the spigot (if factory made) should also be done.
8-16 Pipe (contd)
c. A second mark, 3 inches past the original measurement, should be made in order to double check the insertion depth upon final joint makeup. d. Buff up the interior of the bell and remove any rough edges using a flapper sander or sandpaper.
e. Align the mating surfaces so that they may be brought together in a straight, even line.
8-16 Pipe (contd)
f. Apply properly mixed adhesive to both the bell and spigot bonding surfaces.
g. The spigot end should be inserted in an uncocked position without rotation. After initial insertion has been made, a come-a-long should be used to insure that the proper insertion depth has been obtained. Use 5/8 (16mm) or larger manila rope with the come-a-long, taking careful notice to protect pipe with padding where the come-a-long is fastened. Take up the come-a-long slowly and work joint together taking care to maintain alignment. Tap a wooden block held against the next bell end of the pipe, to be sure the spigot end has been fully inserted. Never do this against a pipe spigot.
General Considerations
a. Do not use excessive force. Over insertion should be avoided because it can crack the spigot end and result in a faulty joint. b. After proper insertion has been accomplished, check for possible backout at the joint, by momentarily reducing tightness of come-along. c. If joint separates more than 1/8 inch, too much adhesive has been used. Joint should be disassembled, cleaned and reassembled using proper amount of adhesive. d. If temperature is below 40F (5C), heat assist methods such as a heat blanket must be used in order for the adhesive to cure. e. Do not pressurize the line until adhesive has fully cured. Curing time at various temperatures are shown in the adhesive kit instructions.
Safety Recommendations
Engineering Controls: A fabrication area should be set up in which to perform as much of the
fabrication work as is practical or possible.

Ventilation of the work area should be controlled. This can be done by means
of fans or dust collectors.

Work area should be kept clean, including floor or other horizontal surfaces.
Rinsing with water or sweeping with brushes or brooms (using floor sweep) is recommended. Never use compressed air to clean area or to remove dust for personal cleaning. Brushes should be used to remove residue from shaved surfaces. Personal Protection:
Barrier creme should be applied to the skin in areas which may be exposed to
shavings prior to beginning work.

Clean clothes should be worn each day. Do not wear clothing that has not
been laundered to begin a work shift. More frequent changing may be required by conditions.
Long sleeved shirts or worksuits should be used. Tape should be used at
sleeve opening.
Cotton or flannel shirts under workshirts may be worn to prevent rubbing of
skin at opening of worksuit.

Gloves with elastic cuff should be worn at all times. Replace worn or contami-
nated gloves as necessary. Gloves with flared, stiff cuffs act as a gathering funnel for shavings.
Pant legs should be worn outside work boots. If necessary for safety
purposes, the pant legs can be taped to fit closely to the boot. Over-the-calf socks can be used to prevent chafing of the boot on the skin.
Wristbands and watches should be removed to prevent rubbing or accumu-
lation of particles on skin underneath the band.

Dust masks and face shields should be used as necessary and practical.
Contact points with the skin should be kept free of dust to prevent dust from being imbedded into skin from movement of the mask during normal use. Personal Hygiene:
Wash exposed skin with soap solution (liquid soap preferred) and cool water. Use washcloth with brushing motion to remove dust or fibers. Do not scrub
the skin. This could result in the fibers being imbedded into the skin.
Rinse thoroughly with clean, cold water. Apply lotion or creme to skin (non-detergent formulas such as baby lotion) to
soothe irritation or prevent further immediate irritation.
Insertion Depths
The following tables outline the recommended centerline to centerline measurement procedure for Bell x Spigot pipe. The dimension values are subject to manufacturing tolerance and should be double-checked to insure an exact fit.
Table 1.
Bell & Spigot Elbows Centerline to Centerline 2-6 Pipe Size O (90) O (45) P Q (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) 2 33/4 31/8 23/8 1/8 3 3 7 3 5 /4 4 /4 3 /8 1/8 3 1 4 7 5 /4 4 /2 1/8 1 1 6 9 7 /8 5 /2 1/4
Table 2.
Bell & Spigot Elbows Centerline to Centerline 8-16 Pipe Size (inches) 8 10 12 14 16 O (90) (inches) 13 151/2 173/4 203/4 23 O (60) (inches) 93/4 11 121/2 143/4 161/4 O (45) (inches) 81/4 91/4 101/2 121/2 133/4 O (30) (inches) 7 73/4 83/4 101/2 111/4 O (221/2) (inches) 61/2 7 8 91/2 101/4 O (111/4) (inches) 53/4 6 63/4 81/4 81/2 P (inches) 43/4 5 51/4 61/2 63/4 Q (inches) 1/4 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8
N = Centerline to Centerline Dimension O = Centerline to Face of Fittings
P = Dry Insertion Depth Q = Lubrication Factor
Formula: N - (O+O) + (P+P) + (Q+Q) = Length of Pipe to Cut
Table 3.
Bell & Spigot Face to Face Centerline to Centerline 2-16 Pipe Size S T X (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) 2 2.05 1/8 11/2 3 2.32 1/8 13/4 4 3.15 1/8 2 6 4.00 1/4 23/4 8 5.00 1/4 25/8 10 5.00 1/4 31/4 12 5.55 1/4 33/4 14 6.80 3/8 41/2 16 7.00 3/8 5
Equipment List
The following tools are recommended for installing Bonsdtrand pipe Series 3000A & 3200A: a. Unique Tool or Taper Tool II b. Hacksaw or power saw with abrasive wheel c. Pipe vise (Pilot No. 20) and 1/4 (6 mm) thick elastomeric pads d. Flapper wheel sander (available from Ameron) with electric or air drill motor with 1/4 (6 mm) drive, 1700-2200 rpm (faster drills will produce a polished surface e. Rubber mallet, 2 lb. (1 kg), Shore Durometer A 70-80, 21/2 to 3 diameter f. Comealong for 6 (150 mm) pipe and larger, Dayton No. 2Z614 g. Heating blankets or Chem Cure Paks h. Pipefitters wraparound, level and white grease pencil or soapstone i. Duster brush and clean rags j. Dust mask, eye protection and gloves k. Folding rule, 10 ft. (3 m) l. Tape, 50 ft. (15 m) m. Disc grinder or file (optional)
Adhesives for the Bell x Spigot tapered joint can be force-cured with Ameron electric heating blankets (left) or Chem Cure Paks (2-6). An ample supply of clean rags and dust brushes is required to keep all bonding surfaces clean (right).
Important Notice
1998 Ameron FP807 (11/98) Printed in U.S.A. 5M[124]
Installation Guide
Pronto-Lock Mechanical Joints

for Series 3000A & 3200A in 2-6 diameters
General
The Ameron Pronto-Lock mechanical joining system, U.S. Patent No. 3784239, utilizes an O-ring seal and is designed to provide a fast, simple, rugged and reliable method of installing pipe. The O-ring fits in a groove in the female end of the joint and is installed in the factory. The sealing surface is the smooth tapered section of the male end of the joint. Any irregularity, discontinuity or foreign material either on this surface, in the groove or on the O-ring itself may prevent the joint from properly sealing upon make-up. The heavy duty molded ACME type threads in this joint start easily and make-up quickly with minimum danger of cross threading or jamming.
Elastomeric O-ring
Pronto-Lock O-ring Joint Acme threads for make-up and thrust restraint
Lubricants
In order to minimize installation effort and permit disassembly when necessary, it is recommended that a lubricant be used on all Pronto-Lock joints. In general, lubricants such as motor oil, ethylene glycol, petroleum jelly, lard or vegetable shortening may be used. Liquid detergent is also very effective and is the preferred lubricant for potable water lines. Lubricants containing granular fillers or solid particles should not be used because these may prevent the O-ring from properly sealing. Those lubricants containing powdered or flaked metal or hardening type thread dopes should not be used. A major consideration regarding all types of lubricants is that they will catch and hold any dirt, dust or sand which might come in contact with the joint, this possibly might contaminate the O-ring or gall the threads and cause problems. For this reason, it is necessary to emphasize cleanliness and care on the part of the installation crew.
ISO-9001
U.S. Patent No. 3784239

CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP808 (11/98)
Strap Wrenches
Standard strap wrenches, or chain tongs may be used to make up the Pronto-Lock (2-6) joint. When using one of the accepted wrenches, the following rules must be followed: a. Always apply wrenches to the straight section of the Pronto-Lock female end. Never apply any kind of wrench directly on the pipe wall. b. Never use a tool or Cheater with a longer than 24 handle. The joints will turn and make up easily if they are clean, lubricated and properly aligned. Any difficulties encountered are usually the result of misalignment. When resistance is felt, the joint should be either backed off and cleaned or the alignment should be checked.
Installation Procedure
a. String the pipe along the right-of-way. b. Inspect the pipe wall for any sign of cracking or impact damage. c. Remove the protector from the female end of one length of pipe. d. Inspect the female end to be sure it is free of dirt, sand or any foreign particles which could prevent complete make-up of the joint. e. Check the O-ring to be sure it is properly seated in the O-ring groove. f. Support the female end from falling into the dirt by placing the strap wrench (or other acceptable wrench) around the collar in the back-up position. Note: Do not use any wrenches on the pipe wall itself.
g. Inspect the second length of pipe for any sign of cracking or impact damage. h. Remove the protective end cap from the male end of the adjacent length of pipe. i. Insure that the sealing surface is clean and free from any roughness or foreign material which might prevent the O-ring from sealing. j. Insure that the threads are clean and free of any foreign material which might prevent comlete joint make-up. k. Lubricate the male end and the O-ring with the appropriate lubricant as discussed in Section Lubricants.
Installation Procedure (contd)
l. Insert the male end of the second length into the female end of the first length as far as possible and begin turning clockwise so that the threads engage.
m. Apply a strap wrench or chain tong to the female end of the second length of pipe and tighten. Use the strap wrench on the straight section of the ProntoLock female ends only. Do not use wrenches on the pipe wall. Note: It is not necessary to apply excessive pressure on the wrench to insure a seal. These are not sealing threads.
Variations in Joint Make-Up
Due to make-up tolerances, some joints wil make-up flush while some will stand off 3/8 or more. This standoff does not affect performance because it is the O-ring which provides the seal, not the threads. Attempts to make all the joints flush or deeper may result in damage to the pipe. Experience with joint make-up will dictate the amount of torque necessary to insure complete make-up. In no case is a lever arm greater than 24 to be used in making up the joints. Cheater extensions of existing tools are also not to be used.
O-rings
The standard O-rings recommended by Ameron for use with the Pronto-Lock joints are listed in the table below. Use of O-rings other than these without formal approval is not recommended and performance cannot be guaranteed.
Supplier
Hercules Parker National
O-Ring and Dimensional Data (2-6) Compound Part Number Number 2 3 4 6 7446-70 231 240 352 365 N103-70 231 240 352 365 B-46 NS-231 NS-240 NS-352 NS-365
Standard Dimensions in Inches O-Ring I.D. O-Ring O.D. O-Ring Width 25/8 27/8 1/8 33/4 4 1/8 47/8 51/4 3/16 7 73/8 3/16
Equipment List
The following tools are recommended for installing Bonsdtrand pipe Series 3000A & 3200A: a. Unique Tool b. Hacksaw or power saw with abrasive wheel c. Pipe vise (Pilot No. 20) and 1/4 (6 mm) thick elastomeric pads d. Flapper wheel sander (available from Ameron) with electric or air drill motor with 1/4 (6 mm) drive, 1700-2200 rpm (faster drills will produce a polished surface e. Rubber mallet, 2 lb. (1 kg), Shore Durometer A 70-80, 21/2 to 3 diameter f. Comealong for 6 (150 mm) pipe Dayton No. 2Z614 g. Heating blankets h. Chem Cure Paks i. Pipefitters wraparound, level and white grease pencil or soapstone j. Duster brush and clean rags k. Dust mask, eye protection and gloves l. Folding rule, 10 ft. (3 m) m. Tape, 50 ft. (15 m) n. Disc grinder or file (optional)
Adhesives for the Pronto-Lock joint can be force-cured with Ameron electric heating blankets (left) or Chem Cure Paks. An ample supply of clean rags and dust brushes is required to keep all bonding surfaces clean (right).
Important Notice
Installation Guide
Pronto-Lock II Mechanical Joints

for Series 3000A & 3200A in 8-16 diameters and 3300A in 8-12 diameters
General
The Ameron Pronto-Lock II mechanical joining system, U.S. Patent No. 4014568, utilizes an O-ring seal and is designed to provide a fast, simple, rugged and reliable method of installing pipe. The O-ring fits in a groove in the box (female) end and is installed in the field. The male portion of the Pronto-Lock II joint is a combination pin end (male) and sliding threaded sleeve, separated by a bearing ring. The threaded sleeve enables complete joint make-up without rotating the pipe. The pin end is tapered at two distinct angles which gives the Pronto-Lock II joint the capability of a 2 degree angular deflection so that installed pipe has the ability to conform much more readily to changes in terrain.
Elastomeric O-ring Pin End (Bonded to pipe)
Pronto-Lock II O-ring Joint
Elastomeric bearing ring
Threaded nut for make-up and thrust restraint
Lubricants
In order to minimize installation effort and permit disassembly when necessary, it is recommended that a lubricant be used on all Pronto-Lock joints. In general, lubricants such as motor oil, ethylene glycol, petroleum jelly, lard or vegetable shortening may be used. Liquid detergent is also very effective and is the preferred lubricant for potable water lines. Lubricants containing granular fillers or solid particles should not be used because these may prevent the O-ring from properly sealing. Those lubricants containing powdered or flaked metal or hardening type thread dopes should not be used. A major consideration regarding all types of lubricants is that they will catch and hold any dirt, dust or sand which might come in contact with the joint, this possibly might contaminate the O-ring or gall the threads and cause problems. For this reason, it is necessary to emphasize cleanliness and care on the part of the installation crew.
ISO-9001
U.S. Patent No. 4014568

CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP809 (11/98)
Installation Procedure
a. String the pipe along the right-of-way.
b. For 8-12 pipe, it may be preferred to carefully hand lower lengths of pipe into the ditch. c. For 14 and 16 pipe, it is easier to lower the pipe into position with the assistance of a front-end loader or equivalent. The pipe should be lifted with the use of a nylon strap fastened at the middle of a length of pipe. When handling 60 ft. lengths, a two point supporting system with a spreader bar should be incorporated.
d. Inspect the pipe wall for damage.
e. Remove the protector from the box (female) end of one length of pipe. f. Inspect the box end, especially the O-ring groove to be sure it is free of dirt, sand or any foreign particles which would prevent proper sealing of the O-ring or complete make-up of the joint. In order to keep the box free of grit, it is advisable to elevate the box from the ditch bed with a 4x4.
g. Install a lubricated O-ring into the clean O-ring groove using the correct lubricant as discussed in the section Lubricants. The O-ring is larger than the circumference of the O-ring groove and the final portion needs to be pinched into place. Smooth out any twist in the O-ring once installation has been completed.
h. Lubricate the entire installed O-ring and its surrounding area. i. Inspect the pipe wall of the section to be joined for damage. j. Remove the protective end cap from the pin end of the adjacent length of pipe. k. Insure that the sealing surface is clean and free from any roughness or foreign material which might prevent the O-ring from sealing.
l. Install the square bearing ring between the pin end and the threaded sleeve.
m. Lubricate the pin end of the second length of pipe.
n. Insure that the adjacent length of pipe is correctly aligned. o. Stab the lubricated pin end firmly into the box using a battering ram type of motion. Straight insertion is required to avoid pinching the O-ring out of the O-ring groove.
p. Slide the threaded sleeve into position and turn to the right. When the joint is properly aligned, the threads can be made up by hand.
q. Snug-up the threaded sleeve with the spanner wrench.
r. For 14 and 16 pipe, stabbing is easier with the assistance of a front-end loader or equivalent. Position the machinery so that the pipe ends to be joined overlap by approximately 12. With this positioning, the installer will not be fighting the cable when inserting the pipe. Pull back on the suspended pipe and lower it into position so that both lengths of pipe are directly aligned. Stab the lubricated pin end firmly into the box using a battering ram type motion and complete the joint make-up following steps p. and q..
O-Rings
The installer must only use the O-rings supplied by Ameron with the Pronto-Lock II joint. The use of O-rings other than these without formal approval is not recommended and performance cannot be guaranteed.
Pronto-Lock II Pin Ends & Fittings
Pronto-Lock II pin (male) ends are available and may be bonded on tapered pipe for field fabrication by the procedure outlined in the Bell & Spigot Joints brochure (FP807). The Pronto-Lock II joint is available for 8-16 fittings.
Equipment List
The following tools are recommended for installing Bonsdtrand pipe Series 3000A & 3200A: a. Taper Tool II b. Hacksaw or power saw with abrasive wheel c. Pipe vise (Pilot No. 20) and 1/4 (6 mm) thick elastomeric pads d. Flapper wheel sander (available from Ameron) with electric or air drill motor with 1/4 (6 mm) drive, 1700-2200 rpm (faster drills will produce a polished surface e. Rubber mallet, 2 lb. (1 kg), Shore Durometer A 70-80, 21/2 to 3 diameter f. Comealong Dayton No.2Z614 g. Heating blankets h. Pipefitters wraparound, level and white grease pencil or soapstone i. Duster brush and clean rags j. Dust mask, eye protection and gloves k. Folding rule, 10 ft. (3 m) l. Tape, 50 ft. (15 m) m. Disc grinder or file (optional)
Adhesives for the Pronto-Lock II joint can be force-cured with Ameron electric heating blankets (left). An ample supply of clean rags and dust brushes is required to keep all bonding surfaces clean (right).
Important Notice
Each weld kit is supplied with a premeasured quantity of glass strips for making the butt and strap joint for a particular pipe size with a desired pressure rating. Therefore, it is extremely important that all materials be properly applied to the joint to insure that the finished product will have the required wall thickness and pressure rating of the pieces that are joined.
Tools Power disc sander, with 12-24 or 24-36 grit grinding discs Saber saw, with 24 tooth metal-cutting blade or tungsten carbide blade 10scissors or retractable razor knife Serrated aluminum or teflon rollers, 1diameter x 3wide Wrap-a-round or straight-edged gasket material Supplies Dust brushes or clean rags to remove dust from sanded surfaces 3wide stiff bristle brushes or paint roller, for wetting out glass strips Cellophane, mylar film or unwaxed paper, for pre-wetting glass strips Mixing sticks (wooden tongue depressors) Paper or plastic mixing cups Milliliter graduates for measuring resin and catalyst Safety goggles or glasses Protective gloves, neoprene or polyethylene Dust masks
Instructions for Butt and Strap Joints

Precut Strips
Application
Fig.1
Fig.2
Fig.3
All butt welds are to be made in accordance with NBS Specification PS 15-69. The actual procedure will be performed as follows: 1. Measure off length of pipe (or duct) required and using a marker and straight edge, draw a line completely around surface to be cut (Fig.1). 2. Cut pipe (or duct) with a saber saw using a fine toothed blade or a circular saw with an abrasive blade. Cut ends will be coated with resin so as to cover any exposed fibers (Fig. 2). 3. Pipe ends to be joined will be sanded back four inches beyond the required weld dimension. (Fig. 3)
Continued on back...
Cross section after entrapped air is rolled out
Instructions for Butt and Strap Joints

Butt and Wrap Layers vs. Pipe size Use the following table to determine the types, widths and sequence of reinforcement strips to be used in making a weld on Bondstrand pipe. To find the type and size of reinforcement strip for each weld layer, simply perform the following steps. (1) On the table below, find the diameter of the pipe to be welded. (Diameter are shown across the top of the table. (2) Read straight down the column under your pipes diameter. Numbers in each box give, in order of application, the width and type of reinforcement for that particular weld strip. 150 psi Pressure Pipe Diameter Inches
12 4 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 C M M M R M R M R M 14 4 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 C M M M R M R M R M 16 4 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 C M M M R M R M R M 18 4 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 C M M M R M R M R M 20 4 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 C M M M R M R M R M 24 4 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 C M M R M R M R M R 30 4 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 7 C M M R M R M R M R 36 4 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 C M M M R M R M R M Up to 9 Layers Maximum
Fig.4
Fig.5
Fig.6
4.
Stage
Pipe will be placed in the position in which they are to be welded. A catalyzed thixotrophic polyester paste will be applied to the joint seam. This will eliminate resin flow through the crack as the actual weld is applied. (Fig. 4) Make certain work area and surfaces are clean and dry.
5. The precut fiberglass kit is then saturated with catalyzed resin along side of joint area (Fig. 5). 6. The saturated weld is then picked up like a bandage and wrapped around the joint (Fig. 6).
1st Stage
7R 8M 8R 9M 10 M
7R 8M 8R 9M 10 M 10 R 12 M 12 M
7R 8M 8R 9M 10 M 10 R 11 M 12 M
7R 8M 8R 9M 10 M 10 R 11 M 11 R
7R 8M 8R 9M 10 M 10 R 11 M 11 R 12 12 13 13 14 15 M R M R M M
7M 7R 8M 8R 9R 10 M 10 R 11 M 11 12 12 13 13 14 R M R M R M R M R M
8M 8R 9M 9R 10 R 1M 11 R 2M 12 R 3M 13 R 4M 14 R 5M 15 R 6M 16 R 8M 18 19 19 20 R M R M
7R 8M 8R 9M 10 M 10 R 11 M 11 R 12M 12 R 13 M 13 R 14 M 14 R 15 15 16 16 18 18 20 20 22 22 24 24 26 M R M R M R M R M R M R M
Up to 9 Layers Maximum 2nd Stage
12 M 12 M 12R 13R 14 M 14 M
6 Layers Maximum 3rd Stage
15 M 14 15 15 16
4 Layers Maximum 4th Stage
Fig.7
Fig.8
7. A serrated roller is then used to smooth the weld and remove any air bubbles that may have been trapped beneath the weld when applied (Fig.7). 8. The joint should be made in steps not to exceed 9 layers in thickness. The outer surface of each strip should be lightly sanded prior to the next being applied. 9. An inside weld, consisting of 2 layers of chopped strand mat plus C-veil may be used in larger diameter pipe. 10. A final gel coat is applied after the weld has taken its initial cure (Fig. 8). CAUTION: Welding Resin is combustible. Keep away from heat and open flame. Use with adequate ventilation. Avoid prolonged breathing of vapor. Avoid prolonged and repeated contact with skin. In tanks and other confined areas, observe the following precautions to prevent hazards of fire or explosion or damage to health: (1) circulate adequate fresh air continuously during application and curing; (2) use fresh air masks and explosion-proof equipment; (3) prohibit all flames, sparks, welding and smoking. See application instructions included with shipment for equipment and methods recommended for safe application procedure.
Legend
Example C = C-veil M = Mat R = Woven Roving 4C = 4 C-veil 4M = 4 Mat 4R = 4 Wove Roving
Note: (Reference item 9) For all pipe 20 diameter and over, there are several important variations from the normal sequence of weld construction, these are: 1. The Base C-veil strip and strips No. 1 and No. 2 are to be applied INSIDE THE PIPE. 2. The Base strip is to be applied over the other two inside strips instead of the against the pipe as usual. 3. Once the inside portion of the weld is constructed, the remaining strips (from Strip #3) are applied in the ordinary manner on the outside of the pipe.
Ameron International Fiberglass - Composite Pipe Group 5301 Hollister, Suite 200 Houston, TX 77040 Phone: 713.690.7777 Fax: 713.690.2842 www.ameronfpd.com
FP-0101
Assembly Instructions
for Bondstrand fiberglass flanges
Scope
These instructions present Amerons recommendations for the proper use of Bondstrand fiberglass flanges in the following pipe series: Series 2000 4000 2000M 5000 2000MP 7000 2000MFP 7000M
The mounting of flanges on pipe and fittings is addressed by the assembly instructions for the particular Bondstrand adhesive used.
Gaskets
Use full-face gaskets of an elastomer suitable for the service pressure and temperature and fluids in the system. Gaskets should be 18 inch thick (3 mm) thick with a Shore durometer hardness between 55 and 65. Refer to ASTM D1330 Specification for Sheet Rubber Gaskets, Grade I or II, to establish minimum physical property requirements for use with water, except specify a Shore A durometer hardness of 60 5. For dimensions other than thickness, refer to Table 5 of ANSI B16.21-1978 for Class 150 full-face gaskets. First, finger tighten all nuts. Bolt threads must be clean and lubricated to attain proper torque. Use lubricated washers under both nuts and bolt heads to protect flange backfacing. Tighten all nuts following the sequences shown under TIGHTENING SEQUENCE. Do not exceed the torque increments given in RECOMMENDED BOLT TORQUES. After all bolts have been tightened to the recommended torque, recheck the torque on each bolt in the same sequence, since previously tightened bolts may have relaxed. Caution: Excess torque can prevent sealing and can damage flanges.
Assembly
Sealing against valves and other flanges
Always follow these instructions carefully when joining Bondstrand flanges to raisedface steel flanges, flanges on lined pipe and fittings, and wafer valves of all types. Molded flanges should not be connected to wafer valves or raised-face steel flanges. Valves are frequently supplied with sealing details built into the flange facing. Unless these details are known to seal against Bondstrand flanges, use the usual full-face, 18 inch thick elastomeric gasket. Standard black or solid gray molded flanges in 4 through 12-inch sizes have a safety factor to failure torque of 1.5 or greater when joined to another Bondstrand flange or any flat-face flange in accordance with these instructions. All other Bondstrand flanges have a safety factor to failure of 1.5 or greater when joined to a raised-face steel flange or a valve in accordance with these instructions.
Safety factors
FP196A (2/95)
Nuts and washers

Flange Size (in) (mm) 1-112 25-40 2-4 50-100 6-8 150-200 10-12 250-300 14-16 350-400 18-20 450-500 24-30 600-750 32-36 800-900
Nut Thickness (in) (mm .44 11 .55 14 .64 15 .75 19 1.00 25 1.00 25 1.06 27 1.28 33
Plain Washer OD Thickness (in) (mm) (in) (mm) 1.06 30 .12 3 1.31 33 .12 3 1.47 37 .16 4 1.75 44 .16 4 2.00 51 .16 4 2.25 57 .16 4 2.50 64 .16 4 3.00 76 .16 4
1) Nuts and washers should conform to requirements of ANSI B18.2.2-1972 (R1983) Regular Hex Nuts and ANSI B18.22.1-1966 (R1981) Type A, Plain, Narrow Series, respectively. Washer dimensions agree with SAE Standard and ANSI/ASTM Specification F436. 2) Consult Ameron Applications Engineering for availability of flanges in 22, 26, 28, 34, 40 and 48-inch sizes.
Recommended bolt torques

Flange Size (in) (mm) 1-4 25-100 6-12 150-300 14-16 350-400 18-20 450-500 24-36 600-900
Torque Increments (ftlb) (Nm) 5 7 10 14 10 14 20 27 25 34
Recommended Torque for Full Pressure Seal (ftlb) (Nm) 20 27 30 41 50 68 60 81 75 102
1) All flanges for the Bondstrand pipe series listed above in Scope mate with other Bondstrand flanges or with flat-face steel flanges using these bolt torques. 2) Consult Ameron Applications Engineering for availability of flanges in 22, 26, 28, 34, 40 and 48-inch sizes.
Tightening sequence
Prevent unnecessary stresses on fiberglass flanges by tightening the bolts in a staggered sequence as indicated below. Bring the bolts down in steps.
20 8 16 4 10 18 6 14
12
13 5 17 9 3 15 7 4 14 6 10 12 8
16
1 9 5 13 3 11 7 3 10 6 7
11
1 5 9 4 8 3 6 1 3 4 1
8 5 2
7 2 4
12
11
19
15
16 8 20 12 4 22 14 6 18 10
24
9 17 5 13 21 3 11 19 7 28 16 4 22 10 18 6 8
12 20
24
13 25 5 17 9 21 3 15 28 7 32 12 20 4 26 14 22 6 30 8
24
16 28
17
9 29 5 21 13 25 3 19 11 31 7
23
15
26 14 2 23 11
19
10
18
27 15
23
Bolt lengths
Recommended hex head bolt lengths for flanges with ANSI B16.5 Cl. 150 drilling are tabulated below. Stud bolt lengths may be determined by adding the thickness of a nut plus three threads to the tabulated lengths. For orifice flange assemblies, add an additional 112 inches (40 mm). ALWAYS use washers under both nuts and bolts to protect the back-facing of fiberglass flanges. Filament-wound flanges Flange Size (in) (mm) 1 25 112 40 2 50 3 80 2 4 100 2 6 150 2 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750 32 800 36 900
. . .
Bolt Bolt Diameter Count FW x FW (in) (mm) (in) (mm) 0.500 13 4 0.500 13 4 0.625 16 4 3.25 83 0.625 16 4 3.50 89 0.625 16 8 3.75 95 0.750 19 8 5.00 127 0.750 19 8 5.50 140 0.875 22 12 5.50 140 0.875 22 12 5.75 146 1.000 25 12 7.25 184 1.000 25 16 8.00 203 1.125 29 16 9.00 229 1.125 29 20 9.50 242 1.250 32 20 11.00 279 1.250 32 28 11.50 292 1.500 38 28 13.00 330 1.500 38 32 14.00 356
Flange Combination1 FW x S HDFW x HDFW HDFW x S (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) 3.50 89 3.00 76 4.00 102 3.50 89 3.00 76 5.25 133 4.00 102 3.25 83 5.25 133 4.25 108 3.50 89 5.25 133 4.25 108 4.25 108 6.50 165 5.00 127 4.50 114 7.00 178 5.50 140 4.75 121 7.50 191 5.50 140 5.00 127 8.00 203 6.00 152 5.75 146 9.50 241 7.00 178 6.25 159 10.00 254 7.50 191 7.00 178 11.00 279 8.00 203 7.50 191 11.50 292 8.50 216 8.50 216 13.00 330 9.50 242 9.50 242 16.00 406 12.00 305 10.50 267 18.00 457 13.00 330 11.50 292 20.00 508 15.00 381
1) Consult Ameron Applications Engineering for availability of flanges in 22, 26, 28, 34, 40 and 48-inch sizes.
Molded flanges Flange Size (in) (mm) 112 40 4 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300
.
Bolt Bolt Diameter Count (in) (mm) 0.500 13 4 0.625 16 4 0.625 16 4 0.625 16 8 0.750 19 8 0.750 19 8 0.875 22 12 0.875 22 12
Flange Combination1 MxM M x S3 (in) (mm) (in) (mm) 4.50 114 3.25 83 3.75 95 4.25 108 5.00 127 4.25 108 5.50 140 4.50 114 5.50 140 4.75 121 5.75 146 5.00 127
.
1)
FW = Filament-wound S = Steel M = Molded HDFW = Heavy-duty filament-wound Bolt lengths are determined using ASTM Standard Practice F704 and Annex F of ANSI Standard B16.5-1981 and include provision for washer under bolt heads and nuts abutting filament-wound or molded flanges. Bolts should conform to requirements of ANSI B18.2.1-1972 Regular Hex Head Bolts. 2 Maintain bolt end point clearance on inside radius of 2 through 4-inch flanged ANSI 45 Bondstrand elbows by using additional washers or shims under bolt heads as required. 3) Flat-face steel flanges. 4) Available only in 2 x 112-inch reducing configuration. Connect only to 112-inch steel flanges.
Trouble shooting
If assembled joint leaks, loosen and remove all bolts, nuts, washers and gaskets. Check for alignment of assembly. Rebuild to correct alignment as required. Check the gasket for damage. If damaged, discard and replace with new, undamaged gasket. Check flanges for seal ring damage. In particular, check the condition of the inner seal rings. Flanges with damaged inner seal rings must be removed and new, undamaged flanges installed. If leaks occur as a result of deficiencies in non-fiberglass components of the piping system, consult the manufacturer of the defective components for recommended corrective procedures. Clean and lubricate old threads and washers before rejoining. Repeat the joining procedure outlined above. After corrective action has been taken, retest the joint to see if a seal has been made.
Important notice
1987 Ameron FP196A (2/95) supersedes FP196 (2/87) Printed in U.S.A. [174]
Installation Guide
Saddles
for Bondstrand fiberglass piping systems
Installation
The following saddle installation procedures should be observed in order to insure maximum performance. a. Sand with rough sandpaper or flapper sander all surface gloss from the pipe wall where the saddle is to be bonded.
b. Locate the saddle on the pipe and trace the hole to cut and the saddles outer perimeter. c. Cut a hole of the desired size using a pilot drill and a circular hole saw. A carbide tipped or diamond hole saw is recommended. Do not force the cutter or it will fray the edges of the hole.
ISO-9001
FP813 (11/98)
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Installation
d. Insure that the bonding surfaces are clean. If the surfaces are oily or greasy, they may be cleaned with additional sanding or solvent (not supplied). It is imperative that all surfaces be clean and dry before applying adhesive. e. Mix adhesive according to directions, taking careful notice of the working life, approximately 20 minutes at 75F. f. Apply adhesive to the pipe wall, interior of the saddle and the edges of the pipe wall exposed by the hole.
g. Align the saddle over the hole and clamp to pipe with two hose clamps. h. Tighten the clamps alternately until secure and an adhesive bead surrounds the saddle. i. If the temperature is below 40F, heat assist methods such as the Heat Blanket must be used in order for the adhesive to cure. j. Do not pressurize the line until the adhesive has fully cured. Please check individual series product data sheets for saddle pressure ratings. It must be remembered that a pipe systems lowest rated component is the systems controlling pressure capacity. If the required pressure rating for a particular service exceeds the capacity of a saddle, an alternate fitting such as a tee should be installed.
Important Notice
Maintenance Coupling
Assembly instructions for butt-end joints and repair
Instructions
1. Cutting the pipe Before cutting the replacement length of pipe, allow the temperature of the existing system to stabilize to avoid length changes through expansion or contraction. Measure the replacement piece carefully so that the space between its ends and the ends of the pipe in the existing system will be no more than 1 8 inch. 2. Positioning the coupling Center the maintenance coupling over the joint and mark the lap length on the pipe ends. Sand the pipe ends with a belt sander using belts with a 40-grit abrasive. Sand inaccessible areas with a flapper sander or by hand using a shoeshine method. Sand until all gloss is removed from surfaces to be bonded. Sand the cut ends of the pipe as well. 3. Checking for snugness of fit Fit the parts together dry before final sanding. The 180 inner sections placed around the pipe ends should, when held in contact on one side, show from 0 to 18 inch separation on the opposite side. If, with zero separation, the inner sections are not snug against the pipe surfaces, file back an edge as required to get a snug fit. If the sections, when fitted snugly, show a separation of more than 18 inch, correct any misalignment of pipe ends and sand to fit. The outer sections of the coupling should show 18 inch or more of separation. 4. Final sanding All mating surfaces must be clean and dry and must be sanded within two hours of assembly. Sand using a 14-inch drill motor at 1700-2000 rpm and a flapper type sander with a 40- 50 grit aluminum oxide abrasive, available from Ameron. After sanding, bonding surfaces should show a dull fresh finish, not a polished look. Use special care in handling parts to avoid contamination. Handle the parts with new gloves which are used only for this purpose or with clean, dry cotton cloths. If the bonding surfaces are wet, warm them with a Bondstrand heating blanket until dry, then resand. Protect the bonding surfaces from moisture during wet weather with tenting over the work area. 5. Selecting the adhesive Unless the project specifications or the Bondstrand Corrosion Guide (FP132) recommends a special adhesive for your particular service, use Bondstrand PSX34 epoxy adhesive. Instructions for mixing and using the adhesive are in the adhesive kit. Larger couplings are more difficult to handle and assemble; once the adhesive has been mixed, the time available for assembly is limited by the adhesive pot life. A crew of two or three is suggested when assembling 8- through 16-inch couplings.
Inner sections (2) Outer sections (2)
Hose Clamp
Areas to be sanded and adhesive applied
FP199D (7/99)
Instructions (cont.)
6. Applying the adhesive With the spatula supplied in the adhesive kit, apply adhesive to completely cover the cut pipe edges, the prepared pipe ends and the inner surfaces of the two inner sections of the coupling. Use enough adhesive so that any excess will be forced to flow to the edges of the sections when assembled around the pipe ends. Assemble these two inner half sections by centering them around the butted ends of the pipe. If the potlife of the adhesive is now more than half expired, it may be necessary to defer further assembly and cure the inner sections. If so, clamp the sections and cure according to the instructions provided in the adhesive kit. After curing, let the parts cool completely, remove the clamps, resand the remaining mating surfaces, mix a new batch of adhesive and proceed as follows. Apply adhesive to cover completely the outer surfaces of the inner sections. Assemble the two outer sections with the split line about 90 away from the split line in the inner sections. Place the hose clamps around the assembly and draw them tight. Remove excess adhesive for a workmanlike appearance. 7. Curing the adhesive Heat-cure the adhesive using Ameron heating blankets. Cure time is 1 hour and 15 minutes for all diameters. Apply the heating blankets in accordance with the instructions provided with the blanket, making certain that any overlap of the blanket covers the thermostat. It is always a good idea to insulate around the heating blanket and to close the ends of the piping system to prevent movement of cold air inside the pipe while the adhesive is curing.
Maintenance coupling kit
Kit includes inner and outer sections, hose clamps and assembly instructions. Adhesive must be ordered separately. Pipe Coupling Adhesive Pipe Coupling Adhesive Size Code Length Usage1,2 Size Code Length Usage1,2 (in) (in) (kits) (in) (in) (kits) 2 3 4 6 20400801 30400801 40400801 60400801 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.88 1 1 2 2 8 10 12 14 16 80400801 A0400801 B0400801 C0400801 D0400801 5.38 5.88 6.38 7.38 8.38 3 4 4 6 8
1) Approximate number of 5-ounce adhesive kits required per maintenance coupling. Maintenance coupling kits do not include adhesive. 2) Rated hydrostatic pressure for maintenance coupling is 150 psi at 70F. Pressure rating is reduced by 50% if RP105B adhesive is substituted for PSX34.
Important notice
1976 Ameron FP199D (7/99) supersedes FP199C (11/96) Printed in U.S.A. 5M[124]
Ameron B-1F Pipe End Preparation Tool

for Quick-Lock bell x spigot joints in 1- through 8-inch diameters
Introduction
The B-1F pipe end tool is used to prepare the straight spigot end on Bondstrand fiberglass pipe employing the Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joint. The tool is available for all Bondstrand pipe sizes from 1 through 8 inches in diameter. The tool is designed so that all critical dimensions such as spigot length and spigot outside diameter are preset. The 1- through 4-inch tools are designed to cut Bondstrand PSXJF pipe in two stages. The tools are delivered with only one cutting insert located on the arm marked Spigot.
Advantages
The B-1F tool offers the following advantages over previous end preparation tools from Ameron and end preparation methods offered by competitive manufacturers: Requires no adjustment: spigot length and diameter preset to Ameron tolerances Requires no special tools: uses ordinary power drills with 12-inch chuck Compact: can use on installed buried pipe with minimal excavation Reduces field labor time Requires minimal set-up Light weight for ease of use: 4-inch tool weighs only 9 pounds
Operating instructions
1) Clean the inside of the pipe to remove all dirt, sand or foreign objects. Clean tool of any large particles or shavings from previous use. 2) Inspect the cutter on tool. If worn, remove and rotate for new cutting edge; replace if all edges are worn. If cutter is loose, tighten with an Allen wrench.
The B-1F tool is available in 1 though 8-inch sizes for preparing spigot ends for the Quick-Lock joint. Spigot length and diameter are preset for each pipe size. To use the tool, one need only make sure that the inside of the pipe is clean (left) and then insert the tool (right).
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP376E (6/99)
Operating instructions (cont.)
3) For preparing Bondstrand PSXJF, first remove the cutter from the area marked Spigot with an Allen wrench and place it on the arm marked Jacket.The cutter in this position will remove the external jacket. 4) Mount tool in chuck of 12-inch drill motor and tighten chuck securely. For best results use a drill motor with side handles and a spade grip. Important: The shaft on the B1F tool is round without flats. The round shaft allows the chuck to rotate on the shaft if the cutters bind. This safety feature should not be modified. 5) Except when working on installed pipe, hold the pipe securely, preferably in a pipe vise. Use a 1/4-inch thick rubber pad between the clamps and the pipe to protect the pipe. Warning: Avoid inhaling dust produced by cutting. Wear an OSHAapproved dust mask. 6) Insert the spindle of the tool into the pipe so that the cutter remains away from the end of the pipe. Grip the drill motor firmly and switch to on. Slowly feed the tool into the pipe until the tool bottoms. Too fast a feed (on the final spigot cut) can produce high and low spots. Remove the tool from the pipe. 7) For Bondstrand PSXJF, once the jacket is removed, place the cutter on the arm marked Spigot for the final cut. See note below. 8) Inspect the cut surface to determine that all glazed or resin-covered areas have been removed. If such areas remain, sand by hand until the entire surface is without a resin gloss. Note: If several spigots are to be made, it may be more efficient to shave all the jackets first, then shave all the spigots. Two separate tools, one with the cutter on Jacket and one with the cutter on Spigot may also be used for large installations.
The cutter on the B-1F tool is designed to cut when the tool is rotating in the clockwise direction. Attempts to cut with the tool in counterclockwise rotation will bend the cutter and reduce the effectiveness of the tool. Similarly, when withdrawing the tool after completing a cut, stop the drill motor and simply pull the tool out of the pipe. Do not reverse the drill rotation when withdrawing as this will also tend to bend the cutter.
Important notice
1992 Ameron FP376E (6/99) supersedes FP376D (12/97) Printed in U.S.A. 5 M [124]
Bondstrand M80 Pipe Shaver

for Quick-Lock bell x spigot joints in 8- through 16-inch diameters
Introduction
The M80 pipe shaver is designed to prepare Quick-Lock spigot ends on Bondstrand pipe as described in the Bondstrand Assembly Instructions, FP170. Pipe is shipped from the factory with prepared spigot ends, but pipe cut to length on the jobsite must be provided with a new spigot end before assembly. Spigot ends can be prepared on 10 through 16-inch pipe of any Bondstrand series with the Quick-Lock joint using the M80 tool. The M80 tool can also be used to shave 8-inch Quick-Lock spigots and is to be preferred to the B-1 tool when preparing 8-inch Bondstrand Series 2000M and 7000M marine pipe that have greater wall thicknesses than Bondstrand industrial pipe. The M80 pipe shaver requires a different arbor for each pipe size. The expanding arbor slips into the pipe and the O-rings expand to grip the inside pipe surface when the tie bar is tightened. As the frame is rotated around the feed tube, the cutting tools advance and shave a cylindrical surface (spigot) on the pipe. When adjusted and used as described in these instructions, the shaver prepares an excellent bonding surface with a controlled diametral tolerance. This unit can be rotated by hand or with a portable power drive such as is used for threading 12 to 2-inch steel pipe. A key in the portable power drive engages a keyway in the power drive seat to rotate the unit.
Operating instructions
1) Check your shaver If this is your first use of the M80 pipe shaver, check to see that all parts are included or available. The following parts are included with the M80 pipe shaver and case: a) Shaving tool complete with two cutting tool assemblies. b) Pipe shaver gauge (BB) with 0.015-inch feeler gauge attached. c) Two turning handles (U) and attaching cap screws (AD). These are not needed if a power drive is used. d) Six Allen wrenches, sizes 332, 532, 316, 14, 516 and 38 inch. e) Arbors (Q) complete with O-rings are available separately (See drawing on page 3).
ISO-9001
f) In addition, you will need the equipment listed in the Bondstrand Quick-Lock Assembly Instructions, FP170. A wrench fitting a 118 inch hex head will also be required. A portable power drive is not required but it makes the job much easier. Contact the manufacturers or their representatives for information on the following portable power drives:
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP515B (9/96)
These tools fit a power drive seat 3.62 inches (91.9 millimeters) in diameter. Porta-Thread Amaz-O-Thread Ridgid Greenlee Tool Co. Rockford, IL Collins Machinery Corp. Monterey Park, CA Ridgid Tool Co. Elyria, OH Curtis Tools St. Louis, MO. Model 440 PN13800 PN14300 Model 700 PN24446 PN24445 PN20690 120 VAC 120 VAC Compressed air 120 VAC 120 VAC 240 VAC Compressed air 90 psi @ 100 cfm
The shaver is a precision tool and must be handled with care.
Port-A-Pony
2) Locate cutting tool assemblies Locate cutting tool assemblies in the appropriate slots in frame B for the desired pipe size, and assemble slide plate ( K), washer (T) and socket head cap screw (AE) on each assembly, and tighten screws (AE) with 38-inch Allen wrench. Before handling the shaver, engage knurled slide sleeve (G) by sliding it fully forward under the power drive seat. Handling the shaver with slide sleeve disengaged may cause injury. 3) Adjust cutting edges a) Disengage slide sleeve (G) by sliding it fully out from under the power drive seat and draw tie bar (D) back so that feed tube (C) is fully back into frame (B), and reengage slide sleeve (G). Remove nut (H) from tie bar (D), remove arbor (Q) if one is on tie bar, and slip pipe shaver gauge (BB) onto feed tube (C). b) With the 516-inch Allen wrench, slightly loosen socket head cap screw (AG) on one cutting tool assembly. Adjust form tool (P) in toward or out from pipe shaver gauge (BB) with adjusting screw (AA) until cutting insert (W) is separated from pipe shaver gauge (BB) by the thickness of the 0.015-inch feeler gauge. Lock form tool (P) in place by tightening socket head cap screw (AG). Recheck position of cutting insert (W) after the form tool (P) is locked in place, and readjust if necessary. Repeat procedure to set second form tool (P). c) Remove gauge (BB) and slip arbor (Q) over feed tube (C). Turn nut (H) onto tie bar (D) so that key on nut (H) will engage slot in arbor (Q). Nut (H) will be tightened later. 4) Mount shaver in end of pipe With the Bondstrand pipe cut to length and firmly held in position (See photos of padded vise in the Bondstrand Assembly Instructions), you are now ready to mount the shaver on the end of the pipe. Disengage slide sleeve (G) and slide arbor (Q) and feed tube (C) forward, away from frame (B) and re-engage slide sleeve (G). Slip arbor (Q) into Bondstrand pipe until the end of arbor (Q) nearest to frame (B) is flush with end of pipe. Now with a 118-inch wrench, tighten tie bar (D) (looking toward frame [B], turn hex head clockwise) so that arbor (Q) is locked firmly inside pipe. Again disengage the slide sleeve (G), slide frame (B) toward pipe until cutting inserts (W) are nearly touching the end of pipe, and re-engage the slide sleeve. 5) Shave the spigot If a portable power drive is used, slide the drive onto the power drive seat. If you are going to turn the shaver by hand, attach handles (U). Begin turning shaver frame clockwise (looking toward pipe), and continue turning and shaving pipe surface until desired spigot length is cut (See table on page 4). 6) Check shaved diameter a) After shaving one inch of the first spigot, you will need to check the shaved diameter. First, disengage the slide sleeve (G), slide frame (B) away from pipe until cutting inserts (W) are at the starting position, and re-engage the slide sleeve (G). With the arbor (Q) still firmly in place, measure the shaved diameter of the new spigot using a circumferential wrap tape such as a Pi Tape with a vernier reading to 0.001 inch (0.02 millimeter) on diameter. See table on page 4 for tolerance range on spigot diameters. If your measured diameter falls well within this tolerance range, you may proceed to Step 7.
Caution: Do not reverse power drive to return cutting head to starting position. Do not use power drive to advance cutting head beyond maximum pointer depth (about 3 inches). Shaver will jam at end of travel, possibly causing injury. When using shaver to make nipples, avoid possible injury when advancing cutting head by turning shaver manually.
b) If the diameter measured in Step 6a was borderline or outside the recommended tolerance range, a slight adjustment of the two form tools (P) is required. Loosen socket head cap screw (AG) slightly and adjust screw (AA) as required on both tools. A quarter turn of adjusting screw (AA) will change the diameter of spigot by 0.020 inch (0.50 millimeter). c) If the spigot is too small, go to Step 7 and cut off and discard the shaved spigot. Reposition arbor (Q) in pipe end and shave new spigot after adjustment, repeating Steps 4, 5 and 6 until the proper diameter is obtained. d) Spigot too largeafter adjustment, repeat Step 6 until proper diameter is obtained.
Shaving a spigot in one pass produces a slightly larger diameter than is produced by shaving thin cuts on repeated passes. To shave acceptable diameters on one pass, you must adjust the shaver based on measurements of spigots made in a single pass.
7) Remove shaver from pipe To remove arbor (Q) from pipe, loosen tie bar (D) using a 118 inch wrench (looking toward frame [B], turn hex head counterclockwise). With slide sleeve (G) engaged, slide arbor (Q) out of the pipe. 8) Recheck adjustment for wear or abuse Once the shaver has been properly adjusted for a given pipe size, you will usually need to check spigot diameters only at the beginning and middle of each shift, provided the
Cutting Tool Assembly AD AA X J N K T AE F AF W Q (See Table Page 4) P AJ AG AC AB Y V Z D U
H Shaver Rotation W
V B 0.015 Power Drive Seat E AK G 118 Hex Head
J U BB
Item Description B C D E F G H I K N) P) T) Frame Feed tube Tie bar Half nut Half nut detail (2) Slide sleeve Nut Tool retainer (2) Slide plate (2) Indicator Form tool (2) 1 2 Standard flat washer (2)
Item Description U) Carr Lane No. CL-2-SH steel handle with 38-16 NC thread (2) V) McMaster Carr No. 9641P16 comp spring - cut to length (4) W) Kennametal No. RD8P K-11 cutting insert (2) X) Tool retainer clamp (2) 5 Y) 16-18 NC x 114 long socket head cap screw Z) No. 10-24 NC x 14 long Nylok socket head cap screw AA) Adjusting screw (2)
Item Description AB) 114 -28 NF x 12 long socket head cap screw (2) AC) 14 Standard flat washer (2) 1 AE) 2-20 NF x 112 long socket head cap screw (2) AF) No. 4-40 NC x 38 long socket head cap screw (2) AG) 38-16 NC x 114 long socket head cap screw (2) AJ) 38 S.A.E. flat washer (2) AK) Carr Lane No. CL-4-FW hardened flat washer BB) Pipe shaver gauge
shaver is handled with care at all times, and not dropped, hit or abused in any way that might cause a change in setting. After extensive use, the cutting inserts (W) may get dull or show wear. Simply loosen socket head cap screws (AF) using 332 inch Allen wrench and rotate both inserts 90 to obtain a new pair of cutting edges. Readjust to obtain correct shaving diameters. Ameron stocks replacement cutting inserts (W) for your convenience: simply order Ameron Commodity Code 00250400. 9) Reset for different pipe diameter You will have to repeat these steps each time a change in pipe diameter is made. Minimizing the number of diameter changes made on the shaver will expedite your project. Store the shaver in a dry location, protected from moisture, as you would any machine tool. Nominal Pipe Size (in) (mm) Arbor Part Number1 8 10 12 14 2 16 2
1) 2)
Item Q - M80 Pipe Tool Arbors O-Ring Model O-Ring Part Number AN6227-70 AN6227-75 AN6227-79 AN6227-82 AN6227-85 80020400 A0020400 B0020400 C0020400 D0020400
Quantity 2 2 2 2 2
200 250 300 350 400
80220401 A0220401 B0220401 C0220401 D0220401
Arbor includes two (2) O-rings. Consult Ameron for availability of arbors for shaving 14 and 16-inch Bondstrand marine pipe.
Standard spigot dimensions

Quick-Lock socket Shaved spigot length
Shaved Diameter Inches Millimeters (min) (max) (min) (max) 8.547 10.682 12.684 13.929 15.909 8.563 10.698 12.700 13.945 15.925 217.0 271.3 322.2 353.8 404.1 217.4 271.7 322.6 354.2 404.5
Shaved Length Inches Millimeters (min) (max) (min) (max) 2 12 2 34 3 3 12 4 2 58 2 78 3 18 3 58 4 18 64 70 75 89 102 67 72 79 92 105
Shaved spigot diameter
Pipe stop
Important Notice
1976 Ameron FP515B (9/96) supersedes FP515A (6/95) Printed in U.S.A. 5 M [124]
Installation Guide
Taper-Tool II
for 8-16 pipe, Bondstrand Series 3000A & 3200A
General
Taper-Tool II is a precisely engineered tapering machine designed to accurately grind a taper which will mate perfectly with the other system components for 8-16 pipe, Bondstrand Series 3000A and 3200A. The original model Taper-Tool II has the motor mounted on the grinding drum while the newer Taper-Tool II has the motor separate from the grinding drum. The high speed motor (120v AC/DC) and diamond surfaced grinding drum assure a smooth and uniform taper for maximum bond strength.
Taper-Tool II: Fixed Motor Model
Taper-Tool II: Remote Motor Model
ISO-9001
As with all precision equipment, care during use and proper storage are very important in order to maintain the equipment in good working order. The Taper-Tool II is designed to give many years of service when maintained properly. Note: Reference Safety Recommendations on the back of this brochure.
FP806 (1/99)
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Preparation
In the process of field fabrication, proper cutting and tapering is essential for correct installation and performance. 1. For all cutting and tapering, the pipe must be held securely with a strap wrench, saw guide/clamp assembly or a chain vise. When a chain vise is used to hold the pipe, always wrap the pipe with protective material (rubber) to prevent damage to the outer surface. 2. Cutting 8-16 pipe should be done with a power driven circular abrasive cutoff wheel. Note: Reference Safety Recommendations on the back of this brochure. 3. The cut made on a pipe must be as straight as possible to insure a proper tapering. Saw guides are recommended, but when not available, a wraparound may be used to scribe or mark a cutting guideline. See Table 1, page 6.
Taper Tool II Set-Up
Refer to numerical identification key Figure 1 on page 10 for references to part numbers.
a. The tool comes packaged with nine 8 Extension Pins (refer to numerical identification key Figure 1, Part 9) installed in the two Spiders (1 &10). There are pins for each of the pipe sizes, 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16. The tool will not fit into the storage case with any size pins larger than 8 installed. The 8 pins are slotted to be tightened or loosened with a coin, not a screwdriver. The other sizes are knurled to be hand tightened only. Install appropriate size extension pins into the spiders. Check that the mating surfaces of the pins and spiders are clean prior to installing different pins. It may be necessary to reposition the grinding drum to install different sized pins. Adjustment is made by loosening the Allen Screw (54) and sliding Sleeve (55) and Housing (48) down the shaft.
Preparation (contd)
b. Be sure the pointer, on the Degree Plate (59), is set at 2 degrees for standard Ameron pipe tapers. Loosen bolts (44) to adjust taper angle, and then retighten. Dropping the tool will result in knocking the set angle off or damaging the tool. Do not drop.
c. Set rear spider at the end of the Extension Tube (3). Loosen screw (2) if necessary to move spider. Next, retract the extension pins fully by turning the Extension Pin Adjusting Knob (22) counterclockwise until it stops.
Motor Connection
d. Motor assembly of the remote motor model Taper-Tool II should be performed as follows: 1. Remove dust covers from Flexible Drive Shaft Ends (57). 2. Push on the male hexagonal end of the drive shaft to extend the female end beyond the drive shaft housing. 3. Rotate motor shaft so the flat side is facing up. 4. Insert the female end of the drive shaft over the male end of the motor shaft. 5. Through hole in motor housing, lock the set screw very tightly on the flat of the motor shaft. 6. Screw the outer flexible drive shaft housing to motor.
Grinding Drum Connection
7. Insert hexagonal end of drive shaft into the Female Hexagonal Drum Opening (38). After insertion has been completed, screw on the outer casing of the drive shaft. Tighten to a snug fit.
e. In order to insert the tool into the pipe, loosen Locking Sleeve (55) by unscrewing Allen Screw (54) sliding sleeve and Housing (48) away from the spiders. Temporarily lock sleeve on shaft. Turn adjusting knob until all threads disappear into housing.
f. It is important that the pipe end be cut square. The tolerance is shown in Table 1 on page 27. Slide Rear Spider (1) into pipe with Extension Tube (3) in a cocked position. Push rear spider into pipe until Front Spider (10) is against pipe. Raise the tool so front spider enters and fits snugly into pipe.
Grinding Drum Connection (contd)
g. Slide the tool until the pipe and the grinding drum are in the proper position. For the original model Taper-Tool II, set pipe within 1/4 of fully depressed brake button. In the case of the newer Taper-Tool II, set the pipe 1/4 from the bottom lip of the Grinding Drum Guard (23).
h. Turn Extension Pin Adjusting Knob (22) clockwise by hand until the tool cannot slip or turn in the pipe. Do Not Overtighten! The pipe can be deformed and an improper taper, or damage to the tool can result.
Taper Lengths & Angles
i. The following are the approximate taper lengths for the various pipe sizes:
Taper Length/Angle/Out of Square 8-16 Inch Pipe

Table 1.
Nominal Pipe Size (inches) 8 10 12 14 16
Taper Length (inches) 23/4 31/2 4 4 /4

1 1
Taper Angle (degrees) 2 2 2 2 2
Maximum Out of Square (inches) 3/16 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16
5 /4
Proper and consistent insertion depths can be maintained by grinding all tapers until the thin end reaches 0.050 to 0.060 thickness.
Taper Tool II Operation
a. Plug the electric cord into either a 115 volt AC power source. Test the tool for smooth operation. There should be no vibration. Caution: The motor turns at 20,000 RPM and tapering pipe causes large volumes of dust. Wear a dust mask and goggles. b. Turn on motor switch. Carefully turn Taper Depth Adjusting Knob (53) counterclockwise until the grinding drum comes in contact with the pipe. Note: Use caution in keeping hands away from the motor, blades and any of the moving pieces.
c. Rotate the fixed motor Taper-Tool II by turning handle clockwise. (A one-way internal clutch prevents turning the wrong way). Caution should be exercised to avoid twisting of electric cord. The preferred method of accomplishing this is to use pipe rollers and keep tool stationary. A two man crew, one to turn the pipe and one to operate the tool, would be necessary. For the remote motor model Taper-Tool II, grasp the drive shaft and rotate the tool clockwise around the pipe taking care not to twist the grinding drum thereby changing the taper angle. d. Rotation should be continuous and uniform. After one complete turn of the tool, repeat procedure of turning taper depth adjusting knob and rotating tool until proper taper length is obtained. Avoid heavy cuts that slow motor down drastically. Be sure tool vibration does not loosen the extension pin adjusting knob. Observe the taper while it is being ground. If there are six high (or low) spots, this is an indication that the extension pins are too tight and are deforming the pipe. Loosen the extension pins until a smooth taper is being ground. Rotate the pipe during tapering to eliminate the effects of high and low grinding.
Taper Tool II Operation (contd)
e. To stop the tool after proper taper length has been obtained, turn the taper depth adjusting knob three complete turns clockwise to clear the grinding drum from the pipe. Turn motor off and stop the grinding drum by depressing the brake button (old style only).
f. Remove by turning extension pin adjusting knob counterclockwise until it stops and pull tool out of pipe. Be sure threads on adjusting knob are cleaned thoroughly.
Manufacture of Close Nipples
The rear spider should remain at the end of the extension tube except for nipples shorter than 26. For nipples shorter than 26, loosen screw and slide the rear spider into position and retighten screw. An alternate grinding procedure for close nipples is to hold the tapering tool stationary and rotate each nipple by hand or with a strap wrench.
Reversing the Grinding Drum
The grinding drum is diamond coated and should be turned end for end to extend service life after it becomes dull. This will resharpen the drum by exposing new diamonds to the cutting surface. A dull grinding drum can cause overheating of the drum and/or motor. To turn it around, remove guard first and place a strap wrench around the drum. Remove cap and use a socket wrench to remove nut. Note that this is a left hand thread. Pull the drum off the shaft, turn drum and replace. Tighten nut and replace cap and guard.
Maintenance
Keep your Taper-Tool II clean. Keep all motor passage ways free of dust. The motor must have adequate ventilation during operation or overheating will result. Remove the filter on back of motor to blow or wash clean (fixed motor model). Be sure it is dry before replacing. Do not let any dust get into pistons when changing extension pins. Keep shafts lightly oiled and wiped dry to prevent rust. Periodically the flexible drive shaft should be lubricated with Lubriplate type 807 grease. Keep the tool in the case when not in use. Do not attempt to disassemble the tool except as stated in these instructions. If necessary to contact manufacturer regarding this tool, be sure to refer to the motor serial number. Dos Keep it clean. Keep in case when not in use. Keep shafts lightly oiled and wiped. Keep motor free of dust. Keep bolts and screws tight. Donts Use a pipe wrench or hammer on tool. Stand directly in front of grinding drum. Use any voltage but 115 volt AC/DC. Over tighten adjusting knobs. Leave extension pins out. Run motor with excess vibration. Run motor with no load or over load. Lubricate anything but shafts.
Figure 1. Parts List
(Alternate Position)
10
Figure 1. Parts List

Item Description
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Rear Spider (TRP 24) Screw 3/8-16 N.C., S.H. x 11/2 Long (Plated) Tube Extension Roll Pin, 1/8 x 1 /2
1
Item
31 32 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61
Description
National Snap Ring N.D. Bearing Screws 1/4-20 N.C., S.H. x 3/4 Long (Plated) National Snap Ring N.D. Bearing National Snap Ring Female Adapter, Hex Drive Adapter, Flexible Shaft Nut 1/2-20 N.F. Hex. (Plated) Housing, Wheel Bearing (TRP-46) Bracket, Pivot Mounting (TRP-48) Flat Washer 1/2 (Plated) Screw 1/2-20 N.F. H.H. x 11/2 Long (Plated) Thompson Seals Thompson Linear Bearings Shaft, Bearing Slide (Thompson) Housing, Adjustment Bearing (TRP 25) Lock Nut Screw, 8-32 N.C., S.H. x 5/8 Long Washer National O-ring Nut, Cut-Depth Adjustment (Plated) Screw, 1/4-28 N.V. S.H. x 5/8 Long (Plated) Sleeve, Locking (Plated) Cross Bar (TRP-47) Wyco Flexible Shaft Wyco Double Insulated Motor Degree Plate Plate, Serial No. & Name Morse Ramp Clutch
Spring, Lane (Factory Plated) Pistons Roll pin, 1/8 x 1 Thompson Seals Extension Pins (8-16 Pipe) Front Spider & Bearing Shaft (TRP 23) Wedge, Screw Nut, 1/2-13 N.C. Spacer Screw, 10-24 x 3/8 (Factory Plated) Collar, Locking Fafnir Bearing Schatz Bearing National Snap Ring Screw, Clamping Roll Pin, 1/8 x 1 /4
1
Extension Pins Knob, Adjustment Grinding Drum Guard Wheel, Diamond Grinding Cap, Grinding Wheel Shaft, Grinding Wheel Nut, 3/4-16 (Left Hand) Washer, Wheel Shaft Spacer, Wheel Shaft Spacer, Wheel Shaft Bearing
Recommended Practices to Minimize Exposure & Effects of Shavings From Fiberglass Pipe
Engineering Controls: A fabrication area should be set up in which to perform as much of the
fabrication work as is practical or possible.

Local exhaust ventilation should be provided at areas of cutting and/or
tapering to remove airborne dust and fibers. General dilution ventilation should be provided as necessary to keep airborne dust and fibers below the applicable exposure limits and guidelines. The need for ventilation systems should be evaluated by a professional industrial hygienist. Work area should be kept clean, including floor or other horizontal surfaces. Rinsing with water or sweeping with brushes or brooms (using floor sweep) is recommended. Never use compressed air to clean area or to remove dust for personal cleaning. Brushes should be used to remove residue from shaved surfaces.
11
Recommended Practices to Minimize Exposure & Effects of Shavings From Fiberglass Pipe (contd)
Personal Protection:
Always refer to the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) prior to working with
unfamiliar materials or if there are questions concerning the contents of the fiberglass pipe. OSHA regulates glasswool (fiberglass) under the Hazard Communication Standard and as a chemical hazard in laboratories. OSHA classifies glasswool fiber as a Particulate Not Otherwise Regulated, with a workplace permissible exposure limit (PEL) of 5.0 mg/m3 for respirable dust and 15.0 mg/m3 for total dust. These limits are identical to those OSHA requires for construction workers exposed to fibrous glass, which were adopted from the 1970 Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) of the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH). Barrier creme should be applied to the skin in areas which may be exposed to shavings prior to beginning work. Clean clothes should be worn each day. Do not wear clothing that has not been laundered to begin a work shift. More frequent changing may be required by conditions. Long sleeved shirts or worksuits should be used. Tape should be used at sleeve opening. Cotton or flannel shirts under workshirts may be worn to prevent rubbing of skin at opening of worksuit. Gloves with elastic cuffs should be worn at all times. Replace worn or contaminated gloves as necessary. Gloves with flared, stiff cuffs act as a gathering funnel for shavings. Pant legs should be worn outside work boots. If necessary for safety purposes, the pant legs can be taped to fit closely to the boot. Over-the-calf socks can be used to prevent chafing of the boot on the skin. Wristbands and watches should be removed to prevent rubbing or accumulation of particles on skin underneath the band. A respirator should be used if ventilation is unavailable, or is inadequate for keeping dust and fiber levels below the applicable exposure limits. To protect against dust and fibers, use a NIOSH-certified disposable or reusable particulate respirator with an efficiency rating of N95 or higher (42 CFR 84) when working with this product. For exposures up to five times the established exposure limits use a quarter-mask respirator, rated N95 or higher; and for exposures up to ten times the established exposure limits use a half-mask respirator (e.g., MSAs DM-11, Racals Delta N95, 3Ms 8210), rated N95 or higher. Operations such as sawing, blowing, tear out and spraying may generate airborne fiber concentrations requiring a higher level of respiratory protection. For exposures up to 50 times the established exposure limits use a full-face respirator, rated N99 or higher. Personal Hygiene:
Wash exposed skin with soap solution (liquid soap preferred) and cool water. Use washcloth with brushing motion to remove dust or fibers. Do not scrub
the skin. This could result in the fibers being imbedded into the skin.
Rinse thoroughly with clean, cold water. Apply lotion or creme to skin (non-detergent formulas such as baby lotion) to
soothe irritation or prevent further immediate irritation.
Important Notice
Installation Guide
Heat Blankets
for heat-curing adhesive joints in Bondstrand pipe and fittings.
General
Bondstrand heating blankets are specially designed to heat-cure adhesive joints in Bondstrand pipe and fittings. Requiring either 120-volt or 220-volt alternating current, the blankets are quickly and easily applied. They provide thermostatically controlled heat, helping to assure maximum joint strength and reliability. Blankets are available in five sizes and two voltages as follow:
Sizes and Voltages for Bondstrand Heat Blankets

For Pipe Sizes (mm) 25-50 50-100 150-200 250-300 350-400 50-100 150-200 250-300 350-400 (in) 1-2 2-4 6-8 10-12 14-16 2-4 6-8 10-12 14-16 Volts (ac) 120 120 120 120 120 220 220 220 220 Width (mm) 50 102 124 149 175 102 124 149 175 (in) 2 4 47/8 57/8 67/8 4 47/8 57/8 67/8 Length (mm) 305 508 813 1270 1651 508 813 1270 1651 (in) 12 20 32 50 65 20 32 50 65
Using the Blanket
Place the thermostat end of your Bondstrand heating blanket against the assembled joint with the thermostat side facing out from the joint. Wrap the remainder of the blanket around the joint so that overlap, if any, will cover the thermostat. Tie the blanket in place with any nonconducting tie.
ISO-9001
FP805A (12/98)
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Insulation
It is always a good idea to insulate around the heating blanket and to close the pipe ends. This is essential when it is windy or when air temperature is below 40 F. Fiberglass insulation backed with aluminum foil generally works well. Insulation should overwrap the blanket sides about 4 inches (100 mm) each way and be tied down near the edges to trap the heat. Caution: Joint must not be moved, vibrated or otherwise distributed during cure of adhesive. Flange mounting requires a special wrap. Lay the blanket flat with the thermostat down and, starting at the thermostat end, roll up the blanket. Insert the rolled blanket into the pipe end only to the depth of the fresh joint, leaving the cord and part of the blanket exposed as shown. Fill the space inside the rolled blanket with fiberglass insulation or some other heat-resistant material to ensure that the blanket remains snugly against the inside joint surface.
Flange Mounting
Curing the Joint
Determine the required cure time from the Bondstrand assembly instructions found in the adhesive kit. Warning: Before applying power, inspect the blanket and cord for loose wire connections and bare wires. Do not plug cord into live power source when standing in water or on wet surfaces. Apply alternate current (ac) at the voltage marked on the heating blanket. Do not use direct current (dc) power supply. Mark the start-up and disconnect time on the pipe with a white grease pencil and you will have a record of cure for each joint in the system. Be sure all electrical connections are good and that the blanket actually heats up each time.
Important Notice
Installation Guide
Shipping, Handling, Storage and Inspection of Bondstrand Fiberglass Pipe

Introduction
Bondstrand pipe is manufactured from fiberglass reinforced epoxy or vinyl ester resins. When properly handled and installed, fiberglass pipe and fittings result in a maintenance-free, high-performance piping system. Fiberglass reinforced pipe and fittings are impact sensitive and must be handled with a reasonable amount of care. Transportation a. Let the factory arrangement of the pipe be your guide for correct supporting and spacing when rearranging for transport. Do not let pipe or fittings rest on the bed of the truck where nails, studs and other objects might damage them. Whenever pipe or fittings come in contact with wood or metal, padding such as excelsior, carpet or foam should be used. b. The pipe should be securely fastened directly over the dunnage with tiedowns consisting of nylon straps or manila rope. Avoid overtightening which may cause excessive localized deformation in the pipe. Straps and ropes should be retightened every 50 miles while in transit. Rope ties should be used between standards to prevent the load from spreading. c. Do not allow the pipe to extend more than 3 feet beyond the truck or trailer bed as permanent damage can result from excessive flexing. Pronto-Lock pipe should always be loaded with the female ends even. Spacers used during transportation should be padded. d. Bondstrand pipe is a light load, particularly with larger diameter pipe. Therefore, reduce speed on rough roads to minimize bouncing.
Handling
Properly loaded pipe. Rope ties should be used between standards to prevent the load from spreading (left). Straps and ropes should be retightened every 50 miles while in transit (right).
ISO-9001
FP167D (12/98)
CERTIFICATED FIRM
Handling (cont.)
Loading and unloading a. Pipe and fittings should never be thrown or dropped under any circumstances. b. If the pipe load is properly separated and supported, forklifts can be used. Forklifts should have at least a 6-foot carriage (distance between the forks). All surfaces that come in contact with the pipe should be padded. c. Never jam or spear forks into a load of fiberglass pipe except where spacers of at least 2-inch thickness are located. d. If load is irregular and cannot be reliably moved by fork truck, or proper equipment is not available, the pipe should be carefully loaded and unloaded by hand one length at a time. The nominal weights for each respective pipe length can be found under PIPE WEIGHT.
Correct unloading and stacking procedure. The pipe should be carefully loaded and unloaded by hand one length at a time. If proper loading equipment is not available, do not roll pipe off trailer.
Pipe weight
Tabulated values are in U.S. Customary units (lb/ft of pipe) and include couplings.
Nominal Pipe Size (in) Bondstrand Pipe Series 3000A/3200A 2000/4000/7000 2000M 5000/5100 2 0.5 0.8 0.9 1.0 3 0.7 1.2 1.3 1.5 4 1.0 2.0 2.1 2.5 6 1.9 3.0 3.1 3.5 8 3.2 4.3 5.2 5.0 10 4.6 5.4 8.1 6.7 12 6.2 6.4 11.0 7.4 14 7.5 7.4 15.0 8.7 16 9.4 9.5 19.0 11.2
Storage
Bondstrand pipe may be safely stored outside for extended periods provided the following procedures are observed: a. Supports should be spaced in maximum 10-ft intervals and approximately 6 feet from each end. The supports should have a minimum 4-in wide bearing surface.
Storage (contd)
b. A pipe stack should not exceed 10 feet in height and should have side supports or blocks to prevent rolling or slipping in the stack. c. Spacers should be utilized every 3 feet if the pipe will be reloaded by forklift.
d. Tie downs should consist of nylon straps or manila rope. Avoid overtightening which may cause excessive localized deformation in the pipe. e. If it is necessary to stack pipe directly on the ground, make sure that the ground surface is level, soft and free of rocks or sharp objects. f. Protective end coverings should be left in place until time of installation to protect the pipe ends and to prevent dirt or other materials from entering the pipe.
g. Fittings, adhesives and tools should be stored in their shipping boxes under cover and protected from water, mud and extreme heat or cold.
Inspection
Since pipe and fittings may be subjected to rough treatment during transportation, storage and handling, it is imperative that they be fully inspected for possible impact damage, cracking or manufacturing defects. If the outside surface of the pipe has been gouged or exhibits a depression, it is likely that the impact has also caused damage to the liner. Impact damage on translucent pipe can usually be detected by a localized color difference in the pipe.
The color difference may be as small as 12 inch in diameter or as large as 4 inches in diameter depending on the intensity of the impact. Inspection of pipe and fittings should be undertaken upon delivery and just prior to installation. At delivery, check the load carefully. If pipe or fittings are delivered damaged, the following procedure should be observed: End Users and Distributors: Accept all damaged material. Note damage on freight bill and bill of lading. Notify the shipper immediately. Depending on the origin of shipment, call the Bondstrand distributor in your area, or, in the case of direct shipments, call Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Systems. During inspection, isolate any damaged sections immediately to avoid any chance of damaged material being installed. All damage on pipe must be cut out and repaired. Inspection plays a major role in the ultimate success of an installed pipeline. If damaged or defective pipe or fittings can be detected prior to installation, the installer will avoid frustration and delays caused by necessary rework. All parties involved will benefit from careful and thorough inspection.
Important Notice
Fiberglass Pipe Division Asia Ameron (Pte) Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 639407 Tel: 65 861 6118 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Fiberglass Pipe Division Europe Ameron B.V. J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: +31 345 587 561 Telex: 40257 bonds nl Fiberglass Pipe Division Americas P .O. Box 878 Burkburnett, TX 76354 Tel: (940) 569-1471 Fax: (940) 569-2764 Ameron Composites P.O. Box 71370 11 McBride Street Newnan, Georgia 30263 Tel: (770) 253-2000 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fiberglass Pipe Division Centron International P .O. Box 490 600 FM 1195 South Mineral Wells, Texas 76068 Tel: (940) 325-1341 Fax: (940) 325-9681
1987 Ameron FP167D (12/98) supersedes FP 167C (12/94) Printed in U.S.A 5M [472]
Installation of Suspended Bondstrand Pipe

Table of Contents
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Designing the Bondstrand system . . . . Selecting Bondstrand pipe, fittings and adhesives Filament-wound versus molded products . . Energy savings . . . . . . . . . Insulated systems . . . . . . . . Other application information . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . . . . . . . . 2 . . . . . . . 2 . . . . . . . . 2 . . . . . . . . 3 . . . . . . . . 3 . . . . . . . . 3
Designing for expansion and contraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 General principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Length change due to temperature . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Length change due to pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Anchoring for branches and valves . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Using expansion loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Expansion joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Designing for restrained systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 General principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Thrust due to temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Thrust due to pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Use of guides for Alignment Control . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Spans and support locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Span recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Support spacings for special conditions . . . . . . . . . . 11 Loads on hangers and supports . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Support locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Supports for vertical runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Connections to other materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Connections to other piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Small-diameter metallic connection . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Gravity flow connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Connections to equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Equipment vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Connections to tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Other design considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Coating Bondstrand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Electrical properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Entrapped gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Steam condensate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Heat tracing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Detailing the supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Clamping forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Space between pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Supports permitting pipe movement . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Supports that anchor pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Appendices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 A: Calculating length change . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 B: Calculating thrust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 C: Calculating support spacings for uniformly distributed loads . . . . 20 Health and safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Toxicity of adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Handling precautions for adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 First aid for adhesive users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
5 6 7
9 10
FP288A (1/97)
General
Designing the Bondstrand system This guide contains general information for designing suspended Bondstrand piping systems. This information, in conjunction with good general engineering practice and the designers good judgment, must all be applied to complete a successful and economical piping system. The guide considers the following: Criteria for selecting Bondstrand products for a given application Expansion and contraction Span between supports and support location Connections to other materials and equipment Coating Bondstrand products Suggested details for guides, supports and anchors
While Bondstrand performs in many applications just like metallic systems, the designer must recognize some important differences: Bondstrand pipe weighs only about 17 as much as Schedule 40 carbon steel pipe. This means that pipe and piping assemblies even in 16-inch diameters can be lifted into place using any light lifting equipment. In the smaller diameters, no lifting equipment is necessary. This reduces on-site installation costs. The longitudinal modulus of Bondstrand is much less than that of carbon steel pipe a characteristic that limits spans where deflection is important but also reduces thrust due to temperature change. Thermal expansion is 60% greater than for carbon steel. However, by taking advantage of the Bondstrands flexibility, you can provide for this expansion economically, often without using expansion joints. Bondstrand fiberglass pipe requires protection against potential external abrasion or crushing at points where steel supports are located. Such protection is easy and economical. Effective modulus values vary with temperature. Recommended spans and estimated thrusts are given to help the designer detail his project for long-time operation at ambient and elevated temperatures.
Recognition of these and other differences dealt with in this guide is the key to successful installations. While this information is likely to prove most helpful to those designing Bondstrand systems for the first time, experienced Bondstrand customers will also find new and useful information. Be aware that the reinforced thermosetting resin piping products offered by other manufacturers may differ significantly from Bondstrand. Resin systems, manufacturing processes and joining systems are important variables affecting the mechanical and physical properties of these products. The recommendations and suggestions given are based on Amerons test and field experience and should be applied only to Bondstrand products. Selecting Bondstrand pipe, fittings and adhesives A choice of either epoxy or vinyl ester Bondstrand products is available for different chemical and thermal environments. For information to guide your selection, refer to the Bondstrand Corrosion Guide, FP132. This publication provides recommendations for different chemicals and other fluid materials, including food products, as well as guidance for selecting the appropriate Bondstrand adhesive. Filament-wound versus molded products In smaller pipe sizes, you have a choice between molded and filament-wound fittings. In general, filament-wound fittings should be used in applications where fittings in loops, turns or branches are intended to flex, where temperature changes exceed 100F in restrained or blocked systems, or where the system is exposed to mechanical vibration or hydraulic surge. Filament wound fittings would be used, also, in systems where a liner is required. Some sizes and types of fittings are not available in both molded and filament-wound styles, so check the Bondstrand Fittings Dimensions, FP282, for availability when making your choice.
General (cont)
Energy savings Remember when selecting pipe diameter that Bondstrand's low frictional values (Hazen-Williams C = 150) will reduce your pumping energy requirements compared to those for carbon steel pipe. In most systems these low frictional values will be maintained for the life of the system. Note also that the slightly larger inside diameter of Bondstrand pipe compared to Schedule 40 or 80 carbon steel pipe, will further reduce your pumping costs. Handy charts in the Bondstrand engineering guides show the head loss expected for both pipe and fittings. Insulated systems Bondstrand may be insulated in the field. Bondstrand pipe is also available from many pipe insulators with efficient built-in insulation. If you use insulated Bondstrand, be sure to check your support spacings for the operating temperature to accommodate the added weight of the insulation and jacket. Series 2000M-FP is manufactured with a factory applied, reinforced coating which provides impact resistance and thermal insulation in addition to its fire protection properties. Unless indicated otherwise, values presented in the tables for Series 2000 can be used for Series 2000M-FP. Other application information Where containment is required for your piping system, Ameron can supply Bondstrand II pipe with a variety of joining and performance options. Ameron has prepared a number of publications with valuable information pertaining to specific types of service, including marine applications, fire protection systems and steam condensate returns. Just call your local Bondstrand distributor or your nearest Ameron sales office, and let us know your application. Give us the temperature, pressure, liquid or gas to be carried, and other pertinent conditions. In addition, Ameron has computer programs for deflection and stress analysis of Bondstrand systems. For a nominal fee, Ameron Engineering Department will be pleased to utilize one of these programs to analyze your specific systems. Experience shows, however, that such analysis is required only for the more demanding or complicated conditions and that the generalized procedures presented herein will usually suffice.
Designing for 2 expansion and contraction
General principles Suspended pipe generally performs best where it is permitted to move freely. In these systems, anchors serve only to keep the pipe properly positioned between loops and turns. Center the anchor in the run between loops if possible. An anchor should be placed between loops and between loops and turns. Except for the one anchor per run, supports should carry the pipe and maintain the intended drainage slope but should not restrain the pipe against axial movement. At turns, the supports should also permit lateral movement. Supports should not fall directly on fittings. If the piping system cannot be designed to move freely, see next section on DESIGNING FOR RESTRAINED SYSTEMS. Pipe changes length in a free system as a result of changes in temperature and pressure. Since both can increase or decrease concurrently, the resulting changes in length must be combined for loop design. Length-change formulas and examples appear in Appendix A, but the following paragraphs will provide all you need for most pipeline designs.
Designing for expansion and contraction (contd)

Length changes for Bondstrand Series 2000, 2000M-FP, 4000, 5000, 5100, 7000, 3000A, and 3200A
Length change due to temperature Tests show that the amount of linear expansion varies directly with temperature. Figure 1 shows the length change for Series 2000, 3000A, 3200A, 4000, 5000, 5100 and 7000 Bondstrand pipe.
Figure 1
Temperature Change (F) Length change due to pressure The amount of length change occurring because of internal pressure depends on wall thickness, diameter, Poissons ratio and the effective modulus of elasticity in both axial and circumferential directions at the operating temperature. In Bondstrand pipe, some of these factors tend to cancel each other, and the correction becomes relatively simple. For each 100 feet in a straight, freely supported run of Bondstrand pipe (Table 1) provides length changes which are suitable throughout the indicated range of temperatures. You need only correct this value for the pressure of your system by using a direct pressure-ratio correction.
Inches per 100 feet of pipe (mm per 100 m of pipe) from 100 psi ( 1 MPa) internal pressure Nominal Diameter in. mm 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 Series 2000 in. 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.8 mm 11 18 23 36 35 44 54 63 80 96 100 100 Series 3000A in. 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.4 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.5 1.5 mm 27 39 49 53 158 165 168 176 182 Series 3200A in. 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 mm 27 39 49 53 66 69 70 74 76 Series 4000 in. 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.9 mm 14 23 29 46 42 53 64 74 94 112 107 107 Series 5000, 5100 in. 0.3 0.5 0.6 1.0 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.4 2.3 2.3 mm 37 60 77 122 110 140 170 195 247 295 282 281 Series 7000 in. 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 mm 10 16 20 32 32 40 49 48 49 49 50 50 Series 2000M-FP in. 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 mm 11 18 23 36 35 44 54 52 52 52 52 52
Length increase due to a 100 psi (7 bar) internal pressure in an unrestrained system. Values given for Series 2000, 2000M-FP and 4000 are valid to 250F (121C). Values for Series 3000A, 3200A, 5000, 5100 and 7000 are valid to 200F (93C).
Table 1
Anchoring for branches and valves Both vertical and horizontal branches can add complexity to a system intended to move freely. Unless a branch can move both axially and laterally, such as a short stub-out to a nozzle or flexible hose connection, it will require special consideration to avoid undue bending stresses. Sometimes the best solution is to anchor both the branch and the run at the tee, accommodating the pipe length changes at turns or loops in each of the three connecting lines. For example, a vertical branch connecting to buried pipe may include a Z-loop; the tee may be rotated 90 to permit an L-loop; or the vertical line may be treated as a restrained pipe as described in Designing for Restrained Systems. Valves should be anchored and supported directly, especially in diameters six inches and larger. Valve weight in the larger sizes and torque on valve handles in all sizes are the primary concerns. Generally, butterfly valves with manual lever handle actuators do not require separate supports. Other types of actuators can add too much torque or weight if they are not separately supported.
for 2 Designing expansion and contraction (contd)
Using expansion loops Loops are recommended for relieving longitudinal stress between anchors in a suspended pipeline. Table 2 gives minimum expansion loop dimensions for all Bondstrand pipe series. First, determine how much total length change due to temperature and pressure must be absorbed. Use the appropriate table for the pipe series you are using. Select the pipe diameter and total length change to determine the required leg length for a U-loop design. As an example, assume that a Series 2000 eight-inch line is installed and will change a total of two inches in length. Table 2 for Series 2000 and Series 4000 shows that the length of loop leg required to accommodate the length change is 9 feet (2.8m). Loops should be horizontal whenever possible to avoid entrapping air or sediment and to facilitate drainage. For upward loops, air relief valves aid air removal and improve flow. In pressure systems, air removal for both pressure testing and normal operation is required for safety as well. For downward loops, air pressure equalizing lines may be necessary to permit drainage. In both cases, special taps are necessary for complete drainage.
Loops using 90 elbows absorb length change better than those using 45 elbows. Unlike a 90 turn, a 45 turn carries a thrust component through the turn which can add axial stress to the usual bending stress in the pipe and fittings. Alignment and deflection are also directly affected by the angular displacement at 45 turns and demand special attention for support design and location. A 45 elbow at a free turn with the same increment of length change in each leg will be displaced 86% more than a 90 elbow. The relative displacement in the plane of a loop is also more of a problem. Figure 2 illustrates the geometry involved. Design information is not provided because it is beyond the scope of this manual and loops with 45 elbos are generally not recommended. Consult Ameron if a situation requires the use of 45 elbows.
Figure 2 Comparison of displacement in 90 vs. 45 elbows caused by a unit length change
90 elbow a a a a 1.4a 2.6a a 45 elbow a a a
a: Relative displacement of elbows permitted to move freely in a pipe run.
Table 2
Expansion loop design: Length of loop leg required to accommodate listed length changes
Series 2000 and Series 4000 length change (in./mm ) Nominal Pipe Size in. mm 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 1.0/25 ft 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 8 8 m 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.3 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.2 2.5 2.5 ft. 4 4 5 6 6 7 8 9 9 10 11 11 2.0/ 50 m 1.3 1.3 1.6 1.9 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.4 ft. 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 12 12 13 14 3.0/75 m 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.7 3.7 4.0 4.3 4.0/100 ft. 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 12 13 14 15 16 m 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.1 3.7 4.0 4.3 4.6 4.9 5.0/125 ft. 6 7 7 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 m 1.9 2.2 2.2 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.6 4.9 5.2 5.5
Series 5000 and 5100 length change (in./mm ) Nominal Pipe Size in. mm 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 1.0/25 ft 2 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 m 0.7 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.6 1.6 1.9 1.9 2.2 2.2 ft. 3 4 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 9 9 10 2.0/50 m 1.0 1.3 1.3 1.6 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.2 2.5 2.8 2.8 3.1 3.0/75 ft. 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 9 10 11 11 12 m 1.3 1.6 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.4 3.7 4.0/100 ft. 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 m 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.3 5.0/ 125 ft. 5 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 14 15 m 1.6 1.9 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.4 4.0 4.3 4.3 4.6
Designing for 2 expansion and contraction (contd)

Table 2 Expansion loop design: Length of loop leg required to accommodate listed length changes
Series 2000M-FP and Series 7000 length change (in./mm ) Nominal Pipe Size in. mm 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 1.0/25 ft 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 8 8 8 m 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.3 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.5 2.5 ft. 4 4 5 6 6 7 8 9 10 10 11 12 2.0/50 m 1.3 1.3 1.6 1.9 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.1 3.4 3.7 3.0/75 ft. 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 12 13 13 14 m 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.7 4.0 4.0 4.3 4.0/100 ft. 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 12 13 15 15 16 m 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.1 3.7 4.0 4.6 4.6 4.9 5.0/125 ft. 6 7 7 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 m 1.9 2.2 2.2 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.6 4.9 5.2 5.5
Series 3000A length change (in./mm ) Nominal Pipe Size in. mm 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 1.0/25 ft 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 m 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.3 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.9 ft. 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 2.0/50 m 1.0 1.3 1.6 1.6 1.9 1.9 2.2 2.2 2.5 3.0/75 ft. 4 5 5 6 7 8 8 9 9 m 1.3 1.6 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.5 2.8 2.8 4.0/100 ft. 5 5 6 7 8 9 9 10 11 m 1.6 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 2.8 3.1 3.4 5.0/ 125 ft. 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 11 12 m 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.1 3.4 3.7
Series 3200A length change (in./mm ) Nominal Pipe Size in. mm 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 1.0/25 ft 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 m 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.3 1.6 1.6 1.9 1.9 ft. 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 8 2.0/50 m 1.0 1.3 1.6 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.2 2.5 2.5 3.0/75 ft. 4 5 5 6 7 8 9 9 10 m 1.3 1.6 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 2.8 3.1 4.0/100 ft. 5 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 m 1.6 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.4 5.0/125 ft. 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 m 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.0
Expansion joints Instead of a loop, an expansion joint may be used to relieve longitudinal stress. The type selected must be fairly flexible, such as a Teflon bellows which is activated by the thrust of low modulus materials (see Note , Table 3). Supports for expansion joints must be carefully designed and placed to maintain controlled deflection. Besides adding weight, most of these joints act as partial structural hinges which afford only limited transfer of moment and shear. Where the expansion joint relies on elastomers or thermoplastics for strength, the structural discontinuity or hinging effect at the joint increases with increases in temperature. When using an expansion joint in a pipeline carrying solids, consider the possibility that it may stiffen or fail to function due to sedimentation in the expansion joint. Failure of the expansion joint may cause excessive pipe deflection.
Designing for 3 restrained systems
General principles The layout of a system occasionally makes it impossible to allow the pipe to move freely. Sometimes it may be necessary to block certain runs of an otherwise free system. In a fully restrained pipe (blocked against movement at both ends), the designer must deal with thrust rather than length change. Both temperature and pressure produce thrust which must be resisted at turns, branches, reducers and ends. Knowing the magnitude of this thrust enables the designer to select satisfactory anchors . Remember that axial thrust on anchors is independent of anchor spacing. Formulas and examples are found in Appendix B. In practice, the largest compressive thrust is normally developed on the first positive temperature cycle. Subsequently, the pipe develops both compressive and tensile loads as it is subjected to temperature and pressure cycles. Neither compressive nor tensile loads, however, are expected to exceed the thrust on the first cycle unless the ranges of the temperature and pressure change. Thrust due to temperature In a fully restrained Bondstrand pipe, length changes induced by temperature change are resisted at the anchors and converted to thrust. The thrust developed depends on the thermal coefficient of expansion, the cross-sectional area, the modulus of elasticity and the temperature change, t. Table 3 gives the maximum axial thrust in anchored lines for each series of Bondstrand pipe at three elevated temperatures. The table assumes a fully relaxed initial pipe length at 60F, with short-time modulus of elasticity values as shown.
Caution: In restrained systems, pipe fittings can be damaged by faulty anchoring or by untimely release of anchors. Damage to fittings in service can be caused by bending or slipping of an improperly designed or installed anchor. Also, length changes due to creep are induced by high pressures or temperatures while pipe is in service. When anchors must later be released, especially in long pipe runs, temporary anchors may be required to avoid excessive displacement and overstress of fittings.
Table 3
Initial temperature-induced thrusts (pounds-force) in fully restrained Bondstrand pipe at various operating temperatures
Initial Temperature Induced Thrusts (pounds-force) in a Fully Restrained Bondstrand Pipe at Various Operating Temperatures Nominal Diameter in. mm 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 Series 2000 150F 880 1300 1610 2390 3980 4940 5920 8600 10760 12780 14770 19090 200F 1070 1560 1940 2890 4800 5950 7130 10370 12970 15410 17810 23020 250F 1210 1780 2200 3290 5470 6780 8120 11800 14760 17540 20270 26200 Series 2000M-FP & Series 7000 Series 3000A Series 3200A 150F 880 1300 1610 2390 3980 4940 5920 10430 16250 22850 26450 34590 200F 1070 1560 1940 2890 4800 5950 7130 12570 19590 27540 31880 41700 250F 1210 1780 2200 3290 5470 6780 8120 14310 22300 31350 36290 47470 200F 1850 2890 3800 7420 8160 12030 16350 20060 25140 200F 1850 2890 3800 7420 10000 14750 20040 24600 30820 150F 730 1060 1310 1950 3410 4220 5060 7480 9340 11100 13880 18000 Series 4000 200F 880 1280 1580 2350 4110 5090 6100 9010 11260 13380 16730 21700 250F 1000 1460 1800 2670 4680 5800 6940 10260 12820 15230 19040 24700 Series 5000 & 5100 140F 490 710 870 1300 2270 2820 3370 4980 6230 7400 9250 12000 170F 560 810 1000 1490 2610 3230 3860 5710 7140 8480 10600 13750 200F 370 540 660 980 1730 2140 2560 3780 4720 5610 7020 9100
Initial Temperature Induced Thrusts ( Newtons) in a Fully Restrained Bondstrand Pipe at Various Operating Temperatures Nominal Diameter in. mm 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 25 40 50 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 Series 2000 65C 93C 121C 3890 4720 5390 5710 6930 7910 7070 8580 9800 10540 12800 14610 17540 21290 24300 21740 26390 30130 26050 31610 36090 37880 45970 52480 47360 57480 65610 56280 68310 77980 65040 78940 90110 84070 102030 116470 Series 2000M-FP & Series 7000 Series 3000A Series 3200A 65C 93C 121C 93C 8200 12790 16860 32910 36170 53360 72510 89000 111520 93C 8200 12790 16860 32910 44330 65390 88870 109080 136670 65C 3210 4680 5780 8580 15020 18600 22260 32920 41130 48860 61110 79250 3890 4720 5390 5710 6930 7910 7070 8580 9800 10540 12800 14610 17540 21290 24300 21740 26390 30130 26050 31610 36090 45900 55710 63600 71570 86860 99150 100590 122080 139370 116440 141320 161330 152320 184850 211030 Series 4000 93C 121C 3900 4450 5680 6490 7010 8000 10410 11880 18230 20820 22570 25770 27020 30840 39950 45610 49920 56990 59300 67690 74160 84660 96180 109800 Series 5000 & 5100 60C 2170 3160 3900 5790 10140 12550 15020 22220 27760 32970 41240 53480 77C 2500 3640 4490 6670 11680 14460 17300 25590 31970 37980 47490 61590 93C 1640 2390 2940 4370 7660 9480 11340 16780 20960 24900 31140 40380
Note: in tables above, thrusts are calculated assuming a fully relaxed initial length at 60F (16C) and short term modulus of elasticity values as follows. For 2 - 6 inch Series 3000A, use modulus of elasticity values from Series 3200A. Coefficient of thermal expansion is 10 x 10 -6 in./in./F (18 x 10 -6 mm/mm/C) for all but Series 3000A and 3200A which are 8.5 x 10 -6 in./in./F (15.3 x 10-6 mm/mm/C) for 2 - 6 inch Series 3000A and all Series 3200A sizes, and 12 x 10-6 in./in./F (21.6 x 10-6 mm/mm/C) for 8 - 16 inch Series 3000A. Modulus of Elasticity Series 2000 10 6 psi 1.6 11.03 1.2 8.55 1.0 7.17 Series 2000M-FP & Series 7000 Series 3000A Series 3200A 2.3 1.3 1.6 1.2 1.0 11.03 8.55 7.17 8.97 15.52 Series 4000 1.6 11.03 1.2 8.55 1.0 7.17 Series 5000 & 5100 1.2 1.0 0.5 8.28 6.90 3.59
GPa
Designing for 3 (cont'd.) restrained systems
Thrust due to pressure Thrust due to internal pressure in a suspended but restrained system is theoretically more complicated. This is because in straight, restrained pipelines with all joints bonded, the Poisson effect produces considerable tension in the pipe wall. As internal pressure is applied, the pipe expands circumferentially and at the same time contracts longitudinally. This tensile force is important because it acts to reduce the hydrostatic thrust on anchors at turns. For the designer of a restrained Bondstrand pipeline, however, the problem can be greatly simplified. Table 4 provides the recommended design thrusts and locations for anchors at various fittings.
Table 4
Thrust at anchors due to 100 psi (690 kPa) internal pressure in restrained Bondstrand systems
Thrust at Anchors Due to 100 psi ( 690 kPa) Internal Pressure in Restrained Bondstrand Systems Nominal Pipe Size in. mm 1 25 1.5 40 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 Series 2000/4000/7000 lb-force 50 115 180 420 695 1080 1565 2680 4220 5990 7215 9425 N 225 515 810 1865 3085 4805 6955 11925 18780 26645 32100 41935 Series 5000/5100 lb-force 45 115 190 460 755 1200 1765 3035 4830 6890 8305 10855 N 170 440 725 1755 2900 4605 6760 11710 18645 26640 32105 41965 Series 3000A/3200A lb-force 240 540 915 2000 4045 6365 8890 11535 15070 N 1060 2400 4070 8895 11995 28320 39545 51320 67035
Notes: 1. Pipe anchors (A) such as shown in figure 8, Section 8 are used in restrained systems at each end of a run and just before a change in direction, and must resist the tabulated thrusts. 2. Pipe anchors (B) such as shown in figure 7, Section 8 are light-duty in-line anchors usually located between two pipe anchors (A) or midway between loops or turns in systems not restrained. 3. Pipe anchors (A and B) at elbows and branches should be located a distance of five to ten times the pipe diameter from the bend. Other anchor locations may require a flexibility analysis. 4. No appreciable thrust on anchors is developed due to internal pressure in the pipe at in-line reducers.
B Tee 45 Elbow A 45 Lateral A B A A
A A
90 Elbow
Using guides for alignment control A suspended line which is restrained from movement may need extra supports or guides to maintain alignment, especially when the pipeline is exposed to a wide temperature range. Guides as shown in Figure 6 may permit the pipe to move axially but not laterally. Without guides, restrained pipe may not deflect uniformly and, in some cases, may deflect excessively. Tables 5 to 9 (Tables 10 to 14 for metric) give recommended guide spacing to avoid buckling deflection between anchors. Supplying this lateral support by using guides at the normal support locations or even at every other support is often sufficient, especially in the larger diameters. To check, compare the recommended span for your operating temperature as determined from the section entitled SU P P O R T LO C A T I O N S A N D S P A N S with the guide spacings from Tables 5 to 9 (Tables 10 to 14, metric). Be sure that guide and support spacing meet both requirements. As an example for determining guide spacing, assume that a three-inch Bondstrand Series 2000 line is installed at 70F and is to operate at 250F (T = 180F). Table 5 shows that guides should be installed at intervals of 7 feet.
Designing for 3 restrained systems (cont'd.)

Table 5 Maximum guide spacing (ft.) required for temperature change (F) Bondstrand Series 2000 & 4000 Nominal Pipe Size in. mm 1 25 1.5 40 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 Degrees of Temperature Change (F) 10 11 16 19 29 38 47 56 74 92 110 120 138 20 7 11 14 21 27 33 40 52 65 78 85 98 30 6 9 11 17 22 27 32 43 53 63 70 80 40 5 8 10 15 19 23 28 37 46 55 60 69 50 5 7 9 13 17 21 25 33 41 49 54 62 60 4 6 8 12 15 19 23 30 38 45 49 56 70 4 6 7 11 14 18 21 28 35 41 46 52 80 4 6 7 10 13 17 20 26 33 39 43 49 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 4 5 6 10 13 16 19 25 31 37 40 46 3 5 6 9 12 15 18 23 29 35 38 44 3 5 6 9 11 14 17 22 28 33 36 42 3 5 6 8 11 14 16 21 27 32 35 40 3 4 5 8 10 13 16 20 26 30 33 38 3 4 5 8 10 13 15 20 25 29 32 37 3 4 5 8 10 12 15 19 24 28 31 36 3 4 5 7 9 12 14 18 23 27 30 35 3 4 5 7 9 11 14 18 22 27 29 33 2 4 5 7 9 11 13 17 22 26 28 33 2 4 4 7 9 11 13 17 21 25 28 32
Table 6
Maximum guide spacing (ft.) required for temperature change (F) Bondstrand Series 5000 & 5100
Nominal Pipe Size in. mm 1 25 1.5 40 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400
Degrees of Temperature Change (F) 10 10 15 19 28 36 45 54 71 89 106 116 133 20 7 11 13 20 26 32 38 50 63 75 82 94 30 6 9 11 16 21 26 31 41 51 61 67 77 40 5 8 9 14 18 23 27 36 44 53 58 66 50 5 7 8 13 16 20 24 32 40 47 52 59 60 4 6 8 12 15 18 22 29 36 43 47 54 70 4 6 7 11 14 17 21 27 34 40 44 50 80 4 5 7 10 13 16 19 25 31 37 41 47 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 3 5 6 9 12 15 18 24 30 35 39 44 3 5 6 9 12 14 17 22 28 33 37 42 3 5 6 9 11 14 16 21 27 32 35 40 3 4 5 8 11 13 16 21 26 31 34 38 3 4 5 8 10 13 15 20 25 29 32 37 3 4 5 8 10 12 15 19 24 28 31 36 3 4 5 7 9 12 14 18 23 27 30 34 3 4 5 7 9 11 14 18 22 26 29 33 2 4 5 7 9 11 13 17 22 26 28 32 2 4 4 7 9 11 13 17 21 25 27 31 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 16 20 24 27 31
Table 7
Maximum guide spacing (ft.) required for temperature change (F) Bondstrand Series 2000M-FP & 7000
Degrees of Temperature Change (F) 10 20 30 6 9 12 18 23 27 34 45 57 69 74 85 40 6 8 10 15 20 23 30 39 50 59 64 73 50 5 7 9 14 18 21 27 35 44 53 57 65 60 5 7 8 13 16 19 24 32 41 49 52 60 70 4 6 8 12 15 18 22 30 38 45 48 55 80 4 6 7 11 14 17 21 28 35 42 45 52 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 4 5 7 10 13 16 20 26 33 40 43 49 3 5 6 10 13 15 19 25 31 38 40 46 3 5 6 9 12 14 18 24 30 36 39 44 3 5 6 9 11 14 17 23 29 34 37 42 3 5 6 8 11 13 16 22 28 33 36 41 3 4 5 8 11 13 16 21 27 32 34 39 3 4 5 8 10 12 15 20 26 31 33 38 3 4 5 8 10 12 15 20 25 30 32 37 3 4 5 7 10 11 14 19 24 29 31 36 3 4 5 7 9 11 14 19 23 28 30 35 3 4 5 7 9 11 14 18 23 27 29 34
11 8 16 12 20 14 31 22 40 28 47 33 59 42 79 56 99 70 119 84 128 91 146 104
Table 8
Maximum guide spacing (ft.) required for temperature change (F) Bondstrand Series 3000A
Degrees of Temperature Change (F) 10 21 31 40 59 64 81 96 109 125 20 15 22 28 42 45 57 68 77 88 30 12 18 23 34 37 47 55 63 72 40 10 15 20 30 32 40 48 55 62 50 9 14 18 26 29 36 43 49 56 60 8 12 16 24 26 33 39 45 51 70 8 12 15 22 24 30 36 41 47 80 7 11 14 21 23 28 34 39 44 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 7 10 13 20 21 27 32 36 42 6 10 13 19 20 25 30 34 39 6 9 12 18 19 24 29 33 38 6 9 11 17 18 23 28 31 36 6 8 11 16 18 22 27 30 35 5 8 11 16 17 22 26 29 33 5 8 10 15 16 21 25 28 32 5 8 10 15 16 20 24 27 31 5 7 10 14 15 20 23 26 30 5 7 9 14 15 19 23 26 29 5 7 9 14 15 18 22 25 29
Table 9
Maximum guide spacing (ft.) required for temperature change (F) Bondstrand Series 3200A
Degrees of Temperature Change (F) 10 20 30 12 18 23 34 44 55 66 75 86 40 10 15 20 30 38 48 57 65 74 50 9 14 18 26 34 43 51 58 66 60 8 12 16 24 31 39 46 53 61 70 8 12 15 22 29 36 43 49 56 80 7 11 14 21 27 34 40 46 52 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 7 10 13 20 25 32 38 43 49 6 10 13 19 24 30 36 41 47 6 9 12 18 23 29 34 39 45 6 9 11 17 22 28 33 37 43 6 8 11 16 21 27 32 36 41 5 8 11 16 20 26 30 35 40 5 8 10 15 20 25 29 33 38 5 8 10 15 19 24 28 32 37 5 7 10 14 18 23 28 31 36 5 7 9 14 18 23 27 31 35 5 7 9 14 17 22 26 30 34
21 15 31 22 40 28 59 42 76 54 96 68 114 80 130 92 148 105
Designing for 3 (cont'd.) restrained systems

Table 10 Maximum guide spacing (m) required for temperature change (C) Bondstrand Series 2000 & 4000 Nominal Pipe Size in. mm 1 25 1.5 40 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 Degrees of Temperature Change (C) 5 10 15 1.8 2.8 3.5 5.2 7.0 8.5 10.2 13.5 17.0 20.2 22.2 25.5 20 25 30 1.2 2.0 2.5 3.8 4.8 6.0 7.2 9.5 12.0 14.2 15.8 18.0 35 40 45 50 55 60 0.8 1.2 1.8 2.5 3.5 4.2 5.0 6.8 8.5 10.0 11.0 12.8 65 0.8 1.2 1.5 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.5 8.0 9.8 10.5 12.2 70 0.8 1.2 1.5 2.5 3.0 4.0 4.8 6.2 7.8 9.2 10.2 11.8 75 0.8 1.2 1.5 2.2 3.0 3.8 4.5 6.0 7.5 9.0 9.8 11.2 80 0.8 1.2 1.5 2.2 3.0 3.8 4.5 5.8 7.2 8.8 9.5 11.0 85 0.8 1.0 1.5 2.2 2.8 3.5 4.2 5.5 7.0 8.5 9.2 10.8 90 95
3.2 2.2 5.0 3.5 6.2 4.2 9.2 6.5 12.0 8.5 15.0 10.5 18.0 12.8 23.5 16.5 29.5 20.8 35.2 24.8 38.5 27.2 44.2 31.2
1.5 1.5 2.5 2.0 3.0 2.8 4.5 4.0 6.0 5.2 7.5 6.5 9.0 8.0 11.8 10.5 14.8 13.2 17.5 15.8 19.2 17.2 22.0 19.8
1.2 1.0 1.0 1.8 1.8 1.5 2.2 2.0 2.0 3.5 3.2 3.0 4.5 4.2 4.0 5.5 5.2 5.0 6.8 6.2 6.0 8.8 8.2 7.8 11.0 10.2 9.8 13.2 12.2 11.8 14.5 13.5 12.8 16.8 15.5 14.8
1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.8 1.8 2.8 2.8 3.8 3.5 4.8 4.5 5.5 5.2 7.2 7.0 9.2 8.8 11.0 10.5 12.0 11.5 14.0 13.2
0.8 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.2 2.0 2.0 2.8 2.8 3.5 3.2 4.2 4.0 5.5 5.2 6.8 6.8 8.2 8.0 9.0 8.8 10.2 10.0
Table 11 Maximum guide spacing (m) required for temperature change (C) Bondstrand Series 5000 & 5100
Degrees of Temperature Change (C) 5 3.2 4.8 6.0 9.0 11.5 14.5 17.2 22.8 28.5 33.8 37.2 42.5 10 2.2 3.2 4.2 6.2 8.2 10.2 12.2 16.0 20.0 24.0 26.2 30.0 15 20 25 1.2 2.0 2.5 4.0 5.0 6.5 7.8 10.0 12.8 15.0 16.5 19.0 30 1.2 1.8 2.2 3.5 4.8 5.8 7.0 9.2 11.5 13.8 15.2 17.2 35 1.2 1.8 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.5 6.5 8.5 10.8 12.8 14.0 16.0 40 45 50 1.0 1.5 1.8 2.8 3.5 4.5 5.5 7.0 9.0 10.5 11.8 13.5 55 0.8 1.2 1.8 2.5 3.5 4.2 5.2 6.8 8.5 10.0 11.2 12.8 60 65 70 0.8 1.2 1.5 2.2 3.0 3.8 4.5 6.0 7.5 9.0 9.8 11.2 75 0.8 1.2 1.5 2.2 3.0 3.8 4.5 5.8 7.2 8.8 9.5 11.0 80 0.8 1.0 1.5 2.2 2.8 3.5 4.2 5.5 7.0 8.2 9.2 10.5 85 90 95 0.8 1.0 1.2 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.5 7.8 8.5 9.8
1.8 1.5 2.8 2.2 3.5 3.0 5.0 4.5 6.8 5.8 8.2 7.2 10.0 8.5 13.0 11.2 16.2 14.2 19.5 16.8 21.5 18.5 24.5 21.2
1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 3.8 5.0 4.8 6.0 5.8 8.0 7.5 10.0 9.5 12.0 11.2 13.0 12.2 15.0 14.0
0.8 0.8 1.2 1.2 1.8 1.5 2.5 2.5 3.2 3.2 4.0 4.0 5.0 4.8 6.5 6.2 8.0 7.8 9.8 9.2 10.8 10.2 12.2 11.8
0.8 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.2 2.0 2.0 2.8 2.8 3.5 3.2 4.0 4.0 5.5 5.2 6.8 6.5 8.0 8.0 9.0 8.8 10.2 10.0
Table 12 Maximum guide spacing (m) required for temperature change (C) Bondstrand Series 2000M-FP & 7000
Degrees of Temperature Change (C) 5 3.5 5.2 6.5 9.8 12.8 15.0 19.0 25.2 31.8 38.0 41.0 47.0 10 2.5 3.5 4.5 6.8 9.0 10.5 13.2 17.8 22.5 27.0 29.0 33.2 15 2.0 3.0 3.8 5.5 7.2 8.5 11.0 14.5 18.2 22.0 23.8 27.0 20 1.8 2.5 3.2 4.8 6.2 7.5 9.5 12.5 15.8 19.0 20.5 23.5 25 30 35 1.2 1.8 2.2 3.5 4.8 5.5 7.0 9.5 12.0 14.2 15.5 17.8 40 1.2 1.8 2.2 3.2 4.5 5.2 6.5 8.8 11.2 13.5 14.5 16.5 45 50 55 60 65 0.8 1.2 1.8 2.5 3.5 4.0 5.2 7.0 8.8 10.5 11.2 13.0 70 0.8 1.2 1.8 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.5 8.5 10.0 11.0 12.5 75 0.8 1.2 1.5 2.5 3.2 3.8 4.8 6.5 8.0 9.8 10.5 12.0 80 0.8 1.2 1.5 2.2 3.0 3.8 4.8 6.2 7.8 9.5 10.2 11.8 85 90 95
1.5 1.2 2.2 2.0 2.8 2.5 4.2 4.0 5.5 5.0 6.5 6.0 8.5 7.8 11.2 10.2 14.2 13.0 17.0 15.5 18.2 16.8 21.0 19.0
1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.8 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 1.8 1.8 3.2 3.0 2.8 2.8 4.2 4.0 3.8 3.5 5.0 4.8 4.5 4.2 6.2 6.0 5.5 5.5 8.2 7.8 7.5 7.2 10.5 10.0 9.5 9.0 12.5 12.0 11.5 11.0 13.5 13.0 12.2 11.8 15.5 14.8 14.0 13.5
0.8 0.8 0.8 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 3.0 3.0 2.8 3.5 3.5 3.2 4.5 4.2 4.2 6.0 5.8 5.8 7.5 7.5 7.2 9.2 9.0 8.8 9.8 9.5 9.2 11.2 11.0 10.8
Table 13 Maximum guide spacing (m) required for temperature change (C) Bondstrand Series 3000A
Degrees of Temperature Change (C) 5 6.5 9.8 12.5 19.0 20.5 25.8 30.5 35.0 40.0 10 15 20 3.2 4.8 6.2 9.5 10.2 12.8 15.2 17.5 20.0 25 2.8 4.2 5.5 8.5 9.0 11.5 13.5 15.5 17.8 30 2.5 4.0 5.0 7.8 8.2 10.5 12.5 14.2 16.2 35 40 45 50 2.0 3.0 4.0 6.0 6.2 8.0 9.5 11.0 12.5 55 1.8 2.8 3.8 5.5 6.0 7.8 9.2 10.5 12.0 60 1.8 2.8 3.5 5.2 5.8 7.2 8.8 10.0 11.5 65 1.8 2.5 3.5 5.2 5.5 7.0 8.5 9.5 11.0 70 1.8 2.5 3.2 5.0 5.2 6.8 8.0 9.2 10.5 75 1.5 2.5 3.2 4.8 5.2 6.5 7.8 9.0 10.2 80 1.5 2.2 3.0 4.8 5.0 6.2 7.5 8.8 10.0 85 1.5 2.2 3.0 4.5 4.8 6.2 7.2 8.2 9.5 90 1.5 2.2 3.0 4.2 4.8 6.0 7.0 8.2 9.2 95 1.5 2.2 2.8 4.2 4.5 5.8 7.0 8.0 9.0
4.5 3.8 6.8 5.5 9.0 7.2 13.2 10.8 14.5 11.8 18.2 14.8 21.5 17.5 24.8 20.0 28.2 23.0
2.2 2.2 2.0 3.5 3.2 3.2 4.8 4.5 4.0 7.0 6.5 6.2 7.8 7.2 6.8 9.8 9.0 8.5 11.5 10.8 10.0 13.0 12.2 11.5 15.0 14.0 13.2
Table 14 Maximum guide spacing (m) required for temperature change (C) Bondstrand Series 3200A
Degrees of Temperature Change (C) 5 6.5 9.8 12.5 19.0 24.2 30.8 36.5 41.5 47.5 10 4.5 6.8 9.0 13.2 17.2 21.8 25.8 29.2 33.5 15 3.8 5.5 7.2 10.8 14.0 17.8 21.0 24.0 27.5 20 3.2 4.8 6.2 9.5 12.0 15.2 18.2 20.8 23.8 25 30 35 2.2 3.5 4.8 7.0 9.0 11.5 13.8 15.5 18.0 40 2.2 3.2 4.5 6.5 8.5 10.8 12.8 14.5 16.8 45 2.0 3.2 4.0 6.2 8.0 10.2 12.0 13.8 15.8 50 2.0 3.0 4.0 6.0 7.5 9.5 11.5 13.0 15.0 55 1.8 2.8 3.8 5.5 7.2 9.2 11.0 12.5 14.2 60 1.8 2.8 3.5 5.2 7.0 8.8 10.5 12.0 13.8 65 1.8 2.5 3.5 5.2 6.8 8.5 10.0 11.5 13.0 70 1.8 2.5 3.2 5.0 6.5 8.0 9.8 11.0 12.5 75 1.5 2.5 3.2 4.8 6.2 7.8 9.2 10.8 12.2 80 85 90 95
2.8 2.5 4.2 4.0 5.5 5.0 8.5 7.8 10.8 9.8 13.8 12.5 16.2 14.8 18.5 16.8 21.2 19.2
1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.8 4.8 4.5 4.2 4.2 6.0 5.8 5.8 5.5 7.5 7.2 7.2 7.0 9.0 8.8 8.5 8.2 10.2 10.0 9.8 9.5 11.8 11.5 11.0 10.8
10
Spans and support 4 locations
Span recommendations Recommended maximum spans for Bondstrand pipe at various operating temperatures are given in Table 15. These spans are intended for normal horizontal piping arrangements, i.e., those which have no fittings, valves, vertical runs, etc., but which may include flanges and non-uniform support spacings. The tabular values represent a compromise between continuous and simple spans. When installed at the support spacings indicated in Table 15, the weight of the pipe full of water will produce a long-time deflection of about 12 inch, which is usually acceptable for appearance and adequate drainage. Fully continuous spans may be used with support spacings up to 20 percent greater than those shown in Table 15; in simple spans, support spacings should be 20 percent less than those shown in Table 15. For this purpose, continuous spans are defined as interior spans (not end spans), which are uniform in length and free from structural rotation at supports. Simple spans are supported only at the ends and are hinged or free to rotate at the supports. Special conditions described below are not covered.
Table 15 Recommended maximum support spacings in feet for Bondstrand pipe at various operating temperatures (fluid specific gravity=1.0) Nominal Pipe Size in. 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 mm 25 40 50 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400
up to 150F up to 66C
The pipe is assumed to be free to move axially. Suspended piping, which is restrained or anchored against longitudinal movement, represents a special case and guides may be required as discussed under the previous section, Use of Guides for Alignment .
Series 2000
151F to 67C to 250F 121C up to 150F
Series 2000M-FP
up to 66C 151F to 67C to up to 250F 121C 150F
Series 4000
up to 151F to 67C to 66C 250F 121C up to 150F
Series 5000
up to 66C 151F to 67C to 200F 93C
ft. 10.2 11.4 12.2 13.9 15.8 16.8 17.7 19.6 20.8 21.8 22.7 24.2
m 3.1 3.5 3.7 4.2 4.8 5.1 5.4 6.0 6.4 6.7 6.9 7.4
ft. 8.9 10.0 10.7 12.2 13.8 14.7 15.5 17.2 18.2 19.1 19.9 21.2
m 2.7 3.0 3.2 3.7 4.2 4.5 4.7 5.2 5.6 5.8 6.1 6.5
ft. 8.7 10.4 11.1 12.9 14.9 15.9 16.9 19.8 22.3 24.5 25.5 27.2
m 2.7 3.2 3.4 3.9 4.5 4.9 5.2 6.0 6.8 7.5 7.8 8.3
ft. 7.6 9.1 9.7 11.3 13.0 14.0 14.8 17.3 19.5 21.5 22.3 23.8
m 2.3 2.8 3.0 3.4 4.0 4.3 4.5 5.3 6.0 6.5 6.8 7.3
ft. 9.7 10.8 11.5 13.1 15.2 16.1 17.0 18.9 20.1 21.0 22.3 23.8
m 3.0 3.3 3.5 4.0 4.6 4.9 5.2 5.8 6.1 6.4 6.8 7.3
ft. 8.7 9.7 10.3 11.7 13.6 14.4 15.2 16.9 17.9 18.8 19.9 21.3
m 2.7 2.9 3.1 3.6 4.1 4.4 4.6 5.1 5.5 5.7 6.1 6.5
ft. 9.4 10.4 11.0 12.5 14.4 15.5 16.2 18.0 19.2 20.1 21.3 22.7
m 2.9 3.2 3.4 3.8 4.4 4.7 4.9 5.5 5.8 6.1 6.5 6.9
ft. 5.6 6.2 6.6 7.5 8.6 9.3 9.7 10.8 11.5 12.0 12.8 13.6
m 1.7 1.9 2.0 2.3 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.3 3.5 3.7 3.9 4.2
Series 5100 Nominal Pipe Size in. 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 mm 25 40 50 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400
up to 150F up to 66C 151F to 67C to 250F 121C up to 150F
Series 7000
up to 66C 151F to 67C to 250F 121C up to 150F
Series 3000A
Series 3200A
up to 66C 151F to 67C to 210F 99C
ft. 8.1 9.0 9.5 10.8 12.4 13.4 14.0 15.6 16.6 17.4 18.4 19.6
m 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.3 3.8 4.1 4.3 4.7 5.1 5.3 5.6 6.0
ft. 5.6 6.2 6.6 7.5 8.6 9.3 9.7 10.8 11.5 12.0 12.8 13.6
m 1.7 1.9 2.0 2.3 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.3 3.5 3.7 3.9 4.2
ft. 10.1 11.4 12.4 14.3 16.2 17.2 18.2 20.8 23.3 25.3 26.2 28.0
m 3.1 3.5 3.8 4.4 4.9 5.2 5.5 6.4 7.1 7.7 8.0 8.5
ft. 8.9 9.9 10.8 12.5 14.2 15.1 15.9 18.3 20.4 22.2 23.0 24.6
m 2.7 3.0 3.3 3.8 4.3 4.6 4.8 5.6 6.2 6.8 7.0 7.5
ft. 12.8 14.5 15.6 18.7 16.8 18.6 20.2 21.3 22.6
m 3.9 4.4 4.8 5.7 5.1 5.7 6.2 6.5 6.9
ft. 11.9 13.5 14.6 17.4 15.7 17.3 18.8 19.8 21.0
m 3.6 4.1 4.4 5.3 4.8 5.3 5.7 6.0 6.4
ft. 12.8 14.5 15.6 18.7 20.0 22.2 24.0 25.3 26.8
m 3.9 4.4 4.8 5.7 6.1 6.8 7.3 7.7 8.2
ft. 11.9 13.5 14.6 17.4 18.6 20.6 22.3 23.6 25.0
m 3.6 4.1 4.4 5.3 5.7 6.3 6.8 7.2 7.6
Support spacings for special conditions Piping designers may calculate deflections or determine support spacings for their own particular geometry and loadings using the effective beam stiffness factors given in Appendix C. In such an analysis, the effects of non-uniform spacing, turns and branches, vertical or inclined runs, special joints which may act as a hinge, heavy liquids, external loads such as insulation, thrust in restrained lines and dynamic loads may be considered, often using a computer program.
11
Spans and support 4 locations (contd)

Table 16 Permissible service loads as limited by hanger and support details, horizontal piping
Loads on hangers and supports Table 16 gives maximum service loads for horizontal piping on hangers and supports. Do not exceed the total support or hanger load given in the table for sustained operation.
Nominal Diameter in. mm 1 25 1.5 40 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 Load on Support Fitted to Lower 180 (lbs) Maximum per linear inch Maximum per support 100 100 100 100 100 100 130 200 340 400 650 800 100 120 160 200 200 200 330 600 1050 1430 1720 2320
Support locations Supports that permit pipe movement are usually under pipe, not under fittings. Be sure that pipe movement is not obstructed either axially or laterally by a flange or fitting near the support. In general, supports may be located at convenient nearby structures, just as for steel pipe, provided the support spacings indicated in Table 15 are not exceeded. Anchors on pipe are indicated in Table 4 for restrained piping. Except at flanged connections, above-ground anchors are usually found on pipe rather than fittings. Anchors in lines free to move should be located where necessary to control movement into loops or turns. See Figures 7 through 10 for typical anchor details. Supports for vertical runs Install a single support anywhere along the length of a vertical pipe run more than about ten feet long. See Figure 10 for suggested details. If the run is supported near its base, use loose collars as guides as shown in Figure 10b, spaced as recommended in Table 17.
Table 17 Minimum guide spacing (feet) for vertical runs supported from the bottom Series 2000 4000 3000A 3200A 5000 5100 Pipe Diameter Fluid Temperature (F) 100 20 25 30 25 35 20 25 30 150 15 20 25 20 30 15 20 25 200 10 15 20 15 25 10 10 15 250 10 10 15
}
} }
Inches 1, 1.5 2, 3, 4, 5 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 1, 1.5 2, 3, 4, 5 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16
not recommended
Vertical runs less than ten feet long may usually be supported as part of the horizontal piping. In either case be sure the layout makes sufficient provision for horizontal and vertical movement at the top and bottom turns. Accommodate length changes in vertical pipe runs by allowing free movement of fittings at either top, bottom or both. For each 1/8 inch of anticipated vertical length change, provide 2 feet of horizontal pipe between the elbow and the first support, but not less than 6 feet nor more than 20 feet of horizontal pipe. Treat columns more than 100 feet high (either hanging or standing) as special designs. Support and provision for length change are important. The installer should be especially careful to avoid movement due to wind or support vibration while joints are curing.
12
to 5 Connections other materials
Connections to other piping Where possible, connect Bondstrand to either metallic or thermoplastic piping using flanges drilled to the 150 psi standards of ANSI B16.5. Bondstrand filament-wound epoxy flanges and Bondstrand heavy-duty molded flanges may be bolted directly against raised-face steel flanges These flanges also seal well against lined steel configurations. All flanges, including Bondstrand standard molded flanges, epoxy and vinyl ester, provide sealing against flat-faced flanges. Use a full-faced 1/8-inch thick elastomer with a Shore A hardness of 60 5 for best results . Flanged valves and other equipment are frequently supplied with different flange facings. The configuration of these facings may vary widely. Unless it has been demonstrated that these facings are compatible with the face of Bondstrand flanges, consult Ameron Fiberglass Pipe Group Engineering Department. Where Bondstrand is connected to metallic pipe, securely anchor the metallic pipe at the point of connection so that expansion and contraction or weight of the metal line is not transferred to the Bondstrand line. Small-diameter metallic connections Outlets for instrumentation are best made using orifice flanges with 1 2-inch orifices. Threaded reducer bushings mounted in saddles, blind flanges and fittings plugs offer connections up to 11 2-inches in diameter for a wide range of applications. The most commonly used metal bushing material is Type 316 stainless steel, but Ameron can furnish other materials on special order. Gravity flow connections There are different ways to make gravity-flow connections to floor drains, cast iron pipe, etc. For example, a four-inch by six-inch tapered body reducer will enlarge the receiving end of a Bondstrand four-inch pipe and serve as a packing chamber for the cast iron end of a floor drain or other fitting. Conversely, Bondstrand pipe can be packed and sealed into a cast iron bell. In any case, avoid packing materials which must be applied at temperatures above 200F. Mechanical couplings are available through other manufacturers to connect Bondstrand to clay, concrete, cast iron or other non-metallic pipe.
to 6 Connections equipment
Equipment vibration Bondstrand pipe will safely absorb vibration from pumping or other conditions if (1 ) stresses are controlled within reasonable limits, and (2) pipe is protected from external abrasion by saddles or sleeves where it contacts supports and other objects. In general, pipeline vibration is severe only when the generating frequency is at, or near, the natural resonance frequency of the pipeline. This frequency is a function of the support system, layout geometry, temperature, mass, and pipe stiffness, and is often difficult to predict. There are two principal ways to control stress caused by vibration. You can usually observe the stability of the system during initial operation and add restraints or supports as required to reduce effects of equipment vibration. Where necessary, guides illustrated in Figure 6 will effectively hold pipe from lifting or moving laterally. In special cases where source vibration is excessive (such as that resulting from pumps running unbalanced), an elastomeric expansion joint or other vibration absorber should be considered. If an expansion joint is considered, refer to EXPANSION JOINTS. Connections to tanks The wall flexure of a tank as it is filled and emptied produces movements at nozzles which must be accommodated in the design. These movements can be absorbed by a loop or turn, or by an expansion joint. Avoid direct, straight-line connections between tanks.
13
Other design considerations
Coating Bondstrand Exposure to direct sunlight will eventually degrade the surface of Bondstrand piping. Although no failures are known to have resulted from this superficial degradation, it does cause a dull, grey appearance which many users wish to avoid. Ameron products are available to prevent or arrest this effect, or for color coding. Based on studies at the factory, a five-mil single coat of Ameron Amershield single coat polyurethane protective coating will provide suitable protection for either epoxy or vinyl ester pipe and fittings. Adhesion of the coating is improved by delaying the application until the pipe surface has begun to weather. Pipe must be thoroughly cleaned before applying the coating. For further information on chemical resistance, coverage rates, equipment and application procedures for coatings, contact Ameron's Protective Coatings Division. Electrical properties Bondstrand pipe offers high resistance to stray electrical currents, a common cause of corrosion around valves and pumps. Table 18 gives the results of tests on Bondstrand pipe in a clean, as manufactured, condition at room temperature. Obviously, electrical properties, especially surface resistivity, are greatly affected by contamination and atmospheric conditions .
Table 18 Electrical properties of Bondstrand Series 2000, 3000A, 3200A, 4000, 5000 and 5100 pipe
ASTM Property Dielectric constant, at 1 KHz for a 0.22-inch thickness Dissipation factor, at 1 KHz for a 0.22 inch thickness Dielectric strength, by the short-time test using 14-inch electrodes in oil for a 0.23-inch thickness, volts per mil Dielectric breakdown voltage, by the short-time test using 1 4 -inch electrodes in oil for a 0.23-inch thickness, kv Surface resistivity, ohms Volume resistivity, for a 0.22-inch thickness Value 5.9 0.016 - 0.021 >230 >53.4 1010 to 1012 1014 to 1015 Test Method D150 D150 D149 D149 D257 D257
Note: All material was tested as manufactured and at room temperature.
High-velocity flow of fluids having low electrical conductivity, such as petroleum distillates, can generate significant amounts of static electricity. In buried pipe these charges are slowly dissipated. Be sure to ground projections or metal appurtenances, especially near discharge nozzles, filters, valves and other areas of high turbulence. Use saddles instead of elastomeric pads at supports to obtain better grounding. Bondstrand Series 7000 pipe includes electrically conductive elements in the pipe wall which, when properly grounded, prevent accumulation on the exterior of the pipe of dangerous levels of static electricity produced by the flow of fluids inside the pipe. Entrapped gases As in all piping systems, high points in the system will trap air or other gases. Trapped gases may create a hazard during test and operation of the system, and may restrict flow or drainage. It is recommended that air release valves be used at high points to permit bleeding out trapped air or other gases. See SMALL-DIAMETER METALLIC CONNECTIONS for suggested method of mounting. Steam condensate Good drainage helps avoid water hammer in steam condensate lines. For further information, see our Bondstrand Guide for Steam Condensate, FP468, available from your local distributor. Heat tracing Heat tracing may be needed to prevent freezing in cold weather or to maintain flow of viscous fluids at ambient temperature. Wrap heat tracing helically to avoid the pipe deflection caused by heating one side of the pipe. Heat tracing should be directly on the pipe and within the insulation. Do not exceed maximum trace temperatures of 250F for epoxy products or 200F for vinyl ester products, and use the maximum trace temperature for the design of the piping system.
14
Detailing the 8 supports
The following paragraphs describe and illustrate the different methods and devices used to support Bondstrand pipe and fittings in a suspended system. Because outside diameters of Bondstrand pipe are the same as those for iron pipe size (IPS) standards, standard pipe supports and hangers often may be used for Bondstrand piping systems. Occasionally, larger supports as given in Table 19 are required to fit over elastomeric pads or saddles, especially at anchors.
Table 19 Recommended nominal hanger sizes for Bondstrand pipe Note: Dimensions shown in parentheses are recommended inside diameters of anchoring device or support, and provide for a 1 4-inch elastomeric pad thickness or a 9 16 -inch Bondstrand saddle thickness.
Nominal Diameter in. 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 mm 25 40 50 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400
Bare Pipe or with Sheet Metal Wrapper in. mm 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 50 50 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400
With Elastomeric Pad in. 2 12 3 12 (5) (6) (7 18) (9 18) (1114) (1314) (14 34) (16 34 ) mm 63.5 88.9 (125) (150) (181) (232) (286) (337) (375) (425)
With Two Bondstrand 180 Support Saddles in. mm 3 4 5 6 (7 7 8) (978 ) (12) (14) (15 1 2) (17 1 2) 75 100 125 150 (200) (251) (300) (350) (394) (445)
Clamping forces Support styles that clamp the pipe, are generally not recommended to ensure that clamping forces do not crush the pipe. Local crushing could result from a poor fit, and all-around crushing could result from over-tightening . Where the pipe must be held tightly at the support, mount a pair of 180 support saddles between clamp and pipe for the ultimate in strength and long life. In some cases with Bondstrand 2000 or 4000, a 14-inch thick elastomeric pad (Shore A durometer hardness 60 5) placed between clamp and pipe is a suitable alternative. Space between pipe In multiple runs, allow clearance for flanges and other fittings having a diameter greater than the pipe. Table 20 shows the outside radius of standard Bondstrand products. Add space between pipe runs to accommodate length changes at loops and turns. Insulate as necessary to avoid direct exposure to hot pipe or other heat sources.
Table 20 Radius for determining piping clearance requirements for multiple runs Notes: 1. Provide additional clearance between pipe runs to accommodate length changes at loops and turns. 2. Provide additional clearance where Bondstrand saddles are used for branching, or where Bondstrand maintenance couplings or other special joining systems are used. Nominal diameter in. 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 mm 25 40 50 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 in. Fittings Radius, R mm 32 38 44 57 70 83 95 121 159 197 229 267 in. Flanges Radius, R mm 64 70 76 95 114 121 140 171 203 241 279 330 Provide Clearance
114 112 134 2 14 2 34 31 4 3 3 4 4 3 4 6 14 7 3 4 9 10 1 2
21 2 23 4 3 33 4 41 2 434 51 2 63 4 8 912 11 13
R R
Supports permitting pipe movement Supports allowing pipe to move with relative freedom include: hangers which are free to move laterally or longitudinally with the pipe, fixed supports over which pipe must slide, allowing longitudinal movement and often lateral movement, and guides which permit longitudinal movement of the pipe but restrain lateral movement. Hangers are free to move on their hanger rods and allow considerable longitudinal and lateral movement. Hanger types include band, ring or clevis type (Figure 3), or roller types (Figure 4) with the roller either suspended freely or held rigidly in a frame. Fixed supports permit the pipe to move longitudinally and, in some cases, laterally. An ordinary pipe rack made of steel angle is a typical fixed support permitting both longitudinal and lateral movement. Figure 5 shows some typical types of fixed support. Pipe resting in fixed supports requires protection from external abrasion, as described below. Guides (Figure 6) restrict translational movement but may permit longitudinal and rotational movement. Guides are recommended for lines which are subject to sideloads or uplift. Examples include lines subjected to pressure surges, lines emptied and filled during operation, and lines (especially when empty) which can be lifted or moved by wind or other external loadings. Use guides on vertical runs (see Table 17).
15
the 8 Detailing supports (contd)
Though no significant longitudinal movement is involved, guides are normally required for restrained systems at spacings given in Table 5 through 14. An inexpensive guide for most applications is a light-duty U-bolt, double-nutted to restrict horizontal and vertical movement but which permits free longitudinal movement. Abrasion protection must be provided to protect the pipe where it slides through a fixed support or guide. Choose a material compatible with the service environment and budget. Some recommended protective methods include: Bondstrand saddles, which provide a clean, corrosion-free surface acting as a stiffening saddle for the pipe. Saddles are bonded to the pipe. In eightinch pipe and larger, light-duty abrasion protection can be provided by bonding a half section of the same pipe to the line pipe. elastomeric material such as rubber or neoprene. This material may be either bonded in place or held by the clamping force of the support device. galvanized sheet metal, bonded or banded to the pipe, where the environment is not too corrosive. Recommended minimum metal gauge is: 2- through 6-in. pipe: 16 gauge (0.0598) 8- through 16-in. pipe: 10 gauge (0.1345) Abrasion protection must be firmly bonded or banded to the pipe wherever movement is possible between the pipe and the support. Supports that anchor pipe Pipe in a straight run is usually anchored by clamps or split rings. Light anchors intended only to hold pipe in position between loops or turns in a free system may be fixed supports, as shown in Figure 7. Supports required to resist length changes in restrained systems generally require the use of saddles. Saddles are recommended where pipe is to be held by ring clamps (Figure 8). Bonded saddles also may be used as a shear key along with a loose anchoring ring. Valves and pumps in Bondstrand lines must be supported independently. Figure 9 shows how supports may be bolted to a flange to support weight, to resist thrust and torque, and to provide electrical grounding. Vertical pipe runs are usually anchored using bonded saddles or flanges resting on a suitably reinforced and mounted guide or riser clamp (Figure 10).
Figure 3
Pipe hangers clevis, band, and ring type
Figure 4
Pipe hangers roller type
Figure 5
Typical types of fixed supports
16
the supports 8 Detailing (contd)

Figure 6
Supporting and guiding pipe a. pipe collar, loose fit b. pipe clamp, loose fit c. U-bolt, double nutted, loose fit d. portable notes: 1. Elastomeric pads are suitable in restrained systems where movement is negligible. 2. Bondstrand saddles or metal wrappers are suitable if pipe can move longitudinally as in vertical runs.
a.
d.
b.
c.
Figure 7
Light duty anchors for free systems shown with two 180 Bondstrand saddles a. anchor chair b. split ring anchor c. strap anchor
a.
b. c.
Figure 8
Anchors for restrained pipe 1 Two 180 Bondstrand saddles each side of clamp 2 Elastomeric pad 3 One 180 Bondstrand saddle each side of clamp
2 1 1
2 3 3
Figure 9
Valve support and anchor Note: 1. Increase 45 angle to 60 to include 4 bolts on sizes 10 to 16 inches.
figure 10
Support for vertical pipe runs a. base support for flanged column b. support for hanging column c. support for standing column: pipe guided by steel support for loose fit
b a.
c.
17
Appendix C 9 (contd)
Table C1 Values for use in calculating support spacings
Uniform Weight of Pipe
Nominal Pipe Size in. 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16
Series 2000/4000 mm lb/in N/m 0.03 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.17 0.22 0.25 0.36 0.45 0.53 0.62 0.79 5.8 10 13 18 29 38 44 63 79 93 108 139
2000M-FP lb/in N/m 0.09 0.12 0.17 0.24 0.35 0.44 0.53 0.78 1.10 1.38 1.52 2.13 16 20 29 42 61 77 92 136 193 241 266 372
5000 lb/in N/m 0.03 0.06 0.08 0.13 0.20 0.22 0.29 0.42 0.52 0.62 0.73 0.93 5.8 10 15 22 35 38 51 73 90 108 127 163
7000 3000A/3200A lb/in N/m lb/in N/m 0.04 0.08 0.08 0.10 0.17 0.22 0.25 0.43 0.68 0.92 1.08 1.42 7.3 13 15 18 29 38 44 76 118 160 190 248 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.16 0.26 0.38 0.51 0.63 0.78 7.3 10 15 28 45 66 89 109 137
25 40 50 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400
Nominal Pipe Size in. 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 mm 25 40 50 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400
Uniform Weight of Fluid
S.G.=1.0 lb/in N/m
S.G.=1.3 lb/in N/m
S.G.=1.6 lb/in N/m
0.3 5.6 0.8 14 0.12 22 0.29 51 0.49 85 0.76 134 1.1 195 1.9 336 3.0 532 4.3 757 5.2 913 6.8 1193
0.04 7.3 0.10 18 0.16 28 0.38 67 0.63 111 0.99 174 1.4 253 2.5 437 3.9 691 5.6 985 6.8 1187 8.9 1551
0.05 9.0 0.12 22 0.20 35 0.47 82 0.78 136 1.2 214 1.8 312 3.1 537 4.9 851 6.9 1212 8.3 1461 10.9 1909
Table C2
Effective beam stiffness values for use in calculating support spacings Effective Beam Stiffness Factor, EI (million lb in2)EI (kN m2) Nominal Pipe Size in. 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 mm 25 40 50 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 Series 2000
up to 150F 67C to 151F to 67C to 121C 250F 121C up to 150F
Series 2000M-FP
up to 66C 151F to 250F 67C to up to 121C 150F
Series 4000
Series 5000
up to 66C 151F to 67C to 200F 93C
0.16 0.52 1.0 3.3 9.2 18 30 76 148 250 348 590
0.46 1.5 2.8 9.5 26 51 87 217 426 716 999 1693
0.09 0.30 0.58 1.9 5.4 10 18 45 87 147 205 347
0.27 0.87 1.7 5.6 16 30 51 128 251 421 587 996
0.16 0.46 0.52 1.48 1.0 2.8 3.3 9.5 9.2 26 18 51 30 87 93 268 231 664 465 1334 624 1790 1066 3061
0.09 0.30 0.58 1.9 5.4 10 18 55 136 273 367 627
0.27 0.87 1.7 5.6 16 30 51 158 391 784 1053 1800
0.13 0.38 0.42 1.21 0.80 2.3 2.7 7.6 7.8 22 15 43 26 74 65 187 128 366 214 615 325 934 554 1590
0.08 0.27 0.51 1.7 5.0 9.5 16 41 81 136 207 352
0.24 0.77 1.5 4.8 14 27 47 119 233 391 593 1010
.011 0.36 0.69 2.3 6.7 13 22 55 109 182 276 468
0.33 1.04 2.0 6.6 19 37 63 159 312 523 791 1342
0.01 0.05 0.09 0.29 0.86 1.6 2.8 7.1 14 23 35 60
0.04 0.13 0.25 0.85 2.5 4.7 8.1 20 40 67 102 173
Series 5100 Nominal Pipe Size in. 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 mm 25 40 50 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400
up to 150F up to 66C 151F to 67C to 250F 121C up to 150F
Series 7000
up to 66C 151F to 67C to up to 250F 121C 150F
Series 3000A
Series 3200A
up to 66C 151F to 67C to 210F 99C
ft.
ft. 0.01 0.05 0.09 0.29 0.86 1.6 2.8 7.1 14 23 35 60
m 0.04 0.13 0.25 0.85 2.5 4.7 8.1 20 40 67 102 173
ft.
ft. 0.10 0.34 0.65 2.2 5.9 11 20 59 144 287 384 653
m 0.30 0.97 1.9 6.3 17 33 56 169 414 824 1102 1873
ft.
ft. 0.81 2.8 6.2 27 30 70 135 215 354
m 2.3 8.1 18 78 86 202 387 618 1015
ft.
ft. 0.81 2.8 6.2 27 60 141 270 431 707
m 2.3 8.1 18 78 173 404 774 1236 2030
.011 0.33 0.36 1.04 0.69 2.0 2.3 6.6 6.7 19 13 37 22 63 55 159 109 312 182 523 276 791 468 1342
0.18 0.50 0.57 1.6 1.1 3.2 3.7 11 10 29 19 56 33 96 100 288 245 704 488 1400 653 1873 1110 3185
1.1 3.1 3.8 11 8.3 24 36 104 40 115 94 270 180 516 287 824 471 1353
1.1 3.1 3.8 11 8.3 24 36 104 80 230 188 539 360 1032 574 1648 943 2706
21
Notes
22
Notes
23
and safety 11 Health information
Toxicity of adhesive
Hardener: Irritating to the skin, eyes and respiratory tract: toxic orally; may cause sensitization. Resin: . May be mildly irritating to skin and eyes; may cause sensitization.
Handling precautions for adhesive

CALL CHEMTREC DAY OR NIGHT 1-800-424-9300

Toll-free in the continental U.S. 483-7616 in District of Columbia For calls originating outside the continental U.S. 202-483-7616 -Washington D.C. collect
Hardener: Do not get in eyes, on skin or clothing. Avoid breathing vapor. Wash thoroughly after handling. When handling in the field, wear gloves and eye protection. When handling in bulk quantities, wear rubber gloves, rubber apron and NIOSH approved respirator. Resin: Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. When handling in the field, wear gloves and eye protection. Wash thoroughly after handling.
First aid for adhesive users

In case of contact Eyes: Skin: Clothing: sary. Ingestion: If hardener is swallowed and person is conscious, give plenty of water or milk to drink. Do not induce vomiting. Call a physician. Immediately flush with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Call a physician. Wash with water and soap if available. Remove contaminated clothing and wash before reuse.
Inhalation: Remove to fresh air. Give oxygen or artificial respiration if neces-
Important notice

Group Headquarters P.O. Box 801148 Houston TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron-net.com Fiberglass Pipe Division-Asia Ameron (Pte.) Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 2263 Tel: 65 861 6118 Fax: 65 862-1302/861-7834 Fiberglass Pipe DivisionEurope Ameron B.V. J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 573-341 Fax: +31 345 575 254 Telex: 40257 bonds nl Fiberglass Pipe Division-U.S.A. P.O. Box 878 Burkburnett, Texas 76354 Tel: (817) 569-1471 Fax: (817) 569-4012
1978 Ameron Printed in U.S.A. FP288A (1/97) supersedes FP288 (1/87) 10M[124]
Installation of Buried Bondstrand Pipe
Introduction
To ensure long life and trouble-free service from a Bondstrand piping system, the principles of excavation, joint make-up, bedding, backfilling and field testing must be properly applied. These principles must be reflected in the phrasing of contract documents and must be enforced through inspection. Be sure that contractor personnel have been thoroughly trained in Bondstrand assembly procedures by a certified Ameron field representative. These recommendations for installing buried Bondstrand pipe are based on two principles: Follow Ameron's recommendations for assembling pipe sections and curing the joints carefully. Provide evenly distributed support for each section of pipe rather than concentrating the support at points or short stretches of the pipe bottom. Evenly distributed support is achieved through proper bedding.
Receiving, storing and handling fiberglass pipe
Bondstrand pipe is manufactured from fiberglass reinforced epoxy or vinyl ester resins. When properly handled and installed, fiberglass pipe and fittings will provide a maintenance-free, high-performance piping system. Fiberglass reinforced pipe and fittings are impact sensitive and must be handled with a reasonable amount of care. Refer to the Ameron publication SHIPPING, HANDLING, STORAGE AND INSPECTION OF BONDSTRAND FIBERGLASS PIPE, FP167 for pertinent guidelines and a table of pipe weights. 1) The excavation must allow the pipe to be laid to the grades and alignments shown on the plans. 2) Provide the narrowest practical trench width that will allow proper compaction of the pipe zone backfill. The trench must have vertical sidewalls from the foundation to at least the top of the pipe. Maintain a minimum trench width equal to the inside diameter of the pipe plus 12 inches (300 mm). The maximum trench width from the foundation to the top of the pipe must not exceed the inside diameter of the pipe plus 24 inches (600 mm). 3) Beneath vehicular traffic, the height of earth cover over the top of the installed pipe must be no less than 3 feet (.91 m) unless suitable methods are used to protect the pipe. See ROADWAY CROSSINGS below. 4) Provide firm, but not hard foundations consisting of sound earth1 or granular soil2, and free from stones or lumps exceeding one inch (25 mm) in greatest dimension that might bear against the pipe. Prepare suitable foundations by overexcavating the trench for not less than 4 inches (100 mm) and backfilling
design and 2 Trench excavation
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP278C (10/96)
design and 2 Trench excavation
2 inches (50 mm) to subgrade with loose bank run material, graded uniformly in one plane for the full length of the pipe. Overexcavate at each bell so that the pipe barrel rests on the bottom of the trench. Foundations must provide uniform support under the haunches of the pipe along the full length of each pipe section. 5) When the excavation is in soft or wet, unstable soils that will not provide sufficient support for the pipe, overexcavated the trench at least 6 inches (150 mm) and backfill to 2 inches (50 mm) below subgrade with solid granular soil compacted to at least 85-95% Proctor (40-70% relative density). Then complete the subgrade as described in section 5. The method described in NFPA No. 24 section 8-4.3 under Exception is not acceptable for fiberglass pipe.
All units in inches(mm)
Secondary Backfill Trench Width

Min = ID + 12 (300mm) Max = ID + 24(600mm)
Fig.2. Pipe zone backfill should consist of sound earth or granular material free of stones or lumps exceeding 1 inch ( 25 mm) in diameter. The material should not contain vegetation or debris that could leave voids upon decomposition. Granular materials such as sand, gravel or crushed rock yield high densities with a minimum of compaction effort and have proven ideal for the pipe zone backfill. Granular materials should pass a 38-inch screen and no more than 15% should pass a No. 200 sieve.
Min Bedding = 2(50mm) Min Foundation=
Secondary Pipe Zone Primary Pipe Zone Foundation
required for 6) When solid rock, hardpan or 6(150mm) unstable soil other hard foundation is encountered during excavation, overexcavate the trench at least 6 inches (150 mm) and backfill to 2 inches (50 mm) below subgrade with solid granular soil compacted to at least 85-95% Proctor (40-70% relative density). Then complete the subgrade as described in section 5. 1) Most native soils, with the exception of highly organic, spongy soils and fat, highly plastic expansive clays. 2) Sand with a maximum particle size of 14 inch (6 mm) or gravel with a minimum grain size of 14 inch (6 mm), or pea gravel or crushed rock mixed with sand.
pipe and 3 Assembling fittings
1) Prepare and assemble Bondstrand Quick-Lock joints in accordance with the recommendations contained in Ameron publication, FP170. For taper/taper joints to 6 inches (150 mm), consult Ameron publication FP104. 2) Position pipe on 4 x 4 timbers across the trench. Block pipe to hold alignment and prevent lateral movement during cure. For larger diameters, use of come-alongs for joint assembly. Pipe Diameter (in) (mm) 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 Mid-Ordinate to 100-ft Chord 2000 Series 3000 Series (ft) (m) (ft) (m) 16.5 5.0 19.1 6.0 10.5 3.2 13.4 4.7 8.1 2.5 8.6 2.7 5.3 1.6 6.4 2.0 4.1 1.2 4.0 1.3 3.2 0.9 3.3 1.0 2.7 0.8 2.8 0.9 2.5 0.8 2.2 0.7 2.2 0.7 1.7 0.5 Bending Radius 2000 Series 3000 Series (ft) (m) (ft) (m) 85 25 75 23 125 38 100 30 160 48 150 46 235 71 200 60 305 93 320 98 380 116 375 114 450 138 450 138 495 150 560 170 565 172 750 230
Mid-ordinate 100'(30m) Bending radius
1) Curvature may be vertical, horizontal, or a combination. Restraints, if required for alignment control, shall each bear along at least 4 inches (100 mm) of pipe surface.
4 Placing pipe in trench
1) Cure the joints fully before lowering the pipe into the trench. Any vibration or movement of partially cured joints will increase the risk of joint failure. 2) When the joints have cured, raise the pipe slightly to remove the timber supports, using rope or webbed sling to lift the pipe. Do not use chains. Lower the pipe into the trench gradually. Do not drop the pipe. When working manually, use at least two men for 6-inch (150 mm) pipe and four men for 8 and 10-inch (200 and 250 mm) pipe. Install larger pipe with lifting equipment. Do not lift pipe over 10 inches (250 mm) in diameter or 30 feet (9 m) in length at a single point: use a spreader bar.
Placing pipe in trench
3) Should the depth of the trench measured from the top of the supports upon which the pipe is assembled to the trench bottom exceed 5 feet (1.5 m), do not lower the pipe by the method outlined in section 4 as it may overstress the pipe. It is the customer's responsibility to submit specific laying conditions (trench depth, handling equipment, pipe diameter, etc.) to Ameron for recommendations for trench depths in excess of 5 feet (1.5 m). 4) Pipe may be installed in curved trenches provided the curvature is uniform and does not exceed the tabulated values.
5 Bedding and backfill

Fill the pipeline with water or use other appropriate means to prevent buried pipe from floating during compaction with water in cohesionless soils.
1) Grade the trench bottom accurately and bed with sand to provide uniform bearing and support along the entire length of each pipe section. Provide a shallow depression for bells and couplings. The grade should not exhibit abrupt changes in direction or slope except at fittings. 2) Do not cover pipe joints until all pressure tests have been performed. 3) Compact the backfill uniformly around the pipe giving particular care to the bedding beneath the haunches of the pipe. Compaction may be done with water if the native soil is free draining. If the native soil is not free draining, bedding with damp sand will facilitate compaction. Extend backfill at least 6 inches (150 mm) above the pipe. 4) Place backfill in 6-inch (150 mm) maximum lifts to a point at least 2 feet (.6 m) above the top of the pipe. Do not use mechanical compactors directly over the pipe until at least 12 inches (300 mm) of fill have been placed over the pipe, or at least 24 inches (600 mm) if heavy compaction equipment is used. Compact each lift to 85% of maximum density as determined in accordance with ASTM D1557 for cohesive soils, or to 70% relative density in accordance with ASTM D2049 for cohesionless soils which fail to produce a well-defined, moisture-density relationship when tested in accordance with ASTM D1557. Avoid damage to pipe wall during compaction. Place the remaining backfill as directed by the engineer. Make in-place tests of soil density in accordance with ASTM D1556 or ASTM D2167. Contact Ameron Applications Engineering for specific information on ASTM specifications. Mechanical compactors may be used provided harmful shock loads are not transmitted to the pipe. Maintain at least 12 inches (300 mm) between tamping feet and pipe wall to avoid damage to the pipe.
Roadway crossings
Where live loads are less than the conventional H20-S16 loading, the burial depth measured from the top of pipe should be at least 3 feet (.91 m) for all diameters. At road crossings where the loading exceeds H20-S16, bury the pipe deeper or use casing pipe and collars or sleeves to protect the pipe. Ameron will make recommendations on increased depth of burial upon request provided complete loading and soil conditions are submitted for an engineering analysis.
Link-Seal or equal Centralizer Elastomeric bearing material
H-20 load
Roadway surface Roadway compaction zone
Casing
Sand bedding free of sharp objects Extend casing 2 ft (50 mm) beyond compaction zone Bondstrand piping 10 ft (3 m) maximum spacing
Hydrostatic thrust
1) It is the responsibility of the engineer to evaluate the need for thrust blocks. A complete evaluation must consider singly and in combination the effects of temperature changes, internal pressure surges and pipeline geometry. 2) Temperature changes produce stress in buried pipe that is restrained by (1) friction of the surrounding bedding, (2) passive soil pressure at fittings, or (3) thrust blocks. Forces developed at fittings in fully restrained pipe are tabulated in Section 8 below. 3) Hydrostatic thrust at fittings is a function of the degree of restraint of the adjacent pipe. The magnitude of the hydrostatic thrust experienced by a Bondstrand piping system is also a function of the method of construction of the pipe: different values must be used for systems employing reciprocally wound pipe (Series 2000, 2400, 3400, 4000, 5000, 5100 and 7000) and pipe made by the continuous winding process (Series 3000, 3000A, 3200, 3300 and adhesive-bonded oilfield line pipe such as Bondstrand 200, 300, etc). In a fully restrained reciprocally wound Bondstrand fiberglass pipe (i.e., blocked against movement at both ends) with all joints bonded, the Poisson effect produces considerable tension in the pipe wall: as the internal pressure increases, the pipe expands circumferentially and at the same time tries to contract longitudinally. The resulting tensile force in the pipe wall acts to reduce the axial hydrostatic thrust on the fitting by about 50% compared to the thrust experienced in a system using continuously wound Bondstrand pipe. The thrust forces acting on a bend are defined as follows: where T = 2PA sin 2 T = Thrust at fitting (lbf) P = Hydrostatic pressure (psi) A = Flow area of pipe (in2) = Angle of bend (deg) Use this formula for determining thrust in systems employing Series 3000 and related continuously-wound products. To determine hydrostatic thrust in pipe using Series 2000 and related reciprocally-wound piping, use one half the value given by the above formula. Hydrostatic thrusts at fittings in fully restrained systems at 100 psi (7 bar) are tabulated in Appendix A. Thrusts at other pressure may be determined by ratio. 4) Valves should normally be blocked as indicated in section 9.8 (fig. 9.2) to support their own weight, resist thrust and to prevent excessive torque loads on the pipe connections. 5) Thrust blocks are required at hydrants and at 6-inch (150 mm) or larger diameter tees and elbows for firewater mains regulated by Factory Mutual Research Corporation.
Thrust due to thermal expansion
Thrust forces arising from thermal expansion of the pipe wall in Series 2000 and related products are tabulated below. The effects of thermal expansion will generally be less in systems employing Series 3000 and related piping since the pipe wall thickness of these latter systems is less than for Series 2000 products. Thrust at Fittings for a 140 in 2000 Series Piping Tees or 90 45 Ends Elbows Elbows (lbf) (kN) (lbf) (kN) (lbf) (kN) 1,880 8.4 2,660 11.9 1,440 6.4 2,830 12.6 4,000 17.8 2,170 9.7 4,550 20.3 6,430 28.7 3,480 15.5 6,760 30.2 9,560 42.6 5,170 23.1 9,710 43.3 13,700 61.1 7,430 33.1 12,200 54.4 17,300 77.2 9,340 28.3 14,500 64.7 20,500 91.4 11,100 49.5 17,400 77.6 24,200 108.0 13,200 58.9 22,000 98.1 27,800 123.6 15,100 67.4
Pipe Dia (in) (mm) 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400
1) Initial temperature = 60F (15C) Operating temperature = 200F(93C)
block design 9 Thrust and construction
1) Once the anticipated thrusts have been determined, thrust block design must consider soil strength, soil stability and location of the water table. Blocks must (a) have adequate bearing area to resist the soil thrust, (b) bear against undisturbed soil and (c) be so designed that the resultant thrust vector passes perpendicularly through the center of the bearing surface (except for valves as in section 9.8). Should the soil be unstable or the installation below the water table, the engineer must make provisions to ensure stability such as driving piles to anchor to deeper layers of soil. Note that any connecting metallic pipe must be anchored at the point of connection to the fiberglass pipe to prevent transfer of excessive stress.
Fp A
Fig. 9-1 Thrust blocks should be cast with the bearing area against undisturbed native soil.
A Ab b Cs D fs Fp h H Hc Hb P Pp R T w W
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
Cross sectional area of pipe (in2) Block bearing area (ft2) Width of block bearing area (ft) Soil cohesion factor Pipe OD (ft) Safety factor Soil thrust (lbf) Height of block bearing area (ft) Depth of cover (ft) Burial depth of pipe (ft) Depth of block base (ft) Operating plus surge pressure (psi) Passive soil pressure (lbf/ft2) Soil weight reduction factor Thrust force on bend (lbf) Unit soil weight (lbf/ft3) Soil weight/ft of pipe (lbf/ft) Pipe bend (deg) Soil friction angle (deg)
PA
Hc Pp
Hb
PA
Fp
Formulas: T = 2PA sin 2 (lbf)
Section A-A
2) Safe bearing pressures for common soil type are tabulated below. Allowable Soil Bearing Pressure Pp Soil Description (lbf /ft2) MPa Rock, hard thick layers 400,000 19.2 Rock, good masonry 50,000 2.39 Rock, best brick 30,000 1.44 Rock, poor brick 10,000 0.48 Clay, always dry 8,000 0.38 Clay, fairly dry 4,000 0.19 Clay, soft 2,000 0.10 Gravel, coarse sand, firm 16,000 0.77 Sand, compact, firm 8,000 0.38 Sand, clean, dry 4,000 0.19 Quicksand, alluvial soil1 1) Piles or tie rods may be required in loose or soft soils, particularly when below the water table.
Reduction Existing Condition Factor, R 2 General construction 3 backfill soils compacted to critical void ratio 3 Well-compacted backfill 4 and select backfill to critical void ratio
3) The required bearing area is computed using the formula: Ab = Ab = T = Pp = T Pp where
Bearing area of thrust block (ft2) Thrust (lbf) Allowable soil bearing pressure (lbf /ft2)
block design 9 Thrust and construction
4) Thrust blocks for Bondstrand pipe systems should be poured after hydrostatic testing to allow for clear visual inspection of all fitting joints during the test. To retain pipe in proper alignment while testing, placement of sand bedding and backfill per section 5 may be required. Joints should be left exposed for observation during testing. 5) Thrust blocks should be shaped with the designed bearing area against native soil of the trench wall. Smaller blocks using a dry mix may be shaped by hand but larger blocks (2 ft2 or greater) require formwork. Friction Angle, Soil Description (deg) Well-graded sand dry 44.5 saturated 39.0 Silt (passing 200 sieve) dry 40 saturated 32 Cohesive granular soil wet to moist 13-22 Clay wet to moist at max compaction 11.5-16.5 Cohesion, Cs (lbf /ft2) 0 0 0 0 385-920
6) Unless otherwise specified by the engineer, use a concrete mix consisting of 1 part Portland cement, 2 parts washed sand and 3 parts washed gravel with enough water for a relatively a dry mix. A dry mix is stronger and is easier to shape.
460-1175
7) Work the concrete thoroughly around the fittings to maximize surface contact. The entire area between the fittings and the freshly cut trench wall must be filled with concrete and be void free. Maintain at least a 2-inch (50 mm) space between concrete vibrators and pipe or fittings as even indirect contact through the concrete aggregate may produce excessive impact loads on the fiberglass pipe. 8) Valve blocks should incorporate the steel necessary to support the weight of the valve and resist any torque loads caused by opening and closing the valve. 9) Thrust blocks should encapsulate crossovers with at least six inches (150 mm) of concrete between fittings and native soil.
Native soil
Fig. 9-2. Valves must be independently supported to prevent transfer of torque loads to the fiberglass piping. Figure 9-3. Provide encapsulating thrust blocks for crossovers.
penetrations 10 Manhole and connections
1) When making penetrations through concrete walls, run Bondstrand pipe through metal pipe sleeves at least two sizes larger in diameter than the pipe. Caulk the space between the sleeve and the pipe with a waterproof compound that dries to a firm but pliable mass. 2) Assemble flanged connections in accordance with the recommendations in ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR Steel pipe sleeve BONDSTRAND FIBERGLASS FLANGES, FP196. Fiberglass pipe
Fig. 10. Typical wall penetration. The fiberglass pipe passes though a metal sleeve two pipe sizes larger than the pipe diameter. The space between pipe and sleeve is sealed with an elastomeric caulking compound.
3) When connecting fiberglass piping to metallic piping, anchor the metallic line to avoid stress transfer to the fiberglass. 4) Support valves independently of fiberglass piping.
Elastomeric caulking 2-in(50mm) min. thickness
11 Field testing A
Appendix
1) Pneumatic testing is not recommended for reasons of safety. 2) Use weights on pipe and wood blocking at bends to restrain pipe during test. 3) Displace all free air in the Bondstrand piping system with the test fluid. Provide taps for air and vapor release at all high points in the system. 4) Increase pressure in increments of no more than 50 psi/minute (3 bar/min.). Hydrostatic Thrust at Reducers at 100 psi1 in 2000 Series Piping Systems2 Reducer Size Thrust Reducer Size Thrust (in x in) (mm x mm) (lbf) (kN) (in x in) (mm x mm) (lbf) (kN) 3 x 112 80 x 40 ,___ ,___ ,10 x 6 250 x 150 2,650 11.8 3x2 80 x 50 ,240 ,1.0 10 x 8 250 x 200 1,550 6.9 4x2 100 x 50 ,510 ,2.3 ,12 x 8 300 x 200 3,350 15.0 4x3 100 x 80 ,270 1.2 12 x 10 300 x 250 1,800 8.0 6x3 150 x 80 1,150 5.1 14 x 10 350 x 250 6,000 26.8 6x4 150 x 100 ,880 3.9 14 x 12 350 x 300 2,500 11.2 8x4 200 x 100 1,980 8.8 16 x 12 400 x 300 7,000 31.2 8x6 200 x 150 1,100 4.9 16 x 14 400 x 350 4,500 20.1
1) In a fully restrained system. 2) Includes Series 2000, 2400, 3400, 4000, 5000, 5100 and 7000.
Hydrostatic Thrust at Reducers at 100 psi1 in 3000 Series Piping Systems2 Reducer Size Thrust Reducer Size Thrust (in x in) (mm x mm) (lbf) (N) (in x in) (mm x mm) (lbf) (N) 3 x 112 80 x 40 ,___ ,___ 10 x 6 250 x 150 5,300 23.6 3x2 80 x 50 ,470 2.1 10 x 8 250 x 200 3,100 13.8 4x2 100 x 50 1,010 4.5 12 x 8 300 x 200 6,700 29.9 4x3 100 x 80 ,540 2.4 12 x 10 300 x 250 3,600 16.1 6x3 150 x 80 2,300 10.3 14 x 10 350 x 250 12,000 53.5 6x4 150 x 100 1,750 7.8 14 x 12 350 x 300 5,000 22.3 8x4 200 x 100 3,950 17.6 16 x 12 400 x 300 14,000 62.4 8x6 200 x 150 2,200 9.8 16 x 14 400 x 350 9,000 40.1
1) In a fully restrained system. 2) Includes Series 3000, 3000A, 3200, 3300, Bondstrand 150, 200, 300, 450 and 800.
Pipe Dia (in) (mm) 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400
Thrust at Fittings at 100 psi1 in 2000 Series Piping Systems2 Tees or 90 45 45 Laterals Elbows Elbows (lbf) (kN) (lbf) (kN) (lbf) (kN) 170 .8 245 1.1 130 .6 405 1.8 575 2.6 310 1.4 675 3.0 950 4.3 515 2.3 1,550 6.9 2,200 9.8 1,200 5.4 2,650 11.8 3,750 16.7 2,050 9.1 4,200 18.7 5,950 26.5 3,300 37.0 6,000 26.8 8,450 37.7 4,600 20.5 7,300 32.6 10,200 45.5 5,500 24.5 9,500 42.4 13,300 59.3 7,200 32.1
1) In a fully restrained system. 2) Includes Series 2000, 2400, 3400, 4000, 5000, 5100 and 7000.
Pipe Dia (in) (mm) 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400
Thrust at Fittings at 100 psi1 in 3000 Series Piping Systems2 Tees or 90 45 45 Laterals Elbows Elbows (lbf) (kN) (lbf) (kN) (lbf) (kN) 340 1.5 490 2.2 260 1.2 810 3.6 1,150 5.1 620 2.8 1,350 6.0 1,900 8.5 1,030 4.6 3,100 13.8 4,400 19.6 2,400 10.7 5,300 23.6 7,500 33.5 4,100 18.3 8,400 37.5 11,900 53.1 6,600 29.4 12,000 53.5 16,900 75.4 9,200 41.0 14,600 65.1 20,400 91.0 11,000 49.1 19,000 84.7 26,600 118.6 14,400 64.2
1) In a fully restrained system. 2) Includes Series 3000, 3000A, 3200, 3300, Bondstrand 150, 200, 300, 450 and 800.
Important notice

Group Headquarters P .O. Box 801148 Houston TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 Fiberglass Pipe Division-Asia No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 2263 Tel: 65 862 1301 Fax: 65 862-1302 Fiberglass Pipe Division-Europe J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 573-341 Fax: +31 345 575 254 Telex: 40257 bonds nl Fiberglass Pipe Division-U.S.A. P.O. Box 878 Burkburnett, Texas 76354 Tel: (817) 569-1471 Fax: (817) 569-4012
1972 Ameron FP278C (10/96) supersedes FP278A (12/93) Printed in U.S.A. 10M [472]

Guide for Steam Condensate and Hot Water Service

General
This guide provides specific information about the material requirements, design criteria, assembly and testing methods recommended to assure a successful steam condensate return line or a hot water line such as for district heating or geothermal applications using Bondstrand pipe and fittings. Bondstrand Series 2000 pipe and fittings are suitable for steam condensate return service.1,2 Joined using Bondstrand RP-34 or PSX34, this piping carries hot water safely at temperatures up to 250F (121C) when the system is properly designed and installed. The BONDSTRAND FITTINGS AND ENGINEERING GUIDE3 provides details on parts certified in accordance with Military Specification MIL-P-28584,4 an RTRP specification written especially for steam condensate return service. Certificates are available on request.5 Another military specification offers guidance on design and installation.6 In choosing parts for your system, Ameron suggests that you consider also the following: 1. Heavy-duty, filament-wound flanges are recommended in 2-, 3-, and 4-inch (50, 80, and 100 mm) diameter, particularly when systems are blocked or buried. In larger diameters, standard filament-wound flanges provide the necessary strength for this service. As an exception to the use of filament-wound products, molded blind flanges are suitable for steam condensate service and are found on the approved list.6 For reductions in pipe diameter, Bondstrand filament-wound tapered body reducers are recommended over molded reducer bushings. Tees are recommended for branching. Saddles for branching to either Bondstrand or steel lines are not recommended for steam condensate. Of course, saddles are excellent for supports and for in-line anchor details.7 Gaskets for both Bondstrand-to-Bondstrand and Bondstrand-to-steel flanged connections should be 1/8-inch (3 mm) thick full-faced gaskets using a suitable elastomer such as ethylene propylene rubber with a Shore A hardness of 605. Connections to metal condensate piping are always made using flanges. Metal pipe should be blocked at points of connection to Bondstrand pipe to prevent metal pipe loads from being transferred to the Bondstrand pipe. This applies to drip leg connections as well as condensate lines. Metal piping within manholes may facilitate positive anchoring and provide improved resistance to vibration, torque loads on valves and physical abuse. Bondstrand maintenance couplings are recommended for repair of damaged lines where the ends cannot be separated enough to make a bell and spigot joint. (See Field Repairs.)
Material
2. 3. 4.
5.
6.
7. 8.
FP468B (7/00)
Systems Protected Against Live Steam
Bondstrand piping performs best in systems designed to carry condensate only in the liquid phase. In these systems, a vented receiver tank or hot well collects the condensate from the steam traps. From the tank, Bondstrand piping returns the condensate to the boiler by gravity flow if elevations permit or by a pump arrangement as in Figure 1. These systems are free of steam-induced water hammer and have been shown to perform for up to 20 years without evidence of significant deterioration. Where hot wells are not feasible, other means of dissipating the energy in the drip discharge must be used. Except where possible to design steam transmission lines without steam traps,8 it will be necessary to remove the condensate from the steam line at drip legs between the boiler and the equipment. Here complete protection against live steam exposure may not be possible, but must be kept to a minimum. Steam flashing within the lines tends to degrade the pipe liner over a period of time, particularly when this flashing also produces water hammer. Water hammer occurs in lines filled or partially filled with condensate. When a high temperature (>212F or 100C) condensate discharge from a trap is released into these lines, a portion of it flashes to steam. At the instant of release the pressure is nearly that in the steam line. The flash steam immediately formed at the new lower pressure expands greatly, even explosively, and a high-velocity pressure wave moves through the line. In an empty condensate line, the positive pressure wave would move rapidly through the line, and then, on cooling , collapse back to its original water volume, producing a similar negative pressure wave. With the line full or partially full of condensate, the high-velocity steam pressure wave may become a slug of water which is then slammed through the pipe in a manner destructive to both pipe and equipment. As the steam rapidly cools and recondenses, a reverse wave can develop. The following steam properties outline the extent of this expansion and contraction. One ounce (28 grams) of steam occupying over 2900 cubic inches at 212F (47,500 cc at 100C) and atmospheric pressure will occupy only 1.8 cubic inches (30 cc) after condensing. The flash steam formed on discharge to atmospheric pressure of condensate at 25 psi (1.7 bar) is 5.7 percent by weight, and at 50 psi (3.4 bar) it is 9.0 percent. Where some exposure to flash steam is unavoidable, special precautions can be taken to alleviate the problem (see below). Remember, these precautions for systems with some exposure to live steam are not necessary for systems fully protected against live steamthat is, where the condensate temperature is below the boiling point and there are no drip leg connections.
Systems Exposed to Live Steam
Fig. 1. Typical Hot Well for Pumped Condensate Return
Fig. 2. Detail for Typical In-line Steam Dissipation Chamber at a Trap Discharge Connection
Systems Exposed to Live Steam (contd)
1.
Take care to assure a uniform grade line in the condensate lines. A gradient of not less than one inch drop in 40 feet (2 mm per m) in the direction of flow is recommended for both buried and suspended systems. Be aware that waterfilled low points in the line, particularly those near steam traps, can greatly aggravate water hammer problems. Select suitable traps and develop a program of regular maintenance. Features of trap design to consider should include: minimizing the amount of condensate dumped per trap operation, mode of failure, open or closed, and, selection of the minimum workable size. Avoid the temptation to install bypasses; While maintaining traps, valve off the drip line.
2.
3.
Provide a dissipator at the steam trap from drip leg connections as shown in Figure-2. Developed by Mr. Bill Stevenson, an engineer with the General Services Administration, these widely used devices serve to absorb the initial shock of the steam flash as well as to quickly dissipate some of the heat energy. They are used in steel as well as RTRP condensate lines. Do not undersize the return piping. Larger sizes dramatically reduce the velocity of the surge wave within the pipe and its potential for damage.
4.
Corrosion Inhibitors
Where a corrosion inhibitor is required to prevent attack on steel components of the piping system, morpholine is recommended. Other amine additives such as cyclohexylamine, may cause degradation of the pipe liner if used in concentrations in excess of 1000 parts per million. Buried condensate and hot water systems operate at temperatures that normally require anchor blocks at valves, turns and branches. The temperature-induced stress in the blocked Bondstrand pipe will be absorbed in the pipe.9,10 For lines bedded directly in soil, the designer should not expect that expansion will be absorbed as movement at turns, by expansion loops or by expansion joints. At lower temperatures (<180F or 82C) for short runs (<10 ft. or 3 m) from anchor to fitting, and in poor soils (<1000 psf or 48 kN/m2), anchor blocks may not be required. However, these are special cases and should be carefully analyzed before the decision is made to install the lines without anchor blocks.11 In certain locations it may be necessary to place equipment such as pumps, valves or steam dissipation chambers in restrained lines. Equipment replacement or repair, or flange gasket replacement, will then be necessary from time to time. On heat-up, normal thermal expansion produces a compressive longitudinal load in the restrained Bondstrand pipe. Over a period of time this causes a shortening of the pipe such that, unless the flanges are anchored, flanged joints often separate an inch or more when cooled down and disassembled. This makes reassembly potentially difficult. Reassembly will be much easier if the Bondstrand inlet and outlet lines are suitably anchored at manhole and building wall penetrations. This can be done using an in-line anchor block outside the wall as shown in Figure 3 or a steel anchor inside the wall as shown in Figure 4. Good soil compaction under the lines around the manholes is necessary so that excessive settlements cannot damage the pipe. In some locations the stability of the soil under the pipe at penetrations cannot be assured. Soil movements can produce excessive shearing loads on the pipe at the interface to the fixed penetration. Here the anchor should be moved three to five feet from the penetration and the penetration itself sleeved and sealed around the pipe.12 As an alternative to sealing between the pipe and sleeve with a firm but pliable mass, a Link-Seal* provides an elastomeric seal by means of a preformed modular unit which is bolted into place. These units may also be used to seal pipeline casings at road crossings. The detail of Figure 3 must not be used to resist the expansion and thrust of restrained steel lines. Connecting steel lines should be both anchored and supported to avoid transferring excessive loads to the Bondstrand pipe. Refer to Ameron literature11, 12, 13 for helpful information on the design and placement of anchor blocks at buried fittings. The properties of Bondstrand pipe at elevated temperatures are such that thrust blocks must be designed to resist both tensile and compressive loads.
Layout of the Buried System
Fig. 3. In-Line Anchor
Fig. 4. Anchor Inside Manhole or Wall Penetration
Layout of the Suspended System
Suspended systems are generally designed using expansion loops rather than thrust blocks, in part because the required supports are more economical when the pipe is allowed to move freely.7 Anchors between the loops are required, of course, to control the position of the runs. Some layouts are simply too restricted to permit the use of loops.Large diameter casings or tunnels are examples. The line may have to be blocked and guided to keep it from snaking, or expansion joints may be used.
Assembly
Bondstrand pipe, fittings and flanges in condensate and hot water systems should be assembled in accordance with Bondstrand assembly instructions and heat blanket cure times should be 60 minutes for pipe joints and flange mountings, and 75 minutes for joints or fittings. Simple hydrostatic testing of installed Bondstrand pipe and fittings to 150 psi (10 bar) or to 1.5 times working pressure for four hours is usually sufficient to assure proper performance. Testing of a buried system is best accomplished prior to placing backfill and blocking. In every installation operating at an elevated temperature, maximum reliability is served by heating the system slowly the first time. A temperature rise of not more than 20F (11C) per half hour generally will relax fabrication stresses and ensure optimum pipe and joint performance.
Field Test
Field Repairs
Repairs of leaking pipe, whatever the cause, should be made by removing the faulty section or a short length containing the fault, not by overwrapping the fault with any type of patch or other material. If a joint is damaged during the laying operation, it should be cut off and a coupling bonded to the cut-off end and laid in the line as a normal pipe. If the damage occurs to an installed pipe which is blocked or otherwise restrained from movement, the section to be repaired is cut out of the existing system and replaced by inserting a length of new pipe or a new fitting or assembly in place of the damaged part. The required buttend joint may be made using a Bondstrand maintenance coupling.
References
1. Lawson, Donald F., Plastic Pipe: It Beats the Cost Problem, Air Force Civil Engineer, August 1973. 2. Andersen, H. O., Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe in Underground Condensate Return Service, Proceeding of Conference on Underground Central Heating and Cooling Distribution Systems, Washington, D.C., November 1973. 3. Bondstrand Fittings Engineering Guide, FP282, Ameron. 4. Military Specification MIL-P-28584, Pipe and Pipe Fittings, Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic, For Condensate Return Lines, U.S. Government Printing Office, April 15, 1975. 5. Certification to MIL-P-28584, Engineering Bulletin EB-17(1), Ameron, April, 1980. 6. NAVFAC Guide Specification NFGS-15707, (Factory Insulated) Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Pipe Condensate Return System, Naval Facilities Engineering Command, June, 1981. 7. Bondstrand Engineering Guide for Suspended Pipe, FP288, Ameron. 8. Mikasinovic, Mileta, and Dautovich, David R., Designing Steam Transmission Lines Without Steam Traps, Chemical Engineering, March 14, 1977. 9. Temperature-Induced Loads in Buried Bondstrand Pipe, Engineering Bulletin EB-2, Ameron. 10. Schadel, O. et al., Untersuchung der Einsatzmglichkeiten von GFK-Rohren fr die rtliche Verteilund und die Unterverteilung von Fernwrme, (Investigation of the suitability of RTR-Pipe for Local and Secondary Distribution of District Heat), Research Report ET 5069A, Technischer berwachungs-Verein Bayern e.V, Munich, March, 1980. 11. The Need for Blocking of Buried Pipe, Engineering Bulletin EB-24, Ameron. 12. Bondstrand Guide for Installing Buried Pipe, FP278, Ameron. 13. Bondstrand Series 2000 Pipe Engineering Guide, BEG-2, Ameron.
Important Notice
FIBERGLASS - COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP - HEADQUARTERS P.O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
Asia Ameron (Pte) Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 639407 Tel: 65 861 6118 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834 Europe Ameron B.V. J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: +31 345 587 561 Americas P.O. Box 878 Burkburnett, TX 76354 Tel: (940) 569-1471 Fax: (940) 569-2764 Composites P.O. Box 71370 11 McBride Street Newnan, Georgia 30263 Tel: (770) 253-2000 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Centron International P.O. Box 490 600 FM 1195 South Mineral Wells, Texas 76068 Tel: (940) 325-1341 Fax: (940) 325-9681
1987 Ameron , Printed in U.S.A. FP468B 7/00 supersedes FP468A (12/93) 7.5M[354]
Marketing Bulletin
Estimated Man-hours for Assembly of Bondstrand Systems

matching taper/taper and Quick-Lock adhesive joints; Pronto-Lock/Pronto-Lock II, and Key-Lock mechanical joints
General
The information in this bulletin may be helpful in estimating construction costs where Bondstrand products will be used. The tables estimate man-hours for making various Bondstrand joints. The estimates are based on timed tests under ideal conditions: an experienced person with all necessary materials at hand. Times do not include jigging, measuring, planning, and other activities normally associated with piping joint fabrication. Actual times may vary due to environmental conditions, skill and experience of the fabricator, and the equipment available. These times are based on the assumption that the crew received limited training from an Ameron Certified Technician and they are familiar with basic installation procedures as recommended in standard Ameron literature. Once the crew gains familiarity with the procedure, total time may be reduced as much as 50%. The estimates are given using tools that are new or in perfect operating condition. The cutting blades are sharp and suitable for cutting glass fibers and resin materials. Table 1 estimates installation of taper/taper adhesive joints and Pronto-Lock/Pronto-Lock II mechanical joints. (Series 3000A, 3200 and 3300 Series) Table 2 estimates installation of Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints.(Series 2000, 2000M, 2000M-FP, 4000, 5000, 7000 and PSX Series) Table 3 estimates man-hours required for field fabrication of piping using both Quick-Lock and Key-Lock joints. Key-Lock joint assembly times are based on a single key joining of a male end of a pipe to a coupling already mounted on a pipe end fitting. For comparison, man-hours for fabricating welded joints in selected types of metallic piping are included. Assemblers will be experienced after a few hours of training. This gives the contractor the option to use less skilled (and less expensive) labor than certified welders. The assembly of Bondstrand piping generally does not require heavy lifting equipment, reducing the setup and assembly time and eliminating the need for skilled equipment operators.
Taper/taper and Pronto-Lock/Pronto-Lock II Quick-Lock Key-Lock and Quick-Lock
Table 1 Estimated Man-hours to Assemble Taper/Taper or Pronto-Lock/Pronto Lock II Joint

Step #
1 2 3 4 5
Operation
saw1
Pipe Diameter (inmm)

250 375 4100 6150 8200 10250 12300 14350 16400
Cutting: 1.1 Hand 1.2 Power saw1 Tapering: 2.1 Hand tool 2 2.2 Power tool 2 Surface preparation Mix & apply adhesive: Joint make-up: 5.1 Adhesive T/T bell x spigot3 5.2 Pronto-Lock/Pronto-Lock II Total joint completion time: 6.1 Field prepared T/T bell x spigot 6.2 Factory prepared T/T bell x spigot 6.3 Pronto-Lock/Pronto-Lock II4
0.03 0.01 0.08 0.05 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.14 0.10 0.02
0.05 0.01 0.12 0.08 0.08 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.19 0.14 0.02
0.07 0.02 0.14 0.09 0.10 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.23 0.17 0.03
0.07 0.02 0.20 0.12 0.14 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.30 0.23 0.04
0.03 0.17 0.15 0.05 0.06 0.05 0.39 0.26 0.05
0.03 0.20 0.18 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.43 0.29 0.06
0.03 0.25 0.22 0.06 0.07 0.06 0.52 0.35 0.06
0.04 0.27 0.26 0.07 0.08 0.07 0.59 0.41 0.07
0.05 0.35 0.30 0.08 0.09 0.08 0.72 0.47 0.08
ISO-9001
1 Using a pipe cutting hacksaw blade with 26 or more teeth for 2" through 6"; pipe cutting circular saw has abrasive wheel for 8" through 16" Tripod pipe vise or strap-down fixture is used to hold pipe in place. 2 For 2"-6", using Ameron Unique tool set; for 8"-16", using Taper Tool II set 3 For 6" diameters and above, a comealong is used to pull the joint together during joint make up. 4 Field installation of Pronto-Lock or Pronto-Lock II male assemblies requires approximately 75% of the times shown in Step 6.1. Note: Recommended minimum number of crew for 2"-4", 6"-12" and 14"-16" is two, three and four respectively.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP674B (11/99)
Table 2
Step #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Sand Sand socket1 spigot1
Estimated Man-hours to Assemble Quick-Lock Joint Operation Pipe Diameter (inmm)

250 375 4100 6150 8200 10250 12300 14350 16400
0.03 0.03 0.06 0.04 0.05 0.02 0.13
0.05 0.05 0.06 0.04 0.06 0.03 0.19
0.06 0.06 0.07 0.04 0.06 0.03 0.21
0.08 0.08 0.07 0.05 0.07 0.04 0.27
0.10 0.10 0.11 0.05 0.08 0.05 0.33
0.12 0.12 0.15 0.05 0.09 0.05 0.38
0.13 0.13 0.19 0.06 0.10 0.06 0.42
0.15 0.15 0.23 0.16 0.16 0.07 0.53
0.17 0.17 0.2 0.18 0.20 0.08 0.62
Mark pipe & cut to length2 Shave Spigot3 Mix & apply adhesive Assemble joint, remove excess adhesive and attach heat blanket Total preparation time for socket & spigot joint with factory-made spigot (sum of steps 1, 2, 5 & 6) Total for preparing socket & spigot joint requiring shaving of spigot (sum of steps 1, 3, 4, 5 & 6)
0.20
0.24
0.26
0.31
0.39
0.46
0.54
0.77
0.89
1 Using a flapper type sanding wheel. Time may be less, depending on length of time pipe has been weathered. 2 Hand hacksaw cutting. Time required may be reduced if an abrasive wheel or sabre saw is used. 3 For sizes 2" through 12" based on using a standard pipe threading drive motor at 20 rpm with an M74 pipe shaver. Shaving can be done by hand at about the same speed but worker will tire. For 14" and 16" sizes, based on use of large diameter shaver (M80) at 12 rpm. Time can be reduced on 1" through 8" sizes by using a B1 shaver and 12" electric drill.
Table 3
Operation
Quick-Lock:
1
Estimated Man-hours Required to Fabricate Piping Assemblies Pipe Diameter (inmm)

250 375 4100 6150 8200 10250 12300 14350 16400
Assembly of bell & spigot joint with field shaving of spigot Key-Lock:2 Joining pipe sections with Key-Lock male/female ends Metallic Alternatives: Welded Joints: Schedule 40 carbon steel Schedule 80 carbon steel Schedule 10S stainless steel Schedule 40 copper-nickel
3
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.1
1.2
1.6
1.9
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.1
1.3
1.0 1.0 1.4 1.5
1.3 1.4 1.9 2.1
1.5 1.8 2.4 2.4
2.0 2.5 3.3 3.3
2.6 3.3 4.5 4.5
3.1 5.1 5.6 5.7
4.1 6.6 6.7 8.0
5.0 9.6 8.3 10.0
6.6 12.4 10.0 14.2
1 Joining includes operations described in Table 2 plus time for various routine aligning and measuring operations discussed in text. 2 Joining includes cleaning, lubricating, and placing O-ring and single locking key. 3 Values are from: Page, John,S., and james G. Nation, Estimator's Piping Man Hour Manual, 3rd edition, Gulf Publishing Co., Houston, 1979. Estimated man-hours do not include cutting and beveling, preheating, stress relieving, coating, or wrapping the joint.
Important Notice

Fiberglass Pipe Division Asia Ameron (Pte) Ltd. No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 639407 Tel: 65 861 6118 Fax: 65 862 1302/861 7834
GROUP HEADQUARTERS P .O. Box 801148 Houston, TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 http://www.ameron.com
Fiberglass Pipe Division Europe Ameron B.V. J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 587 587 Fax: +31 345 587 561 Telex: 40257 bonds nl Fiberglass Pipe Division Americas P .O. Box 878 Burkburnett, TX 76354 Tel: (940) 569-1471 Fax: (940) 569-2764 Ameron Composites P .O. Box 71370 11 McBride Street Newnan, Georgia 30263 Tel: (770) 253-2000 Fax: (770) 253-9234 Fiberglass Pipe Division Centron International P .O. Box 490 600 FM 1195 South Mineral Wells, Texas 76068 Tel: (940) 325-1341 Fax: (940) 325-9681
1996 Ameron FP674B (11/99) supercedes FP674A (11/97) Printed in U.S.A. 5M [3005]
Bondstrand Marketing Bulletin

Bondstrand Engineering Services

Bondstrand engineering services group is fully staffed to accommodate the most demanding design problems. The following services are available by contacting Ameron International Fiberglass - Composite Pipe Group.
FRP System Recommendation Piping System Design
Advanced Computerized Pipe Stress Analysis Buried/Above ground Installation Chemical Compatibility Pipe layout diagrams Buried and above ground systems Single or double containment piping, including coaxial Complete review of requirements Special FRP product design and manufacture for large projects Free estimated materials take-off Prefabricated and/or loose bills-of-material StationWare 3000 Portions or entire piping systems are made in fabricated pieces to reduce on-site installation time Contractor crew field training Technicians can be mobilized from three U.S. locations Pressure-Temperature Mechanical/Bonded joint Pressure surge (water hammer) Complete stress analysis report based on wind, thermal and pressure loading conditions Cost reduction measures up to 25% Priority scheduling of material shipment to eliminate any delays Review of material lists from contractors Conversion of non-FRP material list to Bondstrand system Spool drawings are provided to ease field assembly
Value Engineering
Bill-of-Materials Take-off
Spool Prefabrication
World Wide Field Service
Follow up technician visits if required Supervision of entire fiberglass pipe installation
ISO-9001
For more information, contact: Ameron International Fiberglass Pipe Division 1004 Ameron Road, Burkburnett, Texas 76354 (940)569-1471 (940)569-2764
CERTIFICATED FIRM
1996 Ameron Printed in USA10M[3005]
FP710A (4/00)
Product Notes
Rodent and Bacteria Attack

on fiberglass-reinforced piping systems
Introduction
Attacks by rodents on the protective coatings on metallic piping, electrical insulation and thermoplastic piping occur with some frequency and are well documented. These incidents, all involving conventional thermoplastics, naturally give rise to questions about the performance of fiberglass piping under the same conditions. In the case of rodent attack, fiberglass-reinforced piping can be exposed to rodents without any detrimental effects whatever. Rodents are attracted to thermoplastics for two reasons: 1. The plasticisers in some thermoplastics (especially PVC) taste and smell good to many rodents. It has even been reported that some thermoplastics have a nutritive value for rodents [the thermoplastics are] good for them. 2. Rodents need to chew and gnaw. Nature provides them with teeth that continually grow in length and which they need to pare down to a manageable size. Hence, they will gnaw at almost anything they can fracture with their jaws.
Rodents and thermoplastics
Rodents and thermosets
The major reasons why rodents are not attracted to FRP are as follows: 1. When fully cured, the thermosetting epoxy and vinyl ester resins used in Ameron pipe and fittings are tasteless and odorless, thus offering no attraction for rodents. 2. The surface of fiberglass pipe and fittings is very hard and difficult to dent. There is no place for a rodent to begin gnawing. The experience of Ameron and other pipe manufacturers bears out these statements.
Microbial attack
The components of fiberglass piping systems do not provide an environment which supports bacterial growth. The material by itself will not induce such growth nor would it be affected by it. Ameron fiberglass pipe has been installed in diverse climactic and soil conditions both below and above ground for many years. It has been exposed to a broad spectrum of the worlds known bacterial strains without a documented case of bacterial attack.
FP466B (8/96)
Important notice

Group Headquarters P .O. Box 801148 Houston TX 77280 Tel: (713) 690-7777 Fax: (713) 690-2842 Fiberglass Pipe Division-Asia No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 Singapore 2263 Tel: 862-1301 Telex: 38960 AMERON RS Fax: 862-1302 Fiberglass Pipe Division-Europe J.F. Kennedylaan 7 4191 MZ Geldermalsen The Netherlands Tel: +31 345 573-341 Fax: +31 345 575 254 Telex: 40257 bonds nl Fiberglass Pipe Division-U.S.A. P.O. Box 878 Burkburnett, Texas 76354 Tel: (817) 569-1471 Fax: (817) 569-4012
1990 Ameron FP466B (8/96) supersedes FP466A (5/95) Printed in U.S.A 5M[3005]
Product Notes
Weathering & UV Resistance of Fiberglass Piping Systems
General
All thermosetting and thermoplastic materials are susceptible to ultraviolet (UV) degradation upon prolonged exposure to sunlight. The degree of UV degradation varies depending on the chemical composition of the materials, however, the breakdown is primarily a surface phenomenon. The rate at which degradation may occur varies based on the availability of air, water, oxygen and other oxidizing agents. Numerous antioxidants and UV absorbers can be added to materials of high resin content to retard UV degradation. Currently, no means exist to totally eliminate this phenomenon. The major concern regarding UV attack on fiberglass pipe is the loss of physical strength through degradation of the resin-glass bond. Since UV degradation is a surface phenomenon, the most efficient means of prolonging the integrity of the reinforcement is to place a resin-rich protective layer between the structural fiberglass and the outer surface. The thicker the surface coating, the better the weathering characteristics. The use of pigments, dyes or fillers in the resin system will also improve weathering characteristics by helping to screen out the ultraviolet light. Ameron employs a combination of techniques to protect the fiberglass bond from UV attack. All fiberglass pipe produced by Ameron is manufactured on rotating mandrels. This continuous motion results in a uniform resin-rich coating on the pipe exterior which enhances its weather resistance. Pigments or dyes are incorporated into the resin system to act as a further barrier to UV penetration into the laminate. Certain piping products may also be overwrapped with an organic veil layer to provide even greater UV resistance. Even if dry fiberglass appears on the outer surface, independent testing has shown it to have no measurable effect on performance. If aesthetics are important, fiberglass pipe can be covered with a high-grade acrylic or epoxy based coating.
Warranty
ISO-9001
Ameron warrants its standard products against reduction of performance or corrosion ratings due to UV exposure for a period of 15 years from date of purchase.
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP473F (9/00)
Enhancing UV Resistance
Selected Bondstrand products are provided with supplemental UV protection consisting of an overwrap of organic veil tape and a layer of epoxy resin.
Important Notice
1991 Ameron FP473F (8/00) supersedes FP473E (11/97) Printed in U.S.A. 5M[3005]
Bondstrand Marketing Bulletin

Safety Recommendations
Recommended practices to minimize exposure and effects of shavings from fiberglass pipe.
Engineering Controls
A fabrication area should be set up in which to perform as much of the fabrication work as is practical or possible. Local exhaust ventilation should be provided at areas of cutting and/or tapering to remove airborne dust and fibers. General dilution ventilation should be provided as necessary to keep airborne dust and fibers below the applicable exposure limits and guidelines. The need for ventilation systems should be evaluated by a professional industrial hygienist. Work area should be kept clean, including floor or other horizontal surfaces. Rinsing with water or sweeping with brushes or brooms (using floor sweep) is recommended. Never use compressed air to clean area or to remove dust for personal cleaning. Brushes should be used to remove residue from shaved surfaces.
Personal Protection
Always refer to the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) prior to working with unfamiliar materials or if there are questions concerning the contents of the fiberglass pipe. OSHA regulates glasswool (fiberglass) under the Hazard Communication Standard and as a chemical hazard in laboratories. OSHA classifies glasswool fiber as a Particulate Not Otherwise Regulated, with a workplace permissible exposure limit (PEL) of 5.0 mg/m3 for respirable dust and 15.0 mg/m3 for total dust. These limits are identical to those OSHA requires for construction workers exposed to fibrous glass, which were adopted from the 1970 Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) of the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH). Barrier creme should be applied to the skin in areas which may be exposed to shavings prior to beginning work. Clean clothes should be worn each day. Do not wear clothing that has not been laundered to begin a work shift. More frequent changing may be required by conditions. Long sleeved shirts or worksuits should be used. Tape should be used at sleeve opening. Cotton or flannel shirts under workshirts may be worn to prevent rubbing of skin at opening of worksuit. Gloves with elastic cuffs should be worn at all times. Replace worn or contaminated gloves as necessary. Gloves with flared, stiff cuffs act as a gathering funnel for shavings. Pant legs should be worn outside work boots. If necessary for safety purposes, the pant legs can be taped to fit closely to the boot. Over-the-calf socks can be used to prevent chafing of the boot on the skin.
Essential safety wear includes eye protection, dust mask and clean cotton gloves (right).
ISO-9001
CERTIFICATED FIRM
FP811 (7/00)
Personal Protection (contd)
Wristbands and watches should be removed to prevent rubbing or accumulation of particles on skin underneath the band. A respirator should be used if ventilation is unavailable, or is inadequate for keeping dust and fiber levels below the applicable exposure limits. To protect against dust and fibers, use a NIOSH-certified disposable or reusable particulate respirator with an efficiency rating of N95 or higher (42 CFR 84) when working with this product. For exposures up to five times the established exposure limits use a quarter-mask respirator, rated N95 or higher; and for exposures up to ten times the established exposure limits use a half-mask respirator (e.g., MSAs DM-11, Racals Delta N95, 3Ms 8210), rated N95 or higher. Operations such as sawing, blowing, tear out and spraying may generate airborne fiber concentrations requiring a higher level of respiratory protection. For exposures up to 50 times the established exposure limits use a full-face respirator, rated N99 or higher. Special Consideration for Repair/Maintenance of Contaminated Equipment: Use personal protective equipment as discussed above. Where possible, vacuum equipment before repair/maintenance to remove excessive dust and loose fibers.
Personal Hygiene
Wash exposed skin with soap solution (liquid soap preferred) and cool water. Use washcloth with brushing motion to remove dust or fibers. Do not scrub the skin. This could result in the fibers being imbedded into the skin. Rinse thoroughly with clean, cold water. Apply lotion or creme to skin (non-detergent formulas such as baby lotion) to soothe irritation or prevent further immediate irritation.
For more information, contact: Ameron International Fiberglass Pipe Division 1004 Ameron Road, Burkburnett, Texas 76354 (940)569-1471 (940)569-2764
Important Notice

Ameron GRE Fabrication Guideline

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ameron GRE Fabrication Guideline

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AMERON CORROSION-RESISTANT FIBERGLASS PIPING SYSTEMS

Ameron International, a worldwide supplier of corrosion-resistant

Bondstrand Industrial, Military and Environmental Systems

Oilfield Line Pipe, Tubulars and Well Screens

Dualoy Fuel Handling Systems

Bondstrand Offshore Systems

Bondstrand Marine Systems

Bondstrand Industrial, Military and Environmental Systems

Dualoy Fuel Handling Systems

Bondstrand Marine/Offshore Systems

Oilfield Line Pipe, Tubulars and Well Screens

FIBERGLASS COMPOSITE PIPE GROUP

Fiberglass Pipe Fiberglass Pipe DivisionAsia/Pacific DivisionEurope

Fiberglass Pipe DivisionAmericas

Fiberglass Pipe DivisionAmericas

1998 Ameron Printed in U.S.A.

FP213L (08/03) 7.5M [4/C]

Bondstrand Product Line

Bondstrand II CL Bondstrand II QL Bondstrand CX

Bondstrand PSXJF & Bondstrand PSXL3, Key:

epoxy vinyl ester electrically conductive epoxy various systems available

Bondstrand Product Series

Bondstrand Product Series

Bondstrand PSXL3/PSXJF Piping

Secondary Containment Systems Bondstrand II

Bondstrand Joining Systems

Bondstrand Product Data

Bondstrand100 Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings

Joining system Pipe lengths

Random length 40 feet (34 feet to 42 feet)

*Patent applied for

Typical pipe dimensions and weights

O.D. 4.43 6.50 8.51 10.62 12.53 14.24 16.24

O.D. 113 165 216 270 218 362 412

Pipe Weight (kg/m) .9 1.3 3.3 4.0 5.2 6.0 6.9

Typical pipe properties

Below: Bondstrand 100 expansion joint detail

Internal sleeve Bondstrand Pipe External sleeve

External sleeve Bondstrand 100 pipe

External expansion joint sleeve

Typical pipe properties (cont'd.)

Method ASTM ATM1 D696 D2105 D1599 21 161 151

Bondstrand Product Data

FIBERGLASS PIPE GROUP

Series 2000 Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings

Flanges* Nipples and couplings Tapered body reducers Saddles*

Random Lengths1 (m) 3 6 or 12 6 or 9 6

8 200 10-16 250-400

1) Other lengths and exact lengths available on special request.

Typical pipe dimensions and weights

Typical pipe performance

Fittings pressure ratings

Turning Angle () (deg) 127 86 76 57 29 23 19 15 13 12 10

Typical mechanical properties

70F 21C 1, 11/2 8-16 2-6

103 psi MPa 106 psi GPa

24.00 165.00 3.65 25.20 0.56

32.00 22.00 4.20 29.00 0.26

D2105 D2105 D2105 D2105 D2925

103 psi MPa 106 psi GPa

106 psi GPa 103 psi MPa

6.001 16.001,2 41.40 110.00

Typical physical properties